Home

DB2 Express-C: The Developer Handbook for XML

1. Chapter 4 Application development with C C 193 description and product strcpy xmlclobl data xmldata Set the length of the data xmlclobl length strlen xmldata 1 connect to database EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample inserting when source is from host variable of type XML AS CLOB printf Inserting when source is from host variable of type XML AS CLOB n EXEC SQL INSERT INTO product pid DESCRIPTION VALUES 102 102 02 xmlclobl nullind if sqlca sqlcode 0 printf n Insertion failed n printf FAILED WITH SQLCODE amp d n n sqlca sqlcode EXEC SQL COMMIT disconnect from the database EXEC SQL CONNECT RESET return 0 main In Example 4 37 on page 193 we declare a host variable of XML as CLOB The bind file resulting from the db2 prep utility results in the following db2bfd v command output InsertProd bnd Host Variables 3 Type SQL Data Type Length Alias Name Len Name UDT Name 460 C STRING 1000 H00001 7 xmldata 500 SMALLINT 2 H00002 7 nullind 408 CLOB 1024 H00003 8 xmlclobl XML Updating XML data column using embedded SQL Example 4 38 on page 195 below shows a simple example of how to update XML data in the XML column DESCRIPTION column of the PRODUCT table using embedded SQL 194 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 4 38 Updating XML column in C include lt stdio h gt include lt std
2. Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a string with added XML declaration with encoding tag ISO 10646 UCS 2 getDB2Bytes Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as UTF 8 encoded bytes getDB2XmlBytes String targetEncoding Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a byte array with the XML declaration with encoding tag getDB2AsciiStream Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a stream of ASCII characters getDB2XmlAsciiStream Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a stream of ASCII characters with encoding tag getDB2CharacterStream Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a java io Reader object getDB2XmlCharacterStream Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a java io Reader object with XML declaration with encoding tag SO 10646 UCS 2 getDB2BinaryStream Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a UTF 8 encoded binary stream getDB2XmlBinaryStream String targetEncoding Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a binary stream The dr
3. value rs getString 1 rs close set 3 value Step 2 Compile the above class using the javac compiler Step 3 Copy the CreateOrder class to the sqllib function directory Step 4 Register the stored procedure using the following command CREATE PROCEDURE createOrder IN poid int IN cart varchar 10 OUT porder varchar 5000 DYNAMIC RESULT SETS 0 NOT DETERMINISTIC LANGUAGE JAVA PARAMETER STYLE DB2GENERAL NO DBINFO FENCED THREADSAFE READS SQL DATA PROGRAM TYPE SUB EXTERNAL NAME CreateOrder createOrder Step 5 Call the stored procedure from the client program The createPorder method of the application calls this stored procedure to create the PORDER column value for the PURCHASEORDER table You can call this stored procedure from the command line using the following command call createOrder poid cart where poid is the purchase order ID and cartis the table name Before calling the stored procedure make sure that the poid value does not exist in the PURCHASEORDER table and CART table has the PID and QUANTITY columns of varchar 10 and int data type respectively Also populate the CART table with product ID and quantity values PID inserted in this table should exist in the PRODUCT table The stored procedure returns the XML value in its output parameter denoted by the question mark while calling the stored procedure Chapter 5 Application development with Java 221 5 6 Handling large objects JDBC
4. Chapter 6 Application development with NET 267 268 using System Data Odbc Use of OLE DB NET Data Provider or ODBC NET Data Provider is recommended if the application is connecting to multiple vendor databases and you do not wish to change any code within the application DB2 NET Data Provider is recommended for any new ADO NET application development It will yield the best performance due to the elimination of the extra unmanaged layer as shown in Figure 6 12 Application Application Application System Data OleDb Microsoft Data ODBC IBM Data DB2 OLE DB Net ODBC Net Data DB2 Net Data Data Provider Provider Provider OleDbConnection OdbcConnection DB2Connection OleDbCommand OdbcCommand DB2Command OleDbDataAdapter OdbcDataAdapter DB2DataAdapter OleDbDataReader OdbcDataReader DB2DataReader IBM DB2 OLE IBM DB2 ODBC DB Provider Driver Figure 6 12 DB2 Data Provider Five objects in ADO NET make up core functionalities This is illustrated in Figure 6 1 on page 252 Five key managed provider components in ADO NET There are five key managed provider components in ADO NET that are common to all IBM DB2 data providers These include Connection Command DataReader DataAdapter vvvy DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DataSet Connection The Connection object is used to connect to a database and control the transactions in ADO NET Ea
5. 2 Java Browsing h Java Type Hierarchy Plug in Development Profiling and Logging Resource EU7eam Synchronizing E Test Loox J oe Figure 1 17 Switching to Data perspective Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 31 4 In the Data Project Explorer right click the User Defined Functions folder in a data development project and click New gt User Defined Function as shown in Figure 1 18 Data Eclipse Platform File Edit Navigate Search Project Run Window Help gt amp 19 AE cr as amp Y LJ Project1 SAMPLE jdbe db2 J Project2 SAMPLE jdbc db2 XML Queries G SQL Scripts Stored Procedures XML Schema Documents User Defined Functions i sQ SAMPLE jdbc db2 IA User Defined Function UL StoredProc1 SAMPLE jdbc z 3 D xQuery1 SAMPLE jdbc db BY Deploy FE WebSphere MQ User Defined Function B8 a 8 i A Q Connections SAMPLE DB2 UDB V9 1 Properties Tasks Problems Error Log Oy Data Output 3 _ m Status Action Messages Parameters Results Profili_4 gt a G___ 2I f Figure 1 18 Selecting user defined function wizard 5 Complete the steps of the wizard Note The New User Defined Function UDF wizard does not support all data types on all DB2 UDB servers When creating a table UDF the wizard recommends SQL data types for the data returned for each col
6. Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 87 88 Tip For a particular row you can only apply one of the DEFAULT IGNORE or MAP clauses The priority of these clauses is DEFAULT IGNORE and MAP This means that if the XDS does not contain the SCH attribute the schema in the DEFAULT clause is used and cannot be further mapped or ignored Similarly a schema which is already mapped cannot be ignored It might be possible that the SCH attribute for rows has the same value as the DEFAULT clause In that case the schema can be ignored or mapped because the DEFAULT clause is not applicable to that XMLVALIDATE USING SCHEMA option Specify that the XML value should be validated against the schema specified here The SCH attribute is ignored in every case XMLVALIDATE USING SCHEMALOCATION HINTS option Specify that XML values are validated using the schemalocation hints present in the XML value itself The SCH attribute is ignored EXPORT syntax We explain the new option for the EXPORT command using the following command EXPORT TO export del OF DEL XML TO xmlpath XMLFILE xmidocs MODIFIED BY XMLINSEPFILES XMLCHAR XMLSAVESCHEMA SELECT FROM T1 The explanations of the terms in the command are gt XML TO clause This clause provides the paths where the XML data is stored The default value for this clause is the path where the data file is written Multiple values can be given for this clause If the multiple v
7. Java and NET DB2 NET Data DB2 OLE DB Data DB2 ODBC Data Provider Provider Provider Connection Object DB2Connection System Data ODBC ODBCConnection Used to create connection Command Object DB2Command OleDbCommand ODBCCommand Used to execute command DataReader DB2DataReader OleDbDataReader ODBCDataReader Object Used to read retrieved data DataAdapter DB2DataAdapter OleDbDataAdapter ODBCDataAdapter Object Used to load and unload data between DataSet and database ConnectionString Database PROVIDER IBMDA DSN SAMPLE UID SAMPLE DB2 DSN SAMPLE db2admin UID db2admin PW PWD db2admin D db2admin DRIVER IBM DB2 ODBC Driver Transaction Object DB2Transaction OleDbTransaction ODBCTransaction OLE DB Data provider and ODBC Data Provider have limitations Refer to following URLs for complete listings gt OLE DB Data provider limitations http publib boulder ibm com infocenter db21uw v9 index jsp topic com ibm db2 udb apdv ms doc doc r0011826 htm gt ODBC Data Provider limitations http publib boulder ibm com infocenter db21uw v9 index jsp topic com ibm db2 udb apdv ms doc doc r0011829 htm 6 5 Application example using ADO NET In this section we provide sample C application codes which utilize IBM DB2 NET Data provider to demonstrate inserting new customer data into the Chapter 6 Application development with NET 279 customer table as well as updating and deleti
8. database right click Tables node and select Add New Table with Designer as shown in Figure 6 5 WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual Studio lolx File Edt View Project Buld Debug Data Tools Window Community Help PIET EC BG omy you ae Sol SEEKS alala E g Data Connections ed Solution WindowsAppiicationt 1 project gt E chunj SAMPLE DB2 NT 09 01 0000 E E WindowsApplication1 of a Properties E View j C References pisa Add New Table with Wizard para mg New Query E Ea Servers H dunp3 E Refresh FE Properties Ready h Figure 6 5 Starting IBM Table Designer Chapter 6 Application development with NET 259 The Table Designer window shows Table Definition Columns and Column properties section as in Figure 6 6 WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual Studio File Edit View Build Debug IBMTable Designer Tools Window Community Help Clr BheaAgys gt uwagi aa gt gt G amp b Debug Any CPU e EEE hunj SAMPLE chunj TABLE2 Formi cs Design Start Page J Solution Explorer WindowsApplicationi 3_ x DE JEEE If gt 21 Gl al 2 g E gi Data Connections FA Solution WindowsApplication1 1 project Gy chunj SAMPLE DB2 NT 09 01 0000 Table Definition E windowsApplication1 amp ij Tables G Ea Properties E B Views Teas H E References H O Procedures Table schema amp EE Formi cs E li Functions z Program
9. lt movie id 345 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt user name Andy gt I tried so hard to like this movie I really did But no matter which way I look at it I can t seem to find it in me to give this movie a good rating lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name SF Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt insert into moviereview reviewid review values 654 xmlparse document lt movie id 456 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Almost jokeless and at times nearly incomprehensible lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name SF Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt insert into moviereview reviewid review values 765 xmlparse document lt movie id 567 gt
10. return errorFound printf n Error Problem occurred Sqlcode d Sqlstate s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return PIDNotFound printf n Error Product ID was not found n return 4 3 13 Indicator variables When a value is nullable an application needs to check whether the value of a column returned is null or not To do this using embedded SQL we can use indicator variables For example if we want to check whether the quantity and location data value returned from the database is null we can modify the statement in Example 4 17 to the one shown in Example 4 18 on page 166 Chapter 4 Application development with C C 165 Example 4 18 Using indicator values to check nullability EXEC SQL SELECT quantity location INTO quantity INDICATOR ind1 location INDICATOR ind2 from inventory where PID PID The INDICATOR keyword and the indicator host variable are added after each host variable to be checked We need to ensure that the indicator host variables indl and ind2 are declared in the DECLARE section of the program As the indicator variable is of SMALLINT data type the C data type can be declared to be short An indicator host variable with a value of 1 is null any other value is considered not NULL The INDICATOR keyword is optional Example 4 19 shows the same SQL statement without the INDICATOR keyword Example 4 19 Using indicator without INDICATOR keyword EXEC SQL SELECT quantity location IN
11. 111 3 4 2 Zend framework XCS LL 116 3 4 3 myContacts com An XCS application o 122 3 4 4 Other Zend Framework components 139 3 4 5 Creating Web services with Zend Framework 140 35 Conclusioni sosia ie a ee Re ea eae ee 145 Chapter 4 Application development with C C 147 4 1 OVOWIOW 3 ii iena oe a ee ees 148 4 1 1 C C development environment setup 148 4 2 Building a C C application using embedded SQL 150 4 2 1 Host variables and parameter markers 151 4 3 A simple C inventory program using embedded SQL 151 4 3 1 The INVENTORY table 152 4 3 2 Precompiler source file extensions 153 4 3 3 Inventory program code template 154 4 3 4 Host variable declarations 0 0 cee ee eee 156 4 3 5 Using db2bfd to display host variable declarations 157 4 3 6 Using db2dclgn to generate host variable declarations 157 4 3 7 Connecting to a database 0 cece 158 4 3 8 Disconnecting from a database eee 158 4 3 9 The SQL Communications Area SQLCA 159 4 3 10 Quick SQLCA example 160 4 3 11 Inserting data figa end ed ahaa ii 162 4 3 12 Retrieving data etas ia retan p e es 163 4 3 13 Indicator variables s seroren unien a a N ee 165 4 3 14 The WHENEVER Statement 166 4 3 15 Preparing SQL statements uuaa aaea 166 4 3 16 Compl
12. DB2 9 provides text search capability on both relational and XML data through Net Search Extender NSE NSE is enabled to support the new XML data type in DB2 You can follow the steps we outline to enable and use full text search with XML data 1 The database itself needs to be enabled for full text search capability using the following command db2text enable database for text connect to dbname 2 Create the full text index using the default or custom document model A document model specifies a model for parsing and indexing structured documents of format HTML or XML db2text create index movietext for text on movies movieDetails connect to dbname OR db2text create index movietext for text on movies movieDetails format XML documentmodel XMLModel in file connect to dbname Specifying a model file allows you to limit indexing and search to subparts of the documents Remember full text search is not ready to use until the index is updated db2text update index movietext for text connect to dbname After creating and updating the text index the first time the index needs to be kept up to date that is you must keep the content of the index in sync with the content of the base table Indexes can be manually or automatically updated Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 81 You can set an automatic update frequency for text indexes based on either or both the time of update and the minimum number of changes
13. New Data Development Project Select Connection Choose to use a new connection or select an existing connection cw Create a new connection Use an existing connection Exist Database DB2 UDB V9 1 JDBC Driver Class com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver Class Location C SQLLIB java db2jcc jar C SQLLIB java db2 Connection URL jdbc db2 SAMPLE User ID chunj SQL Scripts Supported Figure 1 21 XQuery Visual Builder specifying the connection Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 35 5 Create XML query Workbench can discover and generate the XML schema but you can also add XSDs DTD and schema to the XML Schema Documents folder This folder is located under the recently created project in the Data Project Explorer pane Right click XML Queries and choose New XML Query Name the query Here we used Sample XML Query Once you click Next the Add representative XML documents window appears Click the Add button on the right On the Specify document location panel choose Database See Figure 1 22 Select Next GE per 5 x File Edit Navigate Search Project Run Window Help JQ peer 1 pata 1 ew XML Query Se 2 na Data P es A ine 53 20 Add representative XML documents xQ is not available Use XML documents to help build the query rm Ei XQuery1 SAMPLE jdb Click Add to select documents from your local workspace or from the database that you will query U C XML Qu
14. lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Well here goes We caught the advance screening here lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name SF Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 303 lt movie gt insert into movies id info values 123 xmlparse document lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 123 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Peterson s New Life lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG13 lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 49 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt JJ Studio lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt After losing their 12 year old son Steve and Maggie Peterson moved to a small town The unexpected visiting of the granddaughter from the next door neighbor has brought them surprise after surprise lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt Michael
15. n SQLERRD 2 sqlErrd 1 n SQLERRD 3 sqlErrd 2 n SQLERRD 4 sqlErrd 3 n SQLERRD 5 sqlErrd 4 n SQLERRD 6 sqlErrd 5 System err print n SQLWARN1 sqlWarn 0 n SQLWARN2 sqlWarn 1 n SQLWARN3 sqlWarn 2 n SQLWARN4 sqlWarn 3 n SQLWARN5 sqlWarn 4 n SQLWARN6 sqlWarn 5 n SQLWARN7 sqlWarn 6 n SQLWARN8 sqlWarn 7 n SQLWARN9 sqlWarn 8 n SQLWARNA sqlWarn 9 System err printin SQLSTATE sqlState else System out print ln sqle getMessage System out printIn sqle getErrorCode sqle printStackTrace System out print n Rollback the transaction and quit the program System out print n try con rollback catch Exception e System exit 1 230 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Note Before using the method of Diagnosable class make sure that the object of the SQLException thrown is an instance of this class If not you cannot use the method defined in this class In that case use the standard getMessage getSQL State and getErrorCode methods of SQLException to print the information The SQLException class has multiple subclasses which define more specific errors We explain these classes next 5 9 2 SQLWarning The SQLWarning object is created whenever there is a data
16. r P _ Pri pi Ready di Figure 6 2 Adding connection in Data Explorer 256 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 Select Data source then select IBM DB2 as shown in Figure 6 3 Click Continue Choose Data Source ee Use this selection to connect to databases supported by the IBM DB2 Data Provider for NET Framework 2 0 Microsoft SQL Server Mobile Edition Oracle Database lt other gt Data provider tem DB2 Data Provider for NET Fram 7 IV Always use this selection Cancel di Figure 6 3 Selecting IBM DB2 in Data Explorer 4 Add the server name given drop down box will show server options database name user ID and password as shown in Figure 6 4 on page 258 Click OK which will now add the given database connection to Server Chapter 6 Application development with NET 257 258 Explorer and you can test the connection Enter information to connect to the selected data source or dick Change to choose a different data source and or provider Data source IBM DE2 Net Framework Data Provider for IBM DB2 Change Specify the following to connect to IBM data 1 Select or enter server name chunj03 db2c_p82 7 Refresh 2 Enter information to log on to the server User ID hunj 3 Select or enter a database name SAMPLE x Ej Specify connection options TT Automatic ref
17. Type 4 8 200 U uncommitted read 236 unicode 91 unit of work 233 universal driver 200 universal JDBC driver 200 Unmanaged Provider 267 updatability 245 update_product 154 updateTable 201 UTF 8 224 V VARCHAR 58 variable 151 views 259 W Web services message 117 well formed XML 55 WHENEVER clause 166 whitespace 60 wiki 97 workflow 98 X XCS 116 XML 2 191 XML Content Store 116 XML schema 51 54 XML schema repository 54 XML value index 79 XMLContentStoreDB2 119 XmlDocument 289 XmlDocument 289 XmlImplementation CreateDocument 289 XmlINamespaceManager 282 XmINodeList 284 XMLPARSE 59 xmlpattern 79 XmlReader 282 XMLSERIALIZE 193 XPath 282 XQUERY 94 XQuery Visual Builder 24 XSR 54 Z Zend_Controller 98 Zend_Db_Xml_Content 118 330 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Redbooks 0 5 spine 0 475 lt gt 0 875 250 lt gt 459 pages DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Redbooks Learn DB2 DB2 Express Edition for Community DB2 Express C is a no application charge data server for use in development and deployment INTERNATIONAL development with DB2 Express C supports a full range of APIs drivers and TECHNICAL XML PHP C C interfaces for application development including PHP C C SUPPORT JA
18. and NET DB2 application development overview In this chapter we introduce application development options for DB2 Universal Database for Linux UNIX and Windows We present Installation and features of DB2 Express C and DB2 Developer Workbench In this chapter we discuss the following DB2 supported development environments DB2 supported interfaces DB2 Express C DB2 Developer Workbench vvvy Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 1 1 1 Application development with DB2 Application programmers face constant challenges to efficiently utilize database resources to their full potential This is especially the case with the growth of e business and the increased use of the Internet This redbook provides various application development options for DB2 using free distribution of DB2 Express C This redbook is meant for you to use as a hands on resource for developing DB2 UDB applications using XML PHP C C Java and NET We also cover the new Developer Workbench tool which provides a comprehensive development environment for building data driven applications with DB2 9 DB2 provides various flexible programming options The DB2 product family supports all major standardized programming interfaces for data access The IBM DB2 9 release features native support for storing managing and querying XML data which is explored throughout this book You should keep in mind that there are key advantages to eac
19. and XML FROM options are added for the XML values The only difference between the LOBs and XML export is that unlike LOBS an inline XML value in the exported data file is not possible So the XML values are exported to the separate files always Similar to LOB location specifier LLS for LOB data an XML data specifier XDS is introduced to define the XML value in data files The attributes of the XDS are FIL OFF LEN and SCH which we explain as follows gt FIL This attribute gives the file name where the XML values are exported gt OFF This attribute specifies the offset of the XML value in the file in case XML values are concatenated in a single file gt LEN This attribute specifies the length of the XML value gt SCH For IMPORT this attribute gives the XML schema relational name which is used to validate the XML schema while importing the data to the table To DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET export this attribute give the schema relational name which was used to validate this XML value when it was inserted IMPORT syntax We explain the new options for the IMPORT command using the following command IMPORT FROM export del OF DEL XML FROM xmlpath MODIFIED BY XMLCHAR XMLPARSE PRESERVE WHITESPACE XMLVALIDATE USING XDS DEFAULT SCHEMA A IGNORE SCHEMA_B SCHEMA C SCHEMA D MAP SCHEMA E SCHEMA F SCHEMA_G SCHEMA H INSERT INTO T1 The explanations for the terms in th
20. c Copy the entire library directory from your Zend Framework directory to the zframework directory you just created Rename this directory to 1ib Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 99 d Create additional directories in zframework directory to organize your code The directory structure should look as shown in Example 3 1 Example 3 1 zframework directory structure app models views controllers www images styles htaccess index php lib Zend gt Web server configuration One important goal of modern Web applications Web sites is to have clean URIs without any attached query parameters This kind of URI rewrite support is required from Web server Zend Framework currently depends on Apache s mod_rewrite module to redirect all requests to a single file called index php that resides in Web server s document root directory and contains the bootstrap function in this case Zend_Controller_Front The configuration of the server requires a few steps a The first step is to enable mod_rewrite function of Apache Web server By default this function is not enabled To enable it e Uncomment LoadModule for mod_rewrite function in the Apache configuration file httpd conf e You would also need to set the Document Root to zframework www and change AllowOverride value from NONE to ALL After these changes restarting Web server should enable the mod_rewrite Note Zend is currently looking for a so
21. gt Expressions gt Functions gt Variables xmins http posame e name Kathy Smith E E addr E phone xquery o Design Source E Properties 53 Description Tasks Problems Error Log Data Output Bookmarks fr i a zZ D XML Query Description al Figure 1 28 XQuery Visual Builder adding element to XQuery The Step Into icon appears when name is highlighted Use this to specify conditions and result sets for that node Click the Step Into icon to step into the For Logic FLWOR window FLWOR stands for FOR LET WHERE ORDER BY and RETURN which represent basic XQuery syntax Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 41 We limit the query to cities with the name Toronto So we expand the Functions String functions choose fn matches and drag it to the Operand 1 column of the Where section This populates the Operand 1 column in Where with matches and the Step Into icon appears next to matches See Figure 1 29 Click the Step into icon D ProductLab java B e all Documents For Logic FLWOR Lel a CHUNI_CUSTOMER_INFO xmI Foreach Iterate over each item in sequence e document Item varia Sequence node expression function variable o E customerinfo name0 h name Cid 1000 E name Kathy S
22. in the controllers other than indexController should never be called Because you do not have any control over the user being creative and modifying the URL to access anything you should always redirect the URL appropriately Also in order to support dynamic actions such as add 123 you must implement __call functions 3 4 1 Integrating with databases Zend_Db_Adapter Zend_Db_Adapter is the database API abstraction layer for the Zend Framework You can use same Zend_Db_Adapter to connect to and work with many databases including MySQL DB2 Sybase SQL Server and others You first need to create an instance of your database server The code shown in Example 3 10 shows how to create the instance of DB2 database Example 3 10 Creating instance of DB2 database using Zend_Db_Adapter params array host gt 9 30 76 201 port gt 50000 username gt db2admin password 1 gt LKKKKKKKK A dbname gt movie conn Zend Db factory Db2 params You can ignore the host and port parameters if the DB2 server is local to the framework Once a DB2 instance is created it can be passed to the database class being initialized For our sample application we create a Database class database php The code shown in Example 3 11 on page 112 creates an instance of the database class and makes our database object available through the registry variable A registry is a Zend framework object that can save Chapte
23. sqlca sqlerrmc Message tokens printf sqlerrd 0 d n sqlca sqlerrd 0 printf sqlerrd 1 d n sqlca sqlerrd 1 printf sqlerrd 2 d n sqlca sqlerrd 2 printf sqlerrd 3 d n sqlca sqlerrd 3 printf sqlerrd 4 d n sqlca sqlerrd 4 printf sqlerrd 5 d n sqlca sqlerrd 5 printf sqlwarn s n sqlca sqlwarn Warning indicators printf sqlstate s n sqlca sqlstate Return Code This produces the output shown in Example 4 11 on page 161 160 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 4 11 Sample output of values stored in the SQLCA sqlcaid SQLCA sqlcabc 136 sqlcode 1013 sqlerrml 7 sqlerrmc SAMPSLE sqlerrd 0 0 sqlerrd 1 sqlerrd 2 sqlerrd 3 sqlerrd 4 sqlerrd 5 sqlwarn 42705 sqlstate 42705 o 5 o ace 5 Looking up the SQLCODE and SQLSTATE we discover that the problem resulted because the database manager could not find the database specified in the application Alternatively we can use a DB2 API called sqlaintp defined in sql h to help get more information about the error This function will return the error text for an SQLCODE in the SQLCA An example of using this function is shown in Example 4 12 Example 4 12 Using the sqlaintp API to get error info char errText 1000 sqlaintp errText 999 0 amp sqlca printf amp s n errText The function call above retrieves the SQLCODE error message and st
24. 2 Requirements for NET application development with DB2 The following requirements are needed to develop NET application solutions with DB2 data source gt DB2 client minimum DB2 Application Development Client Version 8 1 2 for use of DB2 NET Data Provider and Version 8 1 5 for OLE DB bridge provider needs to be installed and the appropriate database needs to be cataloged To develop and run applications that use DB2 NET Data Provider the NET Framework Version 2 0 or 1 1 is required The NET Framework version 2 0 is recommended for new DB2 solutions development For Visual Studio 2005 add in Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 is required and DB2 Application Development Client V8 2 fix pack 10 or later For Visual Studio 2005 add in Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later or Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 DB2 NET Data Provider can be used to connect to the following data sources gt gt DB2 Universal Database for Linux UNIX and Windows Version 9 DB2 Universal Database Version 8 for Windows UNIX and Linux based computers DB2 Universal Database Version 6 or later for OS 390 and z OS through DB2 Connect DB2 Universal Database Version 5 Release 1 or later for AS 400 and iSeries through DB2 Connect To ensure that the ADO NET applications built for DB2 UDB V8 can function successfully with DB2 9 they need to be migrated This may involve rebuilding the application if DB2 NET Data Provider is used
25. 257 Providing connection information in Data Explorer 258 Starting IBM Table Designer 259 Table Designer Window LL 260 Starting IBM View Designer 261 View Designer Window LL 262 Starting IBM Procedure Designer 263 Procedure Designer window LL 264 Adding debug breakpoints in Procedure Designer 266 DB2 Data Provide eseon i riene e R eee 268 Sample info XML data from the CUSTOMER table 283 XML document tree for the customer info data 289 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Notices This information was developed for products and services offered in the U S A IBM may not offer the products services or features discussed in this document in other countries Consult your local IBM representative for information on the products and services currently available in your area Any reference to an IBM product program or service is not intended to state or imply that only that IBM product program or service may be used Any functionally equivalent product program or service that does not infringe any IBM intellectual property right may be used instead However it is the user s responsibility to evaluate and verify the operation of any non IBM product program or service IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter described in this document The furnishing of this document does not give y
26. 3 persistence data access 117 PHP 2 10 placeholder 151 pot 111 portability 95 positioned iterator 241 PRECOMPILE 150 precompile 4 150 precompile time 151 precompiler 150 153 PREPARE 167 PreparedStatement interface 212 PreparedStatement object 212 218 presentation 315 previous 215 privilege 264 Privileges View 260 262 264 procedure parameter 264 Procedure View 264 procedures 259 product family 2 programming interface 2 programming language 4 protocol 50 53 pure XML 94 pureXML 52 pureXML storage 116 Q query 213 query_update 154 question marker 151 R read stability 236 read only 272 record set 272 Redbooks Web site 324 Contact us xiv registry 178 registry variable 115 relative 215 repeatable read 236 repository 118 response file 22 response file install 12 RESS 3 result set 163 209 ResultSet 209 328 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET ResultSet object 213 resultSetConcurrency 214 resultSetHoldability 214 resultSetType 214 ROLLBACK 163 ROR 315 RR 236 RS 236 RSS feed 117 runtime 148 167 S Sample database 23 savepoint 237 244 scalar function search 82 schema 60 schema document 60 schema validation 55 scripting language 97 scripts 259 scrollability 214 245 SelectCustomer 284 semicolon 156 179 serialized file 4 serialized string 192 setAsciiStream 223 setBinaryStream 223 setBlob 224 setBytes
27. 3 Application development with PHP 113 ORDER BY name select db gt select to create object you can use an iterative style select gt from movie_names select where vote gt 2 select order name 0r object chaining select gt from movie_names where vote gt 2 order name regardless fetch the results sql select gt _ toString result db gt fetchA11 sq1 alternatively you can pass the select object itself Zend Db Adapter is smart enough to call _ toString on the Zend Db Select objects to get the query string result db gt fetchAll select gt gt Zend_Db_Table It is a Zend_Db_Adapter class which lets you examine the table schema and then aids you in manipulating and fetching rows from the table You need to create a class with the same name as the table name camelized which extends Zend_Db_Table class By default the camelized class name maps to the underscored table name but you can also override this by redefining the _name property For more information refer to the Zend online documentation at http framework zend com manual en zend db table htm Note The database components of the Zend Framework are relatively unstable and new features and functionalities are being added Some of the database object features might not work in the preview release but the good news is that you
28. Application development with Java 201 gt createPorder poid This calls a stored procedure to create the XML value Example 5 1 OrderProcess class import java sql import java util import com ibm db2 jcc public class OrderProcess private Connection con nul private String products nul private int cid 0 public static void main String args String products nul1 OrderProcess op new OrderProcess int custid 1001 HashMap hm new HashMap hm put Snow Shovel Deluxe 24 inch 4 hm put Snow Shovel Basic 22 inch 5 op getConnection products op getProducts for int i 0 i lt products length amp amp products i null i System out printIn products i String name op isCustomer custid if name nul1 op dropCart op createCart hm Double price op findTotal System out println your total is price op updateTable public void getConnection try if con null1 202 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance con DriverManager getConnection jdbc db2 localhost 50000 sample us erl db2usrpw products getProducts System out print n con catch SQLException e System out println e getMessage System out println e getErrorCode e printStackTrace catch Exception e e printStackTrace isCustomer method
29. Expressions Functions z Design Source Figure 1 30 XQuery Visual Builder matches window 13 In addition to the customer name of the customer who resides in Toronto we want to display the city in the resulting output to verify that resulting names are those from Toronto Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 43 To do this drag the city node from the navigation pane on the left to the Return section of the For Logic FLWOR window See Figure 1 31 Ta Sample_XML_Query xqm 23 v Documents E E For Logic FLWOR e CHUNJ_CUSTOMER_INFO xml 7 For each Iterate over each item in sequence E document quence node expression function variable or literal E customerinfo name0 name Cid 1000 xmins http posample org E name Kathy Smith bia E addr country Canada E street 5 Rosewood E city Toronto prov state Ontario E pcode zip M6W 1E6 g matches fle phone e ph gt Order By Return Build an XML fragment to be returned gt Construct with each qualified iteration D name Aerobie aty v Functions String Functions 7 i Design Source Figure 1 31 XQuery Visual Builder For Logic FLWOR window with operand 1 14 There are two tabs Design and source representing two views in XQM window We have been exposed to the Design view up to now You can view
30. FETCH and CALL an SQLDA describes host variables The SQLDA is made up of header and SQLVAR describing its structure Within it there can be multiple SQLVAR elements defined An individual SQLVAR structure can hold information regarding gt A column of a table in a DESCRIBE or PREPARE statement gt Avariable in a FETCH EXECUTE CALL or OPEN statement The fields which describe the SQLDA contain information on the size of the structure whether the SQLDA has doubled in size which will happen if LOB objects are used the number of SQLVAR elements allocated and the number of columns variables in the SQL statement Depending on whether the SQLDA is being used to store input or output information of an SQL statement SQLVAR elements can contain information about data types lengths column names code pages and much more To define the SQLDA we can add the following statement to our program EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLDA 174 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Alternatively we can include the SQLDA include file and declare an application variable to make use of the structure include lt sqlda h gt struct sqlda mysqlda Once we define the SQLDA structure we can use it within SQL statements to store input or output information as needed For example we can use it within a prepare statement where lt sq statement gt is a variable storing a dynamic SQL statement EXEC SQL PREPARE stmt I
31. For example if the persistence layer is a relational database a call to the method insert builds an appropriate SQL insert statement based on the structure of the underlying tables used and the content of the Zend_Db_Xml_Content object It connects to the database and executes the statement Other CRUD methods work in a similar fashion and include update delete deleteByld and selectAll Example 3 16 shows how to save XML data in the XML ContentStore Example 3 16 Saving XML data in the XML ContentStore create an Zend _Db_Xml_Content object from a file using a utility method xmldoc Zend Db _Xml_XmlUtil createDocument xmldoc Zend _Db_Xm l_XmlUtil importXm File data xml save the XML document to the persistence layer xcs gt insert xmldoc Similar functions exist for update and delete In addition Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore also contains a simple search facility that retrieves Zend_Db_Xml_Content by its ID or by searching within the XML data or the metadata in Zend_Db_Xml_Content The search on XML data is done using XPath expressions Some of these methods are find and findByld Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore_DB2 The class XMLContentStoreDB2 is implemented using the DB2 adapter which in turn uses the ibm_db2 CLI driver For example to insert the application gives the XCS an XMLContent object and the XMLContentStoreDB2 takes care of the underlying details Because DB2 9 supports a native XML data
32. Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 6 6 Connecting to the DB2 database using NET data provider public static DB2Connection ConnectDb String alias String userid String password String dsn SAMPLE String connectString Since this method will be called internally we don t have to worry about all possible connect string scenario if alias null connectString Database dsn else dsn alias connectString Database dsn UID userid PWD password DB2Connection conn new DB2Connection connectString try conn Open Console WriteLine Connected to the dsn database catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message return conn ConnectDb Selecting existing customer information In order to read the customer data from CUSTOMER table we select INFO column which contains customer information using the WHERE Clause with specific CID The sample INFO XML data from CUSTOMER table is shown in Example 6 7 Example 6 7 Info XML data from the CUSTOMER table lt customerinfo xmlns http posample org Cid 1000 gt lt name gt Kathy Smith lt name gt lt addr country Canada gt lt street gt 5 Rosewood lt street gt lt city gt Toronto lt city gt Chapter 6 Application development with NET 281 lt prov state gt Ontario lt prov state gt lt pcode zip gt M6W 1E6 lt pcode zip gt lt addr gt lt phone type work gt 41
33. Handle rotations gt Perform image drawing gt Do incremental PDF file update To see the code example about how to use Zend_PDF refer to the Zend Framework online manual 3 4 5 Creating Web services with Zend Framework Web services are Web based enterprise applications that use open XML based standards and transport protocols to exchange data with calling clients Many vendors including Amazon Yahoo and eBay offer numerous Web services that you can use for free This section describes the Web services components of 140 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Zend Framework You can create a simple Web service using Zend_Service_Flickr to search a Flickr a Yahoo company image Zend Framework preview release 0 1 4 comes with these Web services components which you can use to build a Web services application We anticipate that more Web service APIs will be added as the Framework matures toward a 1 0 release Zend_Service_Amazon Zend_Service_Amazon is a simple API for using Amazon Web services Zend_Service_Amazon has two APIs A more traditional one that follows Amazon s own API and a simpler Query API for constructing even complex search queries easily Zend_Service_ Amazon enables developers to retrieve information appearing throughout Amazon com Web sites directly through the Amazon Web Services API Some of the examples are Store item information such as images descriptions prici
34. INPUT SQL _C_LONG SQL_INTEGER 0 0 amp min_quality 0 NULL SQLExecute stmt_handle SQLBindCol stmt_handle 1 SQL C LONG amp quantity 0 amp ind 0 SQLBindCol stmt_handle 2 SQL_C CHAR PID sizeof PID amp ind 1 printf nProducts to Restock less than d n min_ quality printf n while SQLFetch stmt_handle SQL SUCCESS printf d t s n quantity PID SQLFreeHandle SQL_HANDLE_STMT stmt_handle SQLDisconnect conn_handle SQLFreeHandle SQL_HANDLE DBC conn_handle SQLFreeHandle SQL_HANDLE ENV env_handle return SQL_SUCCESS 4 5 7 Error handling After each API call we should be checking the return code status to ensure that no errors have occurred Table 4 10 on page 190 lists possible CLI function return codes Chapter 4 Application development with C C 189 Table 4 10 CLI function return codes CLI function return code CLI function result SQL_SUCCESS Successful No SQLSTATE information available SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO Successful but some informational message or warning was returned SQL_STILL_EXECUTING Still executing although control has been returned to the application SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND Successful but no data was found SQL_NEED_DATA Missing parameter data needed for the execution of an SQL statement SQL_INVALID_HANDLE Error Invalid handle specified by the application If a function call resulted in an unexpected return code diagnosti
35. In Sever Explorer integration 256 6 3 2 Visual Studio 2005 Add In IBM Designer 259 6 4 Data Providers for ADO NET 0000 e eee eee ee 267 6 4 1 Managed provider and unmanaged provider 267 6 5 Application example using ADO NET 20000 eee eee 279 Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 295 AT Exampel data i stacc causca hain ecb k lait 296 A 2 Setting up the database 0 ee 301 A 3 Setting up Apache HTTP server PHP and DB2 on Windows 308 Appendix B Ruby on Rails ee 313 B 1 Introduction to Ruby recreio eara e a OEE EENE ERT AEN 314 B 1 1 Getting started with Ruby programming language 315 B 2 Introduction to Ruby on Rails 315 B 2 1 DB2 9on Rails aller pae aa ti 316 B 2 2 Further reading cee tees 316 Appendix C Additional material 319 Locating the Web material 319 Using the Web material 319 System requirements for downloading the Web material 320 How to use the Web material 320 Related publications ee 321 IEM READOOKS s rire e ei dele did Pr 321 Other publications iii eo 321 Online resourceS LL 323 How to get IBM Redbooks 0 0 0 c eee a 324 Help from IBM vsa tbere redan eee 324 Index 6 28 ate i la ek te wee Oy a iene bl how ate eh a 325 vi DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java a
36. Java and NET Example 2 8 gives the example for an xmlcolumn applied on the info column of the movie table Example 2 8 xmlcolumn applied on info column of the movie table xquery db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO Tip DB2 is case insensitive and treats all the table and column names in capital letters while XML and XQuery are case sensitive The resource functions previously discussed are XQuery interface functions so all the table names and column names should be passed to these functions using capital characters or letters Passing the object names in lower case letters can result in an undefined object name error sqlquery Instead of querying all the XML values in an XML column as in the case of xmlcolumn functions we can only query a set of XML values based on a condition in a SELECT statement using the sg query function for example querying only the information regarding the movie with ID value 123 For this purpose the sg query function provides you with the option to give the SQL full select as an input to the function instead of just the column name If you give the full select as an input to this function you should select XML values only The function returns the concatenation of all the values selected by the full select Example 2 9 shows how to use the sqlquery functions to select the XML values Example 2 9 sqlquery xquery db2 fn sqlquery select info from movies where id 123 Tip xmlcolumn and sqlquery are xque
37. SQLSMALLINT AuthenticationLength cbAuthStr In our code we add the following line Example 4 33 on page 186 to establish a default database connection and later to disconnect from the database Chapter 4 Application development with C C 185 Example 4 33 Using SQLConnect amp SQLDisconnect SQLConnect conn_handle sample SQL NTS NULL SQL NTS NULL SQL_NTS SQLDisconnect conn_handle 4 5 5 Processing SQL statements After connecting to the database we need to allocate a statement handle to manage our SQL statement Once this is done we can execute an SQL statement by either preparing the statement or executing the statement directly Figure 4 2 illustrates this process SQLPrepare SQLBindParameter SQLBindParameter SQLExecDirect SQLExecute Prepare and execute Execute directly Figure 4 2 Processing SQL statements In either case if parameter markers exist in the SQL statement SQLBindParameter must be called to associate each parameter marker to an application buffer or a LOB locator If a SELECT statement is run and a result set expected a cursor is automatically opened So unlike embedded SQL cursors neither have to be declared nor opened To fetch the results SQLBindCol is first called to bind the columns of a result set to application variables then SQLFetch is called to fetch the rows 186 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook
38. Sileur lt writer gt lt director gt John and Anne Tate lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt special yes type lead gender M gt Sam Wilson lt actor gt type lead gender F gt Kate Henderson lt actor gt type lead gender M special yes gt Michael Glaski lt actor gt gender M gt Matt Warrich lt actor gt gender M gt Chris Rogen lt actor gt gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt insert into movies id info values 234 xmlparse document lt xm version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 234 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Paradise Regained lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt 304 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArating gt PG13 lt MPAArating gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 54 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt Wen International lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie detai s gt lt synopsis gt A down on his luck actor who never had the good fortune of getting the ideal part pulls off of the freeway and arrives
39. To precompile the program we can run the following statement shown in Example 4 1 Example 4 1 Output from running the PREP command db2 prep inventory sqc LINE MESSAGES FOR inventory sqc SQLOO60W The C precompiler is in progress SQLO091W Precompilation or binding was ended with 0 errors and 0 warnings 150 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET This will produce a modified source file named inventory c and a package in the database Alternatively we can create a bind file and later bind the file to manually create a package This is known as deferred binding We can accomplish this by using the BINDFILE option in the PRECOMPILE command Example 4 2 Basic statements to create a bind file and package db2 prep inventory sqc BINDFILE db2 bind inventory bnd After precompiling we need to compile the modified source file We can do this on the Windows system by running the command cl Zi 0d c W2 inventory c This produces an object file named inventory obj We can then create an executable file named inventory exe by running the command link debug out inventory exe inventory obj db2api lib Depending on your compiler and the options you set the commands for compiling and linking will be different 4 2 1 Host variables and parameter markers In a static SQL statement the complete SQL statement along with the type and length of the data requested is known at precompile time Th
40. ViewController Similar to AddController ViewController must not implement index action However this controller should implement a __call to handle dynamic actions such as the following URL This makes sure that any URL typing by the user is handled appropriately http localhost view 123 We discussed other actions such as search and display in detail in the previous database section You can download the social network application called myContacts com application from the IBM Redbooks Web site at http www redbooks ibm com Appendix C Additional material on page 319 describes the download instructions 138 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 4 4 Other Zend Framework components We have discussed so far only a small portion of the functionalities Zend Framework provides As mentioned previously the framework fulfills the promises and provides a rich set of components to build today s applications quickly In this section we briefly go through some of these components We recommend that you refer to the Zend online manual for the details and examples Zend_Feed RSS amp Atom feeds are hot technologies today and many applications are being built to support them RSS Atom is a technology and syndication is a process Feed is about getting content regularly and sequentially The core technology is XML on which both are built and hence DB2 9 pureXML can be used to sto
41. XQuery builder vvvvvvvy DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Creating New Project in DB2 Developer Workbench You can start a new development project in DB2 Developer Workbench using two methods gt Select File gt New then select from a list of choices Figure 1 11 shows the resulting window output Data Eclipse Platform _ lol x Fie Edit Navigate Search Project Run Window Help FISSI Project ES apata Il Data Development Project SO NEO Gtrl F4 ro a Cirisshiftee4 ssf SQL Statement Satb O Stored Procedure cit User Defined Function WebSphere MQ User Defined Function Gtrl Shift S5 5 Other F2 Refresh FE Convert Line Delimiters To den Cer Switch Workspace Properties Alt Enter 1 Sample _XML_Query xqm XQuery1 Exit ae ree erer os NPI se si status Acton ObjectName ejs Messages parameters Results Profiing Data E Figure 1 11 Selecting new data development project gt You can make these same choices by clicking New Project from the tool menu first button on the left Figure 1 12 on page 26 shows window output from selecting New Project Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 25 Next gt Finish ance Figure 1 12 New Project drop down menu 26 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Crea
42. a Zend_Db_Xml_Content object in the repository as well as retrieving Zend_Db_Xml_Content objects from the data source based on search or ID criteria A data source is defined very generally as the persistence layer where the XML data is saved It can be a relational database an XML database or a file system and it stores the XML data in its own format When an Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore object is instantiated it receives a connection handle which describes in a meaningful way what the data source is Example 3 15 shows how to create an XML ContentStore using DB2 dbAdapter Example 3 15 Creating an XML ContentStore Create a DBAdapter using database connection properties dbuser db2admin dbpass db2admin dbname contacts params array username gt dbuser password gt dbpass dbname gt dbname conn Zend Db factory Db2 params xcs new Zend _Db_Xml_XmlContentStore_Db2 conn blogs 118 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET In Example 3 15 on page 118 XML ContentStore xcs has been given a name so xcs only manages XML data related to specific application blogs Other content stores can be created to manage other types of XML data Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore knows how to access the persistence layer to perform Create Read Update and Delete CRUD operations and abstracts these operations by using convenience methods
43. about getting the right information to the right people at the right time to take advantage of the business opportunities Both PHP and DB2 Express C are extremely flexible in supporting the varying demand of business requirements Also since Express C has been enabled to tightly integrate with other IBM Express products you can leverage this to build scalable and resilient on demand solutions very quickly 3 1 Application environment In the true spirit of the open source movement we decided to build our sample application using Web Development Framework In software development a framework is defined as a support structure in which other software projects can be organized and developed A framework might include support programs code libraries a scripting language or other software to develop and glue together the different components of a software project Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 95 96 Here are few examples of application development framework You can find more than 20 frameworks on the Web written in PHP alone Apache Cocoon and Apache Struts from Apache software foundation gt CakePHP an open source framework written in PHP Zend Framework an open source framework in PHP preview release Eclipse framework from Eclipse foundation gt Net framework from Microsoft gt Ruby on Rails an open source framework written in Ruby Net Beans a Java based Web application development framework
44. all the customers cities in Canada Example 5 24 Running XQuery Statement stmt con createStatement String query XQUERY declare default element namespace http posample org fn distinct values db2 fn xm column CUSTOMER INFO customerinfo addr country Canada city System out print n System out print n query ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery query retrieve and display the result from the query while rs next 238 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET retrieve the data as binary stream String data rs getString 1 Print the result System out print n data Close the resultset rs close Close the statement stmt close 5 12 SQLj support JDBC runs all the SQL statements dynamically which means it prepares all the statements at runtime just before the execution Some of the statements for example statements without parameters can be prepared at compile time which increases the performance of the application at runtime SQLj gives this flexibility of preparing the statements at compile time An SQLj program runs all the statements statically The SQL statements can be embedded into the Java program using SQLj Example 5 25 gives the different syntaxes of how to embed a static SQL statement in a Java program Example 5 25 SQLj syntax sq1 connection context sql statement sq1 connection context execut
45. an index it is possible to specify what paths to index and what types Use the type that you want to use in your queries gt You can only index on a single XML column composite indexes are not allowed at this time Elements and attributes inside the document frequently used in predicates and cross document joins can be indexed gt If anode matches the xmlpattern but fails to cast to the specified index type then no index entry is created for the node without raising an error gt There could be zero one or multiple index entries per document row based on how many nodes match an xmlpattern A single document can contain zero one or multiple nodes that match the xmlpattern Thus there can be zero one or multiple index entries for a single row in a table significantly different than indexes on relational columns Any nodes that match the path expression or the set of path expressions in XML that is stored in that column are indexed and the index points to the node in storage that is linked to its parent and children for fast navigation XML values index XML values index is a new type of index that can be created when users want efficient evaluation of xmlpattern expressions to improve performance during queries on XML documents Unlike the traditional relational indexes where index keys are composed of one or more table columns specified by the user the XML values index uses a particular XML pattern expression to index
46. and the XCS discussed in this chapter you must use DB2 9 We expect that Zend Core for IBM will be available with DB2 9 by the time this book is published Currently Zend Core for IBM is available for free download at the following Web site http www zend com products zend_core zend_core_for_ibm gt Ease of development DB2 Express C supports a full range of APIs for application development and simplifies the server side development with stored procedures and SQL functions For PHP developers DB2 Express C comes bundled with Zend Core for IBM a seamless ready to use easy to use PHP development environment Support for XML DB2 Express C includes leading edge technology for storing managing and searching XML data in a secure scalable environment With its pureXML technology your PHP application makes use of standard XQUERY and SQL XML to build the latest applications DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Performance Both PHP and DB2 Express C are very fast and efficient PHP Web pages can serve millions of hits per day using a single inexpensive server DB2 Express C is proven to be faster than its competition in most of the application development scenarios gt Portability Both PHP and DB2 Express C are available on many platforms Your code usually works without modifications on different systems that run PHP and DB2 gt Information on demand Information on demand is
47. are free to manipulate the code and design the function your own way For example we have used the adapter s insert method to add movie names to the database Alternatively your application can construct the INSERT statement and use adapter s direct query function to execute and achieve the same result The actual implementation of these API methods available for your use are in Db2 php located under the lib Zend Db Adapter directory 114 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Integrating the components To put this all together we create database php in lib directory The __autoload function in our bootstrap file www index php is able to load it when needed The bootstrap file also instantiates db and view and loads them in registry variables Finally we create a template to display the result In the case of our small survey application we create an HTML template embedded with some php code Typically we recommend that you create different templates for different URLs supported by the application and one index php exists as an initial template vote php is our only template and displays both initial movie information and modified survey results because this is the most appropriate way of displaying results for this application The code in Example 3 14 shows the app view vote php Example 3 14 vote php lt htm gt lt head gt lt title gt lt php echo this gt escape this ti
48. as company sql xmlserialize xmlquery data member title text sql passing x data as data as varchar 120 as title sql from db2admin member m db2admin xmldata x where if fname amp amp 1name param array sql upper m fname like or upper m lname like AND 3 param strtoupper fname param strtoupper 1name else if fname amp amp lname param array sql upper m fname like AND param strtoupper fname else if fname amp amp lname param array sql upper m Iname like AND param strtoupper 1name sql m xmid x id if param amp amp result this gt _db fetchAssoc sql param return result Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 131 return false This application allows users to create and save their profiles A user interface is provided as shown in Figure 3 7 Once a user fills in the required text and clicks Join Now a new member profile is added into the DOC column of the XCS database This profile is saved as XML An empty contact data of XML type is also constructed for this profile When this user updates the user s contacts this XML document is updated With the new profile created the authentication table is also updated e O ETA io ESE AMIATA RT CIA A Wee GO Mihi tocahostiaddinew i DRAE PL File Edit View Favorites Too
49. create table db2admin xmldata id BIGINT NOT NULL generated always as identity primary key data XML attachment BLOB 100m about XML The XML data type is available on any UTF 8 database in the DB2 9 release With the creation of these database objects DB2 is now ready for use as an XML Content Store There are no other DB2 administrative tasks necessary However to improve performance when searching we suggest that you create indexes for the XML data as shown in Example 3 24 Example 3 24 Creating index script create index datatext on xmldata data generate key using xmlpattern as sql varchar 800 create index dataattr on xmldata data generate key using xmlpattern as sql varchar 800 create index abouttext on xmldata about generate key using xmlpattern as sql varchar 800 create index aboutattr on xmldata about generate key using xmlpattern as sql varchar 800 These are very general indexes on all text nodes and attributes on both DATA and ABOUT The developer might decide to create indexes on elements or attributes for application specific data such as a product ID or a last name element where searches might occur often Remember that you can run these commands individually or run the script setupdb sql db2 tvf setupdb sql Tip The XCS table creation is optional The XCS is capable of creating the table and indexes on first use This script is also part of the zip file for the entire applic
50. createStatement method Any number of statements can be created for a particular connection object Statement interface defines executeQuery and executeUpdate methods to execute a query statement The executeQuery method is used when the result set is expected for example for the SELECT statement as output of the query Alternatively executeUpdate method is used for updating the database contents for example INSERT UPDATE and DELETE statements The executeQuery method returns the ResultSet object which represents a set of rows returned by the SELECT query This ResultSet object can be used to fetch the result row by row executeUpdate returns an integer value which indicates the number of rows updated inserted or deleted from the database based on the type of SQL statement SELECT using Statement object Example 5 4 contains a code snippet for the method getProducts from the application code The method select the product names from the CUSTOMER table and stores them in the String array Example 5 4 SELECT using Statement object String products new String 10 Chapter 5 Application development with Java 209 int i 0 String query get name of product Statement stmt try stmt con createStatement ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery query while rs next products i rs getString 1 ltt The Statement object also provides execute methods to execute any type of query The execute method is useful when the deci
51. data from other transactions Any kind of interaction except lost update is possible with this isolation level Cursor stability CS The characteristics of CS are gt Any row except the current row read by this transaction can be updated by the other transactions gt The current transaction cannot see the uncommitted data from other transactions gt Non Repeatable read and phantom read are possible with this isolation level Read stability RS The characteristics of RS are gt Any row read by the current transaction cannot be updated by any other transaction gt The current transaction cannot see the uncommitted data from other transactions gt Interactions of type phantom read are possible between concurrent transactions Repeatable read RR This is the highest level of isolation This isolation level completely isolates the concurrent transactions gt Any row read by the current transaction cannot be updated by any other transaction At the same time this isolation level makes sure that the ResultSet of the same statement remains constant even if the statement is executed twice in the same transaction gt Current transactions cannot see the uncommitted data from other transactions gt The isolation level for a transaction can be set by calling the method setTransactionlsolation of Connection object Example 5 22 on page 237 shows how to set the isolation level for a transaction 236 DB2 E
52. ddcesmvs Ist 181 decimal 219 declare section 156 decomposition 65 delimiters 4 deployment tool 12 DESCRIBE statement 174 disconnect 158 distributed transaction processing 3 distribution 2 document model 81 Document Object Model 56 DOM 56 driver 217 driver class 227 DriverManager 208 dynamic 148 dynamic embedded SQL 4 155 dynamic SQL statement 148 175 E e business 2 element 79 embedded SQL 4 148 150 154 194 encoding conversion 224 enterprise application 97 environment 94 ErrorCode 228 errText 161 evelopment environment 2 exception handling 228 EXEC SQL portion 156 EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement 168 executeQuery 213 ExecutionContext 241 export 88 255 expression 66 extensions 150 326 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET F fetch 209 FETCH statement 174 fetch 113 FieldCount property 273 file extension 153 first 215 FLWOR 44 for logic 44 forward only 272 function 59 G getAsciiStream 224 getBinaryStream 224 getBytes 224 getCharacterStream 224 getConnection 208 getDataSize 232 getDesription String 201 getlndex 232 getNextException 229 getObject 224 getParameter 232 getParameterMetaData method 218 getProducts 201 getRead 232 getSqlca 228 getString 224 getThrowable 228 getTransferSize 232 GRANT 163 GRAPHICS 223 H handle 177 182 HandleType 183 HasRows property 273 header file 159 hierarchical form 52 hold
53. definition of the add_product function is shown in Example 4 14 Example 4 14 Complete definition of the add_product function void add product void printf n printf Add A Product n n printf Enter Product ID scanf s amp PID printf Enter Quantity scanf d amp quantity printf Enter Location scanf s amp location 162 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET EXEC SQL INSERT INTO inventory PID quantity location VALUES PID quantity location if sqlca sqlcode 0 if sqlca sqlcode 803 printf n Error Product already exists in the database n else printf n Error Problem occurred when adding a new product Sqlcode d Sqlstate s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return EXEC SQL COMMIT printf n Product successfully added In Example 4 14 on page 162 we prompt the user for information on the product to be added and populate the host variables with the supplied values We then use the host variables in the INSERT statement and check whether the processing was successful Note that we add a COMMIT after the execution of the INSERT This is because when a database connection is initially established the application starts a transaction with any executable SQL statement such as SELECT INSERT CREATE GRANT and so on Within the transaction any number of
54. directory to C ruby and edit a new notepad file with this content puts Hello Ruby World gt Save this file as hello rb gt Oncommand prompt run it as shown C ruby gt ruby hello rb gt You should see the output as below Hello Ruby World For your learning pleasure the Ruby package comes loaded with lots of samples You can browse some of these samples in the following folder C ruby samples RubySrc 1 8 4 sample B 2 Introduction to Ruby on Rails Ruby on Rails ROR is a Web application and persistence framework that includes everything needed to create database backed Web applications according to the Model View Control pattern of separation This pattern splits the view also called the presentation into templates that are primarily responsible for inserting pre built data in between HTML tags The model contains the smart domain objects such as Account Customer and Product that hold all the business logic and know how to persist themselves to a database The Appendix B Ruby on Rails 315 controller handles the incoming requests such as Create New Account Update Product and Show Post by manipulating the model and directing data to the view In this framework model is handled by an object relational mapping layer called Active Record Active Record connects business objects and database tables to create a persistable domain model where logic and data are presented in one wrapping Active record also minimizes t
55. document Example 2 12 shows a simple query that will get all of the five star movie titles with rating as from the table and put into a new tag movie list Example 2 12 Constructors in XQuery xquery lt movie list rating gt db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie heading rating ti tle lt movie list gt Tip When putting an XQuery inside the XML tag enclose it in braces to indicate that DB2 puts the result of the XQuery in the output otherwise DB2 takes the XQuery as a normal string and we see the normal XQuery text in the output DB2 supports FLWOR expressions to allow you more flexibility to restructure the existing XML values FLWOR means for let where order by and return FLWOR expression syntax is FLWORExpr ForClause LetClause WhereClause OrderByClause return ExprSingle The for and let clauses in a FLWOR expression generate an ordered sequence of tuples of bound variables While for iterates over the different values in the sequence the et clause makes one binding with the value of full sequence The optional where clause serves to filter the tuple stream retaining some tuples and discarding others Use the optional order by clause to reorder the tuple stream The return clause constructs the result of the FLWOR expression The return clause is evaluated once for every tuple in the tuple stream after filtering by the where clause and ordered by order by cl
56. drivers When accessing a database using various available drivers driver manager is usually involved The driver manager provides a set of industry standard interfaces APIs to access a data source using data source specific drivers Applications utilizing drivers are compiled and linked with the driver manager s libraries to invoke standardized APIs Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 5 6 DB2 currently provides support for a large number of drivers including CLI ODBC ADO and OLEDB JDBC SQLJ PERL DBI and NET data provider CLI ODBC As part of the X Open standard Call Level Interface CLI and Open DataBase Connectivity ODBC standards had the same origin The ODBC standards provide a set of interfaces for accessing the database DB2 CLI driver can be used on its own to access a DB2 database or as an ODBC driver The DB2 CLI driver is an ODBC 3 compliant driver and contains further functionality that is not specified in ODBC standards In order to utilize additional functionality in CLI driver the application program needs to be linked directly to CLI driver without the use of the ODBC driver manager Perl Database Interface DBI Perl is part of Open Source Standard and is one of the popular choices for use with Web services through the Common Gateway Interface CGI IBM DB2 provides support for Perl Scripts using Database Interface DBI DBI provides a set of standard class methods to access data sources usi
57. execute Use this method when multiple result sets are expected as an output 212 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt executeQuery Use this method when a single result set is expected gt executeUpdate Use this method when no result set is expected Example 5 9 gives the code snippet from the createPorder method of the application code The method calls a stored procedure named create0rder The stored procedure code is given in the class CreateOrder The stored procedure has two IN parameters and one OUT parameter The stored procedure should be registered before using it 5 5 Stored procedure support on page 219 explains how to register the stored procedure Example 5 9 Calling a stored procedure using CallableStatement object CallableStatement cstmt cstmt con prepareCall call createOrder cstmt setInt 1 poid cstmt setString 2 cart cstmt registerOutParameter 3 Types VARCHAR cstmt executeUpdate return cstmt getString 3 ResultSet The executeQuery method of Statement PreparedStatement and CallableStatement returns the ResultSet object as an output of the query The ResultSet object maintains a cursor to the current row of the result set of a query This cursor can be advanced to the next row by using the next method of this object The cursor by default can only be moved forward and is read only The columns value for the current row can be fetched by
58. for XML PHP C C Java and NET After the processing of an SQL statement is complete the statement handle can be freed In the complete CLI code definition in Example 4 34 on page 188 we show how to prepare bind and execute a SELECT statement and fetch the results Table 4 9 lists some CLI APIs that you can use for processing an SQL statement Table 4 9 Some CLI APIs for SQL processing SQLPrepare Prepare an SQL statement SQLExtendedPrepare Prepare an array of statement attributes for an SQL statement SQLExtendedBind Bind an array of columns SQLBindParameter Bind a parameter marker in an SQL statement SQLSetParam or number of rows in a result set SQLColAttributes set SQLTransact Commit or roll back a transaction SQLCloseCursor Chapter 4 Application development with C C 187 4 5 6 Complete CLI Inventory Program In our example CLI inventory program Example 4 34 we connect to the database prepare a SELECT statement and then bind the parameter marker Because QUANTITY is of type INTEGER in the database we bind the parameter marker with a C type of SQL_C_LONG and SQL type of SQL_INTEGER In binding a parameter marker the SQL data type and the symbolic C data type need to be known as input to the CLI API We also call SQLBindCol for each column of the result set Because QUANTITY and PID data values are returned from the INVENTORY table we call SQLBindCo to bind both columns to application buf
59. gt 1name table member insert the row and get the row ID rows_affected this gt _db gt insert table row saveNew This method inserts a new XML record into XMLDATA using XCS s convenience method insert Example 3 30 shows the saveNew function Example 3 30 Database class Insert profile public function saveNew entry return this gt _dbl gt insert entry gt getProfile This method uses XCS s convenience method findByld that takes docid as input and returns the XML record as an array Example 3 31 shows the getProfile function Example 3 31 Database class Retrieve profile public function getProfile xmlid result this gt _dbl gt findById xmlid if is_null result return result return false The Add Contact relationship feature allows a member to make contacts with other members and create the chain of professional relationships The user Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 133 must log in to view a members detailed profile and make the member a contact The user can select a relationship name from the drop down box When the user clicks Make Contact a XCS update is issued to update XML data in the about column which holds the member contact data If a duplicate relationship with the same person is found in the database the application ignores the request and does not make the update If a user tries to add the u
60. gt dits gt inquiries about his patents and inventions lt writer gt Tim Harris lt writer gt lt director gt Joe Peterson lt director gt lt photography gt Alex Minsky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt edits gt special yes type lead gender M gt Michael Fox lt actor gt type lead gender F gt Terry Randy lt actor gt type lead gender M special yes gt Gerry Knight lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Nelson lt actor gt gender M gt Charles Berkeley lt actor gt gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 299 Example A 2 shows the movie review XML Example A 2 Moviereview xml lt movie id 123 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt has half the violence but twice the laughs of the first film lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt a gritty ultra dark thriller lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt lt movie id 234 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt May I start o
61. hh ve Form1 cs Design Start Page Solution Explorer Windows JELIS ENSE F gd Data Connections 2 0 x pl Solution WindonsAppication1 1 project E O amp chunj saMPLe DB2 NT 09 01 0000 5 E WindowsApplicationi H I Tables fH Ed Properties a Da E Ea References amp Ga Pr Add New View with Designer H E Formt cs fe Dl Functi Program cs amp DMs Add New View with Wizard B Sa Servers By chunjo3 E fe Cryst E Event ES Properties E E Management Events E E Message Queues E A Performance Counters E g Services Ready A Figure 6 7 Starting IBM View Designer Chapter 6 Application development with NET 261 The View Designer window is shown in Figure 6 8 WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual Studio Cs 10 x Fie _ Edit View Build Debug IBM View Designer Tools Window Community Help GECLIZIP Gradi aL og Avov JATA pog Server Explorer 3x chunj SAMPLE chunj VIEW2 x Solution Explorer WindowsApplicati 3 X all 7 iaaiiai al JELRE PEEDEE DO sia pb Data Connections 77 Solution WindowsApplication 1 1 project O chunj SAMPLE 082 NT 09 01 0000 H Vew petition Bl WindowsApplication1 H E Tables H E Properties H D Views Viewname Freya E E References fH O Procedures Niel acheni Bi E Fomi os E ij Functions z 8 Program cs E i XML Schema Repository come 2 _ TVaTNKM OOmjweo E Ela Servers E MI
62. is passed into the constructor as shown in Example 3 36 Example 3 36 Zend_Filter_Input filterPost new Zend Filter_Input POST email filterPost gt testEmail email Zend_Filter_Input sets the array that is passed _POST to NULL so direct access is no longer possible If you need to access it directly and do not want Zend_Filter_Input to set the _POST array to null you can use a non strict approach and pass FALSE as the second parameter See Example 3 37 Example 3 37 Zend_ Filter_Input non strict call filterPost new Zend Filter_Input POST FALSE email filterPost testAlpha name Note The testEmail function is not available in Zend Framework as of writing this book You can write your own validation function for e mail filtering or for our application we used testAlpha to validate e mail Consider this as an opportunity to get involved with framework community development and contribute to the framework code Also for a complete list of available input filtering facilities refer to the online developers guide at the Zend framework Web site Saving Input data into XCS After we filter and validate the input we need to save it into persistent store As shown in Example 3 38 we construct the xml from the _POST array create a DOM document create an XMLContent object and save it into XCS Depending on your skill level or the need of the application you can also construct XML using string con
63. material Create a subdirectory folder on your workstation and unzip the contents of the Web material zip file into this folder 320 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Related publications The publications listed in this section are considered particularly suitable for a more detailed discussion of the topics covered in this redbook IBM Redbooks For information about ordering these publications see How to get IBM Redbooks on page 324 Note that some of the documents referenced here may be available in softcopy only gt DB2 UDB V8 2 on the Windows Environment SG24 7102 Other publications These publications are also relevant as further information sources IBM DB2 9 gt gt gt What s New SC10 4253 Administration Guide Implementation SC10 4221 Administration Guide Planning SC10 4223 Administrative API Reference SC10 4231 Administrative SQL Routines and Views SC10 4293 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 1 SC 10 4224 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 2 SC 10 4225 Command Reference SC10 4226 Data Movement Utilities Guide and Reference SC10 4227 Data Recovery and High Availability Guide and Reference SC10 4228 Developing ADO NET and OLE DB Applications SC 10 4230 Developing Embedded SQL Applications SC 10 4232 Developing Java Applications SC 10 4233 Developing Perl and PHP Applications SC10 4234 Getting Start
64. next exception information can be retrieved by calling the getNextException method of the current SQLException object This method will return null if the current SQLException object is last in the chain A while loop in the catch block of the program can be used to retrieve all the SQLException objects one by one Example 5 19 shows how to handle the SQLException in the try catch block Example 5 19 SQLException handling try code which can throw SQLException go here catch SQLException sqle if sqle instanceof DB2Diagnosable com ibm db2 jcc DB2Diagnosable diag com ibm db2 jcc DB2Diagnosable sqle DB2Sqlca sqlca diag getSqlca if sqlca null int sqlCode sqlca getSq Code String sqlErrmc sqlca getSqlErrmc String sqlErrmcTokens sqlca getSqlErrmeTokens String sqlErrp sqlca getSqlErrp Get the SQLERRP int sqlErrd sqlca getSqlErrd Get SQLERRD fields char sqlWarn sqlca getSqlWarn Get SQLWARN fields String sqlState sqlca getSqlState Get SQLSTATE System err print n SQLCA System err printin Error code sqlCode System err println SQLERRMC sqlErrmc for int i 0 i lt sqlErrmcTokens length i Chapter 5 Application development with Java 229 System err print n token i sqlErrmeTokens i System err println SQLERRP sqlErrp System err print n SQLERRD 1 sqlErrd 0
65. of element nodes It takes the values of any data type as input and creates an element for each value given gt XMLAGG XMLAGG is an aggregate function It takes a set of rows of XML values and produces a single XML result Example 2 22 shows how to use these functions to create an XML value from relational and XML columns The example combines the information and reviews for a movie in a single XML value Example 2 22 Using publishing functions select XMLELEMENT NAME moviereview XMLCONCAT movies info XMLELEMENT NAME reviews XMLATTRIBUTES moviereview reviewid as id XMLCONCAT T UserReview T CriticsReview from movies moviereview xml table d movie reviews passing moviereview review as d columns UserReview XML PATH UserReview CriticsReview XML PATH CriticsReview as T where XMLEXISTS d movie id id passing movies id as id moviereview review as d 78 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 2 2 10 XML indexing Indexes over XML data can improve the performance of queries on XML columns Similar to relational index an XML index over XML data indexes an entire column however there are some externally visible differences between relational indexes and XML indexes as follows gt Indexes are created on columns of type XML based on path expressions xmlpattern a subset of XPath that does not contain predicates among other things gt When creating
66. or several other convenient access methods which can or cannot be implementation dependent gt Third the capability is provided to add additional metadata about the XML data that is saved For example if the XML data is a blog entry perhaps the Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 117 application would care to know the date and title of the entry or the hostname where the entry originated This metadata is saved in an about property and is also XML gt Finally often XML data is accompanied by binary data such as jpeg pdf or doc files An attachment property associates this binary data with the XML data In the current implementation of Zend_Db_Xml_Content the attachment property can contain either zero or at most one item though optionally a future version can contain any number of items These properties of the XML data are encapsulated in an object called Zend Db Xml Content Zend_Db_Xml_Content objects are the fundamental components of the XCS because they are the XCS representation of XML data As we will see the Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore component needs to know about the persistence technology for example a relational database and how to access it but Zend_Db_Xml_Content objects do not need to know anything about it Zend _Db Xml ContentStore Zend Db Xml ContentStore is an abstract class that represents a repository of XML documents It is responsible for updating the data source based on changes made to
67. our sample application we need to free the connection and environment handles We show how to do this with the SQLFreeHandle API giving a handle type and handle for each call in Example 4 32 Example 4 32 Using SQLFreeHandle SQLFreeHandle SQL_HANDLE DBC conn_handle SQLFreeHandle SQL_HANDLE ENV env_handle 184 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 5 4 Connecting and disconnect to and from a database Table 4 8 lists some APIs that can be used in working with a connection to a database Table 4 8 Connection related CLI APIs SQLConnect Connect to a database given a database name user ID and password SQLDriverConnect Connect to a database has expanded connection parameters SQLBrowseConnect Use iterative method to connect to a database SQL modules within a CLI application There are various APIs to choose from for connecting to a database The SQLDriverConnect API expands the functionality of SQLConnect by allowing extra connection parameters and the ability to get connection information from the user The SQLBrowseConnect is an iterative way of connecting to the database In our application we use the SQLConnect API SQLRETURN SQLConnect SQLHDBC ConnectionHandle hdbc SQLCHAR ServerName szDSN SQLSMALLINT ServerNameLength cbDSN SQLCHAR UserName szUID SQLSMALLINT UserNameLength cbUID SQLCHAR Authentication szAuthStr
68. paths and values in XML documents stored in a single XML column You can also refer to an IBM white paper about XML indexing at the following Web site http www ibm com developerworks wikis display db2xml Technical Papers and Articles Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 purexXML 79 80 The following example shows the statement to create an XML index on XML data which defines an index on all movie titles in all documents in the XML column movieDetails as shown CREATE INDEX title idx on movies moviedetails generate key using xmlpattern movie title as sql varchar 50 The xmlpattern is a path which identifies the XML nodes to be indexed It is called xm pattern and not xpath because only a subset of the XPath language is allowed in index definitions Wildcards and namespaces are allowed but XPath predicates such as a b c 5 are not supported Since we do not require a single XML schema for all documents in an XML column DB2 might not know which data type to use in the index for a given xmlpattern Thus you must specify the data type explicitly in the as sql lt type gt clause The following types can be used gt VARCHAR n For nodes with values of a known maximum length gt VARCHAR HASHED For nodes with values of arbitrary length In this case the index contains hash values of the actual strings Such an index can be used for equality predicates but not for range predicates The length of the da
69. pureXML in DB2 pureXML is the brand new technology introduced in DB2 9 pureXML enables storage of well formed XML documents in the DB2 column of XML data type By storing XML data in XML columns the data is kept in its native hierarchical form rather than stored as text or mapped to a relational data model Since the new XML store is 100 integrated with DB2 it leverages the performance scalability reliability and availability of the DB2 engine The new XML data type is really a Structured Query Language SQL data type so querying XML data is easy and fast You can access relational and XML data in the same statement The new pureXML is also integrated with application programming interfaces APIs such as Java Database Connectivity JDBC Open Database Connectivity ODBC NET embedded SQL and PHP which open doors for a new breed of Web applications with hybrid access to the relational and XML data In this section we discuss the application design considerations and benefits of pureXML technology in DB2 with respect to application development 2 2 1 When to use DB2 pureXML DB2 pureXML is suited for any application where some or all of the data processed by the application is represented using XML DB2 pureXML storage provides for high performance ingestion storage processing and retrieval of XML data Additionally it also provides the ability to quickly and easily generate XML from existing relational data The types of ap
70. reader FieldCount Console WriteLine n FieldCount cols rows reader HasRows Console WriteLine n HasRows rows while reader Read true Read the second column which contains staff name Console WriteLine reader GetString 1 catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message finally clean up the resources by closing reader and connection reader Close conn Close DB2 OLE DB Data Provider C sample is shown in Example 6 2 Example 6 2 Short C sample code using DB2 OLE DB Data Provider using System using System Data using System Data 0leDb class OLEDBSamp public static void Main String args OleDbConnection conn null OleDbCommand cmd null OleDbDataReader reader null int cols 0 bool rows false try Chapter 6 Application development with NET 275 conn new 0leDbConnection Provider IBMDADB2 1 DSN SAMPLE Console WriteLine n Connecting to the database Opening the connection conn 0Open Create the command to be executed cmd conn CreateCommand Prepare the query CommandText cmd CommandText SELECT FROM staff Retrieve and display the single value reader cmd ExecuteReader Console WriteLine nExecute cmd CommandText Checking to for number of columns and see if any rows are returned cols reader FieldCount Console WriteLine n FieldCount cols rows reader HasRows Console WriteLine n HasRows rows w
71. should be batch compatible Batch compatible statements fall in two categories 1 Statements not having parameter markers or host expressions 2 Different instances with different parameter values of the same PreparedStatement if the statement has the parameter marker All the statement in category 1 are batch compatible In the same way all the statements in category 2 are batch compatible but none of the statements in category 1 are batch compatible with the statements in category 2 5 4 3 MetaData The java sql package provides three interfaces to access the metadata at the database level parameter level and result set level The driver class implements these interfaces DatabaseMetaData DatabaseMetaData object gives the information of the database as a whole The object can be created by calling the method getMetaData of Connection object The DatabaseMetaData object provides a lot of methods to get the database information Some of them are explained below gt Driver information getDriverName and getDriverVersion methods give the details of the driver in use gt Index and primary key information getIndexInfo gives the details of the indexes in the database Similarly the getPrimaryKeys method gives the primary key s details gt Information of database object name s length getMaxCursorNameLength getMaxProcedureNameLength getMaxSchemaNameLength getMaxStatementLength getMaxTableNameLength and so on giv
72. static void SelectCustomer DB2Connection conn int pcid Select the data according to cid DB2Command cmd conn CreateCommand Xm lDocument selXmlDoc new XmlDocument String selectStmt SELECT info from customer WHERE cid pcid Console WriteLine nSelect Stmt n selectStmt cmd CommandText selectStmt XmlReader xr cmd ExecuteXm Reader try if following XmlNamespaceMangaer is not added no node will be selected as given XML data contains xmlns Xm NamespaceManager nsmgr new XmlNamespaceManager xr NameTable nsmgr AddNamespace cust http posample org Console WriteLine nSelecting using xmlreader n selXmlDoc Load xr 284 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET XmlNodeList customerinfo selXmlDoc SelectNodes cust customerinfo nsmgr foreach XmlElement info in customerinfo String vcid info GetAttribute Cid Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n vcid vcid Xm lNodeList customername selXm Doc SelectNodes cust name nsmgr foreach XmlElement nameinfo in customername String vname nameinfo InnerXm Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n vname vname XmlNodeList customeraddr selXm Doc SelectNodes cust addr nsmgr foreach XmlElement addrinfo in customeraddr String country addrinfo GetAttribute country Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n country country XmlNodeList customerstreet se
73. the batch updates This can be done by running the same PreparedStatement or CallableStatement with different parameter values Example 5 12 gives the code snippet from the application code from the method createCart The method takes an HashMap object which has the key value pair of product name and the quantity as an input and inserts the PID and QUANTITY values using a batch update into a table The table is also created in the same method The name of the table is generated by appending the CID value to the word cart Example 5 12 Batch update with PreparedStatement object Statement stmt con createStatement String cart cart cid String insertQuery insert into cart values select pid from product where name String createQuery create table cart pid varchar 10 quantity int PreparedStatement pstmt con prepareStatement insertQuery System out printIn insertQuery stmt executeUpdate createQuery con setAutoCommit false Set set hm keySet Iterator it set iterator while it hasNext String key String it next pstmt setString 1 key pstmt setInt 2 Integer hm get key intValue pstmt addBatch System out printIn key Integer hm get key intValue pstmt executeBatch 216 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET con commit con setAutoCommit true Tip To execute a batch of statements all the statements in a single batch
74. the source generated by DB2 Developer Workbench by choosing the Source tab See Figure 1 32 Ca JCHUNS_CUSTOMER_INFO xml values XMLQUERY Al declare boundary space strip document declare namespace def0 http posample org customerinfo for name0 in db2 fn xmlcolumn CUSTOMER INFO def0 customerinfo def0 name Cid 1000 where matches name0 def0 addr def0 city Toronto i xmins http posample o return E name Kathy Smith E E addr name0 La na name0 def0 addr def0 city city Toronto prov state Ontario pcode zip M6W 1E6 E phone RETURNING SEQUENCE 4 I Frl rf DS Figure 1 32 XQuery Visual Builder source tab You can execute the following source code that DB2 Developer Workbench generated shown in Example 1 1 on page 45 in Command Editor with minor modification DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 1 1 Generated source code values XMLQUERY declare boundary space strip declare namespace def0 http posample org for name0 in db2 fn xmlcolumn CUSTOMER INFO def0 customerinfo def0 name where matches name0 def0 addr def0 city Toronto i return name0 name0 def0 addr def0 city RETURNING SEQUENCE You can execute the same query from the script file as shown in Example 1 2 Example 1 2 Quer
75. to the transactions running concurrently while the transactions update the data in the database Isolation level also relates to how the data is locked for a particular transaction They 234 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET directly impact the level of concurrent access to the same database object and how the different transactions interact with each other while accessing the same data source The different kinds of interaction possibilities are Lost updates Two applications Application A and Application B read the same row and calculate the new value for a column for that row Application A updates the row with the new value and just after that Application B updates its new value The value updated by Application A is lost Access to uncommitted data Application A updates a row without committing and Application B reads this uncommitted value Now if Application A rolled back the transaction Application B has already read the data and has the wrong set of data gt Nonrepeatable reads Application A reads from the database and then goes on to process another SQL statement in the transaction In the meantime Application B has updated or deleted the same row Now if Application A came back and read the same data again it found either the value is updated or deleted from the database This type of interaction is possible when Application B updates or deletes the row which was the par
76. use it to declare an application variable include lt sqlca h gt struct sqlca mySqlca If we had additional source files we can add the following lines to the other source files include lt sqlca h gt extern struct sqlca sqlca Chapter 4 Application development with C C 159 4 3 10 Quick SQLCA example Let us see a quick example of how we can use the SQLCA to get information related to the processing of an SQL statement Let us connect to the database with an incorrect database name using the following statement EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sampsle Let us also add the following lines in the code to check whether the database connection was successful using the SQLCA if sqlca sqlcode 0 printf Database connection error occurred Sqlcode d n sqlca sqlcode return We then precompile compile link and run the program The following is returned by the application Database connection error occurred Sqlcode 1013 For debugging and illustrative purposes we can check out the fields of the SQLCA to see what information is provided Normally not all SQLCA fields are needed to diagnose an application problem We print the fields of the SQLCA as shown in Example 4 10 Example 4 10 Code to print the SQLCA fields printf sqlcabc d n sqlca sqlcabc Length of SQLCA printf sqlcode d n sqlca sqlcode SQL Return Code printf sqlerrm d n sqlca sqlerrml Length of sqlerrmc printf sqlerrmc s n
77. where you can navigate the built in help and samples The core Eclipse tool does not come with a PHP plug in DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET You need to configure it as follows 1 From the Eclipse menu select Help gt Software Updates Find amp Install A O N Select Search for New Feature to install then click Next Click New Remote Site In the window that appears enter the following information and click OK a In the Name field type PHP Plug in b In the URL field type http phpeclipse sourceforge net update releases 5 Make sure the PHP Plug in is checked and then click Finish 6 On the next window accept the license agreement and click Next 7 Click Finish The Eclipse Update Manager downloads and prompts you to select the component and confirm installation Once installed you need to restart Eclipse to be able to use PHP features The Eclipse window in Figure 3 1 on page 108 shows the tool with the PHP menu and functions You can also switch the Eclipse window perspective to switch to another development environment such as Java For more information about using the Eclipse tool see the Eclipse documentation The major advantage of using Eclipse with the PHP plug in is that it provides better organization of your code with color coded text for errors and warnings It also includes the PHP Debug environment to debug the code and a PHP browser to view the re
78. you can specify the response file for future installations Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 13 The response file path can be changed from the specified default For this scenario specify installation with response file See Figure 1 2 E DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 9 Response file name d PROD_EXP rsp ek ema e Figure 1 2 Setup wizard specifying response file option 14 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 5 The Select features to install window is displayed Figure 1 3 All Application development tools should be chosen by default You can change the default installation path on this window For this walkthrough we choose the default i DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Select the features to install Server support Client support Getting started Administration tools Application development tools Base application development tool Spatial Extender samples IBM Software Development Kit SE ADT sample programs SQLJ Application Development Tot SQLJ Samples ae Figure 1 3 Setup wizard selecting DB2 features to install 6 Select a language to install Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 15 7 Set the DB2 copy name window is next Figure 1 4 This is used to identify a location where DB2 products are installed on the computer E DB2 Se
79. 223 gt setCharacterStream gt setClob gt setBlob gt setObject Supports DB2Xml String byte inputStream Reader CLOB and BLOB as parameters The encoding conversion of the XML data depends on which setXXX method is used to bind the parameter value The setAsciiStream setCharacterStream and setString methods convert the encoding to UTF 8 and send the XML value as an explicit external encoding setByte and setBinaryStream assume that the internal encoding is correct and send the XML value with internal encoding An XML value can be retrieved from the ResultSet using the following getXXX methods getBytes getString getAsciiStream getBinaryStream getCharacterStream getObject vvvvvy The getObject method will retrieve the XML value as an DB2Xml class object The XML values retrieved by these methods are externally encoded data and without explicit XML declaration These methods cannot be called on the same XML row again Trying to do that will throw an SQLException com ibm db2 jcc DB2Xml Class DB2 Universal JDBC driver introduces the DB2Xml class The object of this class is returned to the application whenever the getObject method is used to retrieve the XML column value from the ResultSet object This class define methods to convert the XML data to other Java data types such as String byte BinaryStream and AsciiStream These methods have the getDB2 XXX format where XXX indicate the data ty
80. 223 setCharacterStream 224 setClob 224 setObject 224 setString 223 setup 22 setXXX method 211 Show Script View 260 262 264 shredding 65 source file 150 153 159 SQL 3 94 SQL Communications Area 159 SQL Descriptor Area 174 SQL statement 150 sql h 161 SQL_C_BINARY 196 SQL_HANDLE_DBC 177 SQL_HANDLE_DESC 177 SQL_HANDLE_ENV 177 SQL_HANDLE_STMT 177 SQL_XML 196 SQLAllocHandle 183 SQLBindCol 186 SQLBrowseConnect 185 SQLCA 159 161 SQLCA structure 161 Sqlcli h 183 Sqlclit h 183 SQLCODE 159 SQLColAttribute 187 SQLConnect 185 SQLConnect 185 sqld 176 SQLDisconnect 185 SQLDriverConnect 185 SQLDriverConnect 185 SQLERRD 159 SQLError 190 SQLException 228 232 SQLFetch 186 SQLFreeHandle 184 SQLGetConnectAttr 185 SQLGetDiagField 190 SQLGetDiagRec 190 SQLGetDiagRec 190 SQLJ 4 9 SQLj 239 sqlj 10 SQLJ translator 4 sqin 176 sqiname data 176 SQLSetConnectAttr 185 SQLSetConnection 185 SQLSTATE 159 SQLState 228 SQLVAR 176 stack trace 229 statement 4 148 154 Statement object 209 static 148 154 static cursor 91 static embedded SQL 4 155 statistics 148 storage model 53 stored procedure 94 219 StoredProc class 220 string value 60 208 System Data ODBC 279 System Data OleDb 278 Index 329 T tables 259 text node 126 three tier model 50 tocAction 104 toolbar 266 transaction 236 tree structure 55 Triggers View 260 262 try catch block 228 Type 1 8 Type 2 8 200 Type 3 8
81. 3 7 RedbookController php lt php Zend loadClass Zend Controller Action class FooController extends Zend Controller Action public function indexAction echo What should I do public function tocAction echo TOC of this book follows public function __call action arguments echo RedbookController __call gt DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Now our request for http localhost redbook toc should echo the text TOC of this book follows Notice there is another function __ca11 to handle undefined actions such as redbook appendix You can see that the controller action mechanism allows you to have friendly URIs for your Web application and also allows you to organize them properly This completes our basic test of mod_rewrite and the framework setup We discuss other controller objects in detail when we build our sample application but for now we move on with the Eclipse environment setup 3 2 DB2 Interface with PHP There are three main extensions of PHP that you can use to develop applications with DB2 gt ibm _db2 gt PDO ODBC Unified ODBC IBM recommends using ibm_db2 or PDO _ODBC to get best results out of DB2 database IBM_DB2 ibm_db2 extension of PHP provides an interface to connect from PHP to IBM DB2 database ibm_db2 provides a mechanism to connect to both cataloged and non cataloged databases This extension provides me
82. 3N The database alias name or database name SAMDPLE could not be found SQLSTATE 42705 4 6 XML support The XML data type is supported for use in embedded SQL and CLI applications We briefly discuss how to work with the data type within C C applications 4 6 1 Embedded SQL Embedded applications can make use of XML LOB or LOB_FILE data types when working with XML data in a DB2 database If you choose to use XML host variables they will be implicitly parsed whereas using host variables of character and binary data type might not be For dynamic SQL CLOB and BLOB are also implicitly parsed For static SQL an explicit XMLPARSE will be injected in the SQL statement but only for CLOB and BLOB not DBCLOB To declare host variables to handle XML data we do so in the DECLARE section as we normally would for host variables of other data types For XML host variables we can use declarations of the form SQL TYPE IS XML AS lt base type gt lt host var gt In the above statement lt host var gt denotes the host variable name and lt base type gt denotes the data type of the XML host variable The possible values are listed in Table 4 12 on page 192 Chapter 4 Application development with C C 191 Table 4 12 Allowed XML host variable data types XML data encoding CLOB n Application mixed code page stored in CLOB host variable DBCLOB n Application graphic code page stored in DBCLOB host variable Once the host variab
83. 58 DBI 1 45 ppd 2 Install the DBD DB2 module by issuing the following command ppm instal http www cpan org authors id H HO HOYMICH db2 per158 DBD DB2 0 78 ppd To uninstall the DBD DB2 module issue ppm uninstall DBD DB2 Alternatively you can download the corresponding DBD DB2 ppd and tar gz files from http www cpan org authors id H HO HOYMICH db2 Install them locally by issuing the following command ppm install DBD DB2 ppd When the DBD DB2 module is successfully installed you can access documentation and a sample application by issuing the following command perldoc DBD DB2 OLE DB OLE DB is a data access service that was introduced with Microsoft s ActiveX Data Objects ADO ActiveX Data Objects are a set of classes by which applications can access data from multiple sources that utilize a given layer It provides consistent access to data sources exposed through OLE DB XML or third party NET data provider IBM s OLE DB driver is called IBMDADB2 If IBMDADB2 is not explicitly specified Microsoft s OLE DB driver MSDASQL will be utilized by default Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 7 MSDASQL allows clients utilizing OLE DB to access third party non Microsoft SQL server data sources using ODBC driver but does not guarantee full functionality of OLE DB driver JDBC driver Java is one of the most popular choices for application solutions Write once run everywhere is the th
84. 6 555 1358 lt phone gt lt customerinfo gt The customer ID CID is also stored as an attribute in customerinfo element The INFO column being returned from the SELECT statement is XMLdata type which will be read using XmlReader object The XmlReader object is an event based read only forward only XML pull parser It provides functionality for reading in XML documents XmlReader xmlreader cmd ExecuteXm Reader The XmlReader object is then loaded into XmIDocument object which represents XML document as a node tree where elements and attributes are stored as nodes that contain relational information Xm1Document Load xml reader Presence of XML namespace determines whether we need to add XmlNamespaceManager in order to successfully select nodes Xm NamespaceManager nsmgr new Xm lNamespaceManager Xm NameTable nsmgr AddNamespace prefix uri If the XPath expression in SelectNodes does not include a prefix it is assumed that the namespace URI is the empty namespace If XML document includes a default namespace it must be added to a prefix and namespace URI to the XmINamespaceManager or none of the nodes will get selected The XmINamespaceManager is required to resolve any prefixes in the XPath expression selXmlDoc SelectNodes prefix element nsmgr If XML namespace is not present in XML document in absence of xmins attribute XmINamespaceManager is not needed and XPath expression in SelectNodes will app
85. 8 177 178 180 CLI bind file 180 CLI driver 119 180 CLOB 58 224 COBOL 3 code page 196 codepage 91 colon 151 156 Column Definitions View 260 com ibm db2 jcc 200 command COMMIT 163 167 PRECOMPILE 151 Command Line Processor 3 command Parameters Add 287 CommandText 270 CommandType 270 commit 234 common section 179 communication 273 compile 160 compile time 148 components 98 CONNECT TO statement 158 ConnectDb 280 325 Connection object 225 constructor 113 convenience method 120 createCart HashMap 201 CreateCustXML 287 CreateElement 289 createPorder 202 Creating SQLJ 28 Creating XQuery 32 CRUD 119 CS 236 cursor 213 cursor stability 236 D data access 2 data consumers 267 data model 55 Data Provide 253 data provider 280 data set 271 data source 273 data type 4 58 191 211 223 DataAdapter 269 database layer 116 database object 112 259 database objects 148 database resource 2 database transaction 233 DatabaseMetaData 217 DataReader 272 DataSet 271 DataSet object 273 DataSource object 227 DataTruncation 232 DB2 NET Data provider 11 DB2 Developer Workbench 24 DB2 Express C 11 DB2 PREP 150 DB2 setup wizard 12 13 db2_install 23 db2_install script 12 db2bfd 157 db2cli ini 178 db2cli lst 181 DB2CLIINIPATH 178 DB2Connection 269 db2sampl 23 db2setup 22 db2sqljbind 10 db2sqljcustomize 10 DB2Transaction 279 db2ubind Ist 181 DB2Xml class 224 DBD 6 DBGRAPHICS 223 DBI 6
86. AAA AIA TATA AIAR IA IATA This function will query for information on a product in the INVENTORY table using static SQL e e ke e e e ke e Ae e e e Re e e he e e he Ae Ae e he e Re e He He e e he KAKA ARA RK ER EERE e e eke Ke e eke void query_product void printf n printf Query A Product n n printf Enter Product ID scanf s amp PID EXEC SQL WHENEVER SQLERROR GOTO errorFound EXEC SQL WHENEVER NOT FOUND GOTO PIDNotFound EXEC SQL SELECT quantity location INTO quantity location from inventory where PID PID printf Found Quantity d n quantity printf Location s n location EXEC SQL COMMIT return Chapter 4 Application development with C C 173 errorFound printf n Error Problem occurred Sqlcode d Sqlstate amp s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return PIDNotFound printf n Error Product ID was not found n return 4 3 17 The SQL Descriptor Area SQLDA The SQL Descriptor Area SQLDA is a structure that can provide information about dynamic SQL statements that are prepared and executed With DESCRIBE PREPARE OPEN FETCH CALL and EXECUTE statements an application can retrieve information about the prepared statement or input and output parameters of the SQL statement In PREPARE and DESCRIBE an SQLDA provides information to an application program about a prepared statement In OPEN EXECUTE
87. An application built using OLE DB NET Data Provider or ODBC NET Data Provider does not need to be rebuilt For further details refer to the following URL http publib boulder ibm com infocenter db21uw v9 index jsp topic com ibm db2 udb uprun doc doc t0023417 htm 6 3 Add in features for Visual Studio NET The IBM DB2 Development Add In integrates a collection of DB2 specific features with the Microsoft Visual Studio NET development environment Chapter 6 Application development with NET 253 Visual Studio NET 2005 Add In is available as a separate install from the core DB2 product This was done to allow the tool to be available with other IBM databases The minimum requirement for the Visual Studio NET 2005 Add In is the DB2 Application Development Client V8 2 Fix Pack 10 or later The main features of IBM DB2 Development Add In for V8 are Launch various DB2 development and administration tools Access and manage DB2 data connections in the IBM Explorer Create and manage DB2 projects in the Solution Explorer Create and modify DB2 scripts to create stored procedures and user defined functions UDFs vvvy In Visual Studio 2005 Add In the following features are available in addition to the previous V8 IBM DB2 Development Add In gt Seamless integration with Microsoft Server Explorer where DB2 connections can now be added into Microsoft Server Explorer in V9 IBM Explorer has been deprecated gt Introdu
88. Blogs can also be created and stored in XCS Blogs then can be searched sorted and displayed XML based Content Management system All types of content can be used to store data in the XCS DATA column ATTACHMENT can be used to store binary objects such as image data ABOUT can store the metadata which can drive the application process flow Web services Web services are the applications that utilize XML messages for interaction between components Applications can utilize XCS to store search and retrieve XML data Essentially any application that requires XML data interchange can benefit from XCS We have created one application to demonstrate the capability of XCS Our sample application is a social network application We named it myContacts com This application enables users to gt Create and maintain a profile for social and professional networking gt Search for people within networks Make contacts with the people and collaborate with them Solution components This application can be divided into the following functional components gt Create and maintain member profile We need a persistent XML storage to store all of our member profiles and relationships between them We also need to build user interfaces for new members to create profiles and log in to the system We need to track user inputs build XML with it and then store it in XCS Track logged in users We need to track logged in users so th
89. Building a C C application using embedded SQL The steps involved in building a C C application with embedded SQL are 1 Create C C source files containing programs with embedded SQL statements The extension of a source file is dependent on the platform and host language C or C The possible file extensions are discussed in 4 3 2 Precompiler source file extensions on page 153 2 Connect to the database and precompile each source file using the DB2 PREP or PRECOMPILE command Depending on the file extension either the C or C precompiler is invoked The precompiler generates modified source files containing C C language calls for the SQL statements Depending on the options specified packages corresponding to the embedded SQL statements in the source files can be created in the database or bind files containing information about how to create the packages can be produced 3 Compile the modified source files and other files without SQL statements using the C compiler 4 Using the object files created from the compilation link the files with DB2 UDB and C libraries to produce an executable program 5 If packages were not created at precompile time or if a different database is to be accessed and bind files were created the bind files are bound against the database 6 Run the application For our example assume we finished our C inventory program named inventory sqc on a Windows system using Visual C
90. C_BINARY buf amp length SQLFetch hStmt SQLClose hStmt update as XML SQLPrepare hStmt update movies set movieDetails where id 345 SQL_NTS SQLBindParameter hStmt 1 SQL PARAM INPUT SQL_C_BINARY SQL_XML buf amp length SQLExecute hStmt Please note that data is fetched and inserted as SQL_C_BINARY Embedded SQL interface The SQL standard defines new host variable declarations for XML types and DB2 is using this in its implementation Example 2 25 on page 86 shows the embedded SQL with XML Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 85 Example 2 25 Using XML in embedded SQL EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SQL TYPE IS XML AS CLOB 10K xmlBuf SQL TYPE IS CLOB 10K clobBuf EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION as XML EXEC SQL SELECT movieDetails INTO xmlBuf from movies where id 345 EXEC SQL UPDATE movies SET movieDetails xmlBuf where id 345 as CLOB EXEC SQL SELECT XMLSerialize movieDetails INTO clobBuf from movies where id 345 EXEC SQL UPDATE movies SET movieDetails XMLParse clobBuf where id 345 2 2 12 Utilities and XML support 86 In DB2 9 DB2 utilities and commands are modified for XML support XML import and export IMPORT and EXPORT commands are updated for XML options The IMPORT and EXPORT command treats the XML value similar to the LOBs Equivalent to the LOB s options LOBFILE LOBS TO and LOBS FROM XMLFILE XML TO
91. D To acquire the application ID submit the form at this Web site http api search yahoo com webservices register_application Zend_Service_Flickr Flickr is a Yahoo company that offers free services for managing and sharing pictures Flickr also provides Web services APIs for developers to build Web applications using these APIs Zend_Service_Flickr is a simple API for using the Flickr REST Web Service In order to use the Flickr Web services you must have an API key To obtain a key and for more information about the Flickr REST Web Service visit the Flickr API Documentation at http www flickr com services api In order to show you the simplicity of the Web service API we chose to create a Web service application that searches for images for a user given keyword at Flickr Web site and brings the links to the images The user can click on the links and display the images In the Zend Framework MVC architecture you ideally create a separate controller and templates to build this Web service code but for simplicity we created a photoAction method in the existing IndexController php The code for photoAction is shown in Example 3 40 Example 3 40 photoAction method public function photoAction create the Flickr service object flickr new Zend_Service_Flickr YOUR_API_KEY view Zend registry view echo view gt render flickr php keyword _POST keyword view results flickr gt tagSearch
92. DB2 add in features for Visual Studio NET DB2 Data Providers available for use with NET and application examples using NET and DB2 Express C The team that wrote this redbook This redbook was produced by a team of specialists from around the world working at the International Technical Support Organization San Jose Center Whei Jen Chen is a Project Leader at the International Technical Support Organization San Jose Center She has extensive experience in application development database design and modeling and DB2 system administration Whei Jen is an IBM Certified Solutions Expert in Database Administration and Application Development as well as an IBM Certified IT Specialist Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved xi John Chun joined IBM in 2000 and has held various roles within the company He is an IBM Certified Solutions Expert in DB2 and WebSphere Currently he is working as an Application Development Specialist within the IBM DB2 Advanced Support Services team where he helps customers and vendors get the best out of their applications and DB2 John also enjoys writing articles and books which help share his experience and knowledge with all those interested in the IT Industry Naomi Ngan joined IBM in 2000 and worked for over three years as an application development specialist for the IBM DB2 Advanced Support team Currently she is a database developer responsible for analyzing designing and devel
93. DB2 provides three stored procedures equivalent to the three CLP commands gt SYSPROC XSR_REGISTER This stored procedure can be used to register the primary XML schema XSR_REGISTER rschema name schemalocation content docproperty The terms in the command are explained as follows rschema Relational schema name for the XML schema This parameter is of the type VARCHAR 128 NULL value for this argument specifies the CURRENT SCHEMA name Relational identifier for the XML schema This parameter is of the type VARCHAR 128 The fully qualified name for the schema ID becomes rschema name DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET schemalocation Namespace of the primary XML schema This parameter is of the type VARCHAR 1000 content Content of the XML schema document This parameter is of the type BLOB 30M This is a non nullable parameter docproperty Content of the property document associated with the schema This parameter is of the type BLOB 5M gt SYSPROC XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC Use this stored procedure to add the XML Schema documents to the primary schema XSR_ADDSCHEMADOC rschema name schemalocation content docproperty The explanations for the terms in the command are rschema Relational schema for XML schema name Relational Schema name for primary XML schema schemalocation Namespace for the XML Document content Content of the XML document as a BLOB variable
94. Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application Development Guide Programming Server Applications V8 SC09 4827 01 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 1 V8 SC09 4849 01 Call Level Interface Guide and Reference Volume 2 V8 SC09 4850 01 Command Reference V8 SC09 4828 01 Data Movement Utilities Guide and Reference V8 SC09 4830 01 Data Recovery and High Availability Guide and Reference V8 SC09 4831 01 Guide to GUI Tools for Administration and Development SC09 4851 01 Installation and Configuration Supplement V8 GC09 4837 01 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Clients V8 GC09 4832 01 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Servers V8 GC09 4836 01 Replication and Event Publishing Guide and Reference SC18 7568 SOL Reference Volume 1 V8 SC09 4844 01 SQL Reference Volume 2 V8 SC09 4845 01 System Monitor Guide and Reference V8 SC09 4847 01 Data Warehouse Center Application Integration Guide Version 8 Release 1 SC27 1124 01 DB2 XML Extender Administration and Programming Guide Version 8 Release 1 SC27 1234 01 Federated Systems PIC Guide Version 8 Release 1 GC27 1224 01 Online resources These Web sites and URLs are also relevant as further information sources gt DB2 XML wiki http www ibm com devel operworks wikis display db2xml Home DB2 Information Center http publib boulder ibm com infocenter db21uw v9 index jsp DB2 Express C http www ibm com software data db2 udb db2express Related publ
95. ECUTE IMMEDIATE if option UPDATE LOCATION Ensure single quotes enclose the location value sprintf updateStmt update inventory set s s where PID s updateField updateValue PID else sprintf updateStmt update inventory set s s where PID s updateField updateValue PID EXEC SQL EXECUTE IMMEDIATE updateStmt EXEC SQL COMMIT DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 4 23 Sample session updating a product in the inventory program SIMPLE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 1 Add New Product 2 Update Product Info Quantity or Location 3 Query Product 4 Exit Enter option 2 Update A Product 1 Update quantity 2 Update location Enter option 1 Enter product ID to update 101 101 10 Enter new quantity 20 Product successfully updated 4 3 16 Complete C inventory program After adding the data retrieve and manipulation code into the inventory program template shown in Example 4 4 on page 154 we have a complete C inventory program as shown in Example 4 24 Example 4 24 inventory sqc BRRRRRRRRERERRR KERR AIA ER EK RER ER RERE KERR EKER ERR EERE REE Source File Name inventory sqc kk This simple C program will manage the inventory of products for a company kk Feke e He e e Ae e e he e e e he e Ae e Ae Ae e e he Re e EERE Ae Ae Re e ke Ae e He He e e He He e e e e Ae e He ke e eeke include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt inc
96. ENT keyword specifies that the string value is a well formed XML document which conforms to XML Version 1 0 XMLVALIDATE You can use the XMLVALIDATE function to validate the XML value against a schema The schema for an XML value defines the structure of the XML values including node data types occurrences default values and so on The schema document should be registered to the database before using it for the validation 60 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 2 4 gives an example of the XMLVALIDATE function This example assumes that the schema is registered with the name review Read 2 2 6 Schema support on page 62 to see how to register the schema used in Example 2 4 Example 2 4 XMLVALIDATE function insert into moviereview reviewid review values 765 xmlvalidate xmlparse document lt movie id 567 xmlns http movies org gt lt reviews gt lt UserReview gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt mo
97. HP C C Java and NET services technology which exchanges information as messages represented in XML format See Figure 2 1 Real Time Traffic Application Client Application http www xtraffic com Client Traffic Warning Application http www xtrafficwarning com Figure 2 1 Web application XML connecting each other XML is so powerful and so flexible that people use it not only as a document but widely use it to gt Describe the meta content of the Web resources Resource Description Framework RDF is such an example which is an XML representation of resource described uniquely on Web The popularity of semantic Web technology is fueling the growth of rich metadata being defined on Web contents gt Publish and interchange database contents Sharing data between applications is a necessity Finding a common ground and different parties agreeing to it is only possible through XML and XML schema gt Communicate with message format Business to business B2B applications use XML based messaging to communicate So why use XML Well for simplicity richness for data structure and its versatility handling of international characters Today database vendors Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 51 support XML and hence your application can leverage the robustness and scalability of database systems while maintaining flexibility using XML data 2 2
98. Information Management Software DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Learn DB2 application development with XML PHP C C JAVA and NET Understand DB2 supported programming environments Practical application examples Whei Jen Chen John Chun Naomi Ngan Rakesh Ranjan Manoj K Sardana ibm com redbooks Red b ooks International Technical Support Organization DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET August 2006 SG24 7301 00 Note Before using this information and the product it supports read the information in Notices on page ix First Edition August 2006 This edition applies to DB2 Universal Database for Linux UNIX and Windows Version 9 Copyright International Business Machines Corporation August 2006 All rights reserved Note to U S Government Users Restricted Rights Use duplication or disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp Contents Figures ii LO ieri ee DA A A vii Notices 4 tl br e dna LIES ALZI Sia ee te CIA N Lie A ERI ix Trademarks paresi eee file Bee ok ad eee Be e alia x Prefa eeose dena rei A eat xi The team that wrote this redbook LL xi Acknowledgement 0 00 eects xiii Become a published author xiv Comments welcome xiv Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 1 1 1 Application development with DB2 0 0 eee 2 1 1 1 DB2 s
99. LE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM n n printf 1 Add New Product n printf 2 Update Product Info Quantity or Location n printf 3 Query Product n printf 4 Exit n n printf Enter option scanf d amp option switch option case l add product break case 2 update product DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET break case 3 query product break case 4 return 0 default printf Error Option not recognized n break printf n void add_product void void update_product void void query product void Dynamic embedded SQL is used to update information about a product The user can choose to update the quantity or location of a particular product The application will prompt the user to specify which piece of information about a product they wish to update The complete SQL statement will not be known at precompile time because the column of the table either QUANTITY or LOCATION to be updated is not known The column of the table to be updated will only be known at runtime once the user supplies the data Only at that time can the SQL statement be built and submitted to the database for processing Static embedded SQL is used in adding a new product and querying for information about a product because the complete SQL statement will exist at precompile time The system will provide a menu of basic inventory
100. Lj connection context sql context ctx This should be outside the class Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance ctx ctxl new ctx jdbc db2 sample false A Connection context for the SQLj program can also be created using the Connection object See Example 5 27 Example 5 27 SQLj Connection Context from Connection object sql context ctx This should be outside the class Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance Connection con DriverManager getConnection ctx ctxl new ctx con 5 12 2 Manipulating data A connection context class object can be used to execute any SQL statement To monitor and control the SQL statements while executing we need to create the ExecutionContext class An ExecutionContext class object can be created by calling the method getExecutionContext of connection context Some of the ExecutionContext methods are applicable before executing the SQL statement while some of them are applicable only after execution of the statement 240 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 5 28 shows how to create the ExecutionContext object and use its method getUpdateCount to retrieve the number of rows deleted by the DELETE statement Example 5 28 Creating ExecutionContext object sql context ctx this should be outside the class String url jdbc db2 sample Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance Connect
101. MA john myschema 7 Decompose documents by calling the stored procedure Choose SP depending on the size of the document to be shredded lt 1 MB lt 10 MB lt 25 MB 50 MB lt 75 MB lt 100 MB XDBDECOMPXML XDBDECOMPXML10MB XDBDECOMPXML25MB XDBDECOMPXML50MB XDBDECOMPXML75MB XDBDECOMPXML100MB Tip The tables and columns must preexist before the annotated XML schema is enabled for decomposition All missing objects tables or columns to which the XML schema refers are reported as errors Also the CLP command automatically calls the correctly sized stored procedure depending on the size of the XML document If a stored procedure with 100 MB is called for documents smaller than 1 MB then the application s performance might be adversely affected due to high memory consumption We recommend the new Annotated schema decomposition feature of DB2 9 over the old XML Extender shipped with previous releases of DB2 because the new technique is much faster if XML schema is used and it has more mapping constructs and other features However if you use old XML Extender to map and shred documents into DB2 you might be interested in a migration document published on the IBM developerWorks Web site http www ibm com developerworks db2 library techarticle dm 0604pradha n This article also provides DAD mapping techniques and a schema conversion utility The DAD to annotated XML schema converter utility helps users convert their XML sc
102. MB 10 or cmd CommandType CommandType StoredProcedure cmd CommandText procName Command object has the following public methods gt CreateParameter This is used for parameter handling for example set paraml cmd CreateParameter DEPTNAME adVarChar adParamInput 14 Test set param2 cmd CreateParameter DEPTNUMB adTinyInt adParamInput 510 270 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt ExecuteNonQuery Use this to execute a SQL command that does not return any data such as UPDATE INSERT or DELETE SQL operations Method returns the number of rows affected for given execution as shown int rowsAffected cmd ExecuteNonQuery ExecuteReader Use this to execute a SQL query that returns a DataReader DataReader is fast forward only stream of data for example DB2DataReader reader cmd ExecuteReader ExecuteScalar Use this to execute a SQL command that retrieve a single value from a database for example int count int cmd ExecuteScalar Note Object returned by cmd ExecuteScalar should be casted to data type of underlying database object The above example is valid for a case where a single value being retrieved is from int column DataAdapter The data adapter object populates a disconnected DataSet with data and performs update It contains the four optional commands for the select insert update and delete Use it between DataSet and database
103. ML data and the new graphical XQuery builder lets you construct XQueries The hybrid engine allows existing client applications to access DB2 data through relational APIs yet it offers new SQL or XML APIs to publish relational data in XML format and full document retrieval from pureXML storage Additionally the new SQL or XML querying functions provide SQL applications with subdocument level search and extract capabilities by embedding XQuery statements into SQL statements An XML application can interact with the DB2 server via the XML interface by using the XQuery language which is supported as an stand alone query language independent of SQL XQueries can optionally contain SQL statements to combine and correlate XML data with relational data A client application can benefit immensely from this integration of the two languages supported by DB2 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DB2 has a separate parser for SQL and XQuery statements but uses a single integrated query compiler for both languages No translation from XQuery to SQL is performed DB2 s compiler and optimizer are extended to handle SQL and XQuery in a single modelling framework An overview of the hybrid engine is shown in Figure 2 2 SQL XML Figure 2 2 Integrating XML and relational data 2 2 4 pureXML storage overview In DB2 pureXML the XML documents are stored on disk pages in tree structures matching the XML
104. ML value if it is a valid XML document otherwise it throws an error As only the valid XML values are allowed in an XML column the XMLPARSE function is mandatory to use when inserting the XML value either externally or internally If the XMLPARSE function is not used in an insert statement explicitly it is used implicitly to make sure that the value is correct XML This type of parsing is called implicit parsing Whenever a character type is passed to the XMLPARSE function it has an external encoding associated with it It can be possible that the XML value stored in the character type variable is also internally encoded The internal code page of the XML value in the character type variable and the external code page associated with the variable should match If these code pages do not match a run time error is thrown We recommend you not use the encoding attribute whenever a character type is used to represent XML data For binary data types there is no code page associated with the type the XML value is treated as encoded in the internal code page specified in the XML declaration In case there is not internal encoding associated with the value XML is treated as unicode Tip Implicit parsing is the recommended way to work with XML data because it takes care of any encoding conversion in the best possible manner Example 2 3 gives an example of an INSERT statement where XMLPARSE is used explicitly to make sure that the value is well fo
105. NTO mySqlda FROM lt sqlstatement gt The above statement will prepare and store information into the SQLDA structure about the dynamic SQL statement specified in the statement This is equivalent to the following two statements EXEC SQL PREPARE stmt FROM lt sqlstatement gt EXEC DESCRIBE stmt INTO mySqlda Note that the example above only describes the output rows of a resultset or in the case of a stored procedure CALL the INOUT and OUT arguments To get information about input parameter markers you need to add an INPUT INTO myInputSQLDA clause Let us try an example and see what is stored in the SQLDA We include the sqlca h header file declare the mysqlda variable in our code and define the variables in Example 4 24 Example 4 25 Setting up the SQLDA char test 40 mysqlda struct sqlda malloc SQLDASIZE 2 mysqlda gt sqln 2 In Example 4 25 we define a buffer named test to store the SQL string that we will be working with Also we allocate an SQLDA structure which will hold two SQLVAR elements by using the SQLDASIZE macro and as required set a field named sqIn which stores the number of SQLVAR elements needed We defined 2 SQLVAR structures to be used for our application because we will be working with at most two table columns Next we assign test to hold our SQL statement We will be querying for the product ID PID field from the INVENTORY table We prepare the statement using the SQLDA to hold informa
106. ODUCT table The column in the database is of type xml We can do the following Example 4 39 Example 4 39 Retrieving an XML column using CLI SQLCHAR description 10001 SQLINTEGER ind SQLAllocHandle SQL_HANDLE STMT conn_handle amp stmt_handle SQLExecDirect stmt_handle select description from product where PID 100 100 01 SQL NTS SQLBindCol stmt_handle 1 SQL C CHAR description sizeof description amp ind SQLFetch stmt_handle printf amp s description In Example 4 39 we declare a buffer called DESCRIPTION to hold the returned value from the database We call SQLExecDirect to execute the SELECT statement and call SQLBindCol to bind the returned column value to the application storage buffer named description We specify SQL_C_CHAR as the C data type because we are expecting the xml to be converted to a CLOB in our XMLSERIALIZE call Running the program produces the output as shown in Example 4 40 Example 4 40 Output from running Example 4 39 lt xml version 1 0 encoding IS0 8859 1 gt lt product xmlns http posample org pid 100 100 01 gt lt description gt lt name gt Snow Shovel Basic 22 inch lt name gt lt details gt Basic Snow Shovel 22 inches wide straight handle with D Grip lt details gt lt price gt 9 99 lt price gt lt weight gt 1 kg lt weight gt lt description gt lt product gt Chapter 4 Application development with C C 197 198 DB2 Express C The Developer Han
107. Program Files Apache Group Apache2 directory gt PHP 5 1 4 with the latest IBM DB2 driver for PHP If you need help with setting up Apache HTTP server with PHP we provide the setup procedures in Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data on page 295 You need to download and save the preview version of Zend Framework from the following Web site http framework zend com download Note Zend Framework is currently released as preview 0 1 4 and at the time of writing this book this was the release available to use Check the Web site and use the latest version as it becomes available You can also connect to their Subversion Repository for anonymous checkout of the latest code and report bugs Zend Framework Developer Web site has plenty of information for PHP developer In order to get started with our first Web application let us follow these steps carefully gt Directory structure One very important goal of any framework is to simplify the common code structure We recommend this directory structure a Save and unzip the Zend Framework preview code in the directory of your choice When unzipped it saves itself in ZendFramework 0 1 4 directory and contains demos documentation incubator library and tests directories along with a readme news and license files b Create a directory called zframework in the Apache Web server htdocs directory as follows C Program Files Apache Group Apache2 htdocs zframework
108. Program Files Apache Group Apache2 conf httpd conf file in your favorite editor and add the following two lines LoadModule php5 module C php php5apache2 d11 AddType application x httpd php php You can add anywhere in the httpd conf file but we recommend you find the corresponding section for LoadModule and AddType and add them at the bottom of that section gt Copy and paste the file C PHP php ini dist to C windows directory and rename it as php ini gt Restart the Apache HTTP server and test PHP by creating a simple text file called info php with the contents below lt phpinfo gt Point your Web browser to the URL below You should be able to see the complete PHP setting configuration Web page http localhost info php Optional In some cases you might need to copy the following PHP libraries from C PHP directory to your Apache directory C Program Files Apache Group Apache2 php5apache2 d11 php5apache d11 phpapache_hooks d1 1 php5isapi d11 php5nsapi d11 php5ts d1l Install and configure DB2 extension Follow these steps to install and configure DB2 extension gt Edit the C windows php ini file Add the IBM DB2 extension below extension php_ibm_db2 d11 gt Create a test file as shown in Example 6 17 to test the PHP with DB2 This assumes that you have DB2 V9 Express C installed on your computer and that SAMPLE database exists This test program verifies that you have the latest DB2 driver in
109. QL WHENEVER NOT FOUND GOTO PIDNotFound printf n printf Update A Product n n printf 1 Update quantity n printf 2 Update location n n while 1 printf Enter option scanf d amp option option Enum starts at 0 Our options start at 1 if option UPDATE_QUANTITY strncpy updateField quantity sizeof updateField break else if option UPDATE LOCATION strncpy updateField location sizeof updateField break else printf Error Option not recognized n n printf n Enter product ID to update scanf s amp PID printf Enter new s updateField scanf s amp updateValue if option UPDATE LOCATION Ensure single quotes enclose the location value 172 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET sprintf updateStmt update inventory set s s where PID s updateField updateValue PID else sprintf updateStmt update inventory set s s where PID s updateField updateValue PID EXEC SQL EXECUTE IMMEDIATE updateStmt EXEC SQL COMMIT printf n Product successfully updated return errorFound printf n Error Problem occurred Sqlcode d Sqlstate amp 4s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return PIDNotFound printf n Error Product ID was not found n return EFRERA ARA AAA AA AA RIA RAI ARA TIA
110. RL with links to different presentations of the same images Example 3 41 shows the view flickr php Example 3 41 Template for displaying flickr Web services output images lt htm gt lt head gt lt title gt Zend Framework Web Services example lt title gt lt head gt lt body gt lt h1 gt Search for the Flickr Image using Zend Framework web services lt h1 gt lt form action index photo method POST gt Type your search keyword lt input type text name keyword gt lt P gt lt INPUT type submit value Submit your search keyword gt lt form gt lt body gt lt htm1 gt Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 143 144 Finally the Web page Figure 3 9 accepts the keyword search from the user and gets the images through Flickr Web services and displays them Similar to the controller design the URL to access the Web site is http localhost index photo WWW gt Zend Framework Web Services example Windows Internef Explorer JOE 6 http Mocalhostindex photo i CA ae DIE S P Page Toos i B Search for the Flickr Image using Zend Framework web services Type your search keyword Tajmahal Submit your search keyword taj mahal india Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Taj Mahal Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Delhi highlights Click for Image Click f
111. SQL statements can be issued This transaction is considered to be an atomic unit of work where either all or none of the changes within a transaction are made To end the transaction a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK must be issued Issuing a COMMIT will apply all the changes to the database whereas issuing a ROLLBACK cancels any changes to be made to the database 4 3 12 Retrieving data There are multiple ways to retrieve data from a database Depending on whether a single row or multiple row result set is returned this determines whether a cursor will be used A cursor is a mechanism that is used to process each row of a result set For example assume we want to find all the products available at the store in our INVENTORY table Because it is possible that more than one row is returned from the query we use a cursor to retrieve and process the rows Example 4 15 on page 164 shows how to use a cursor Chapter 4 Application development with C C 163 Example 4 15 Using a cursor EXEC SQL DECLARE cl CURSOR FOR SELECT PID from inventory where location Store EXEC SQL OPEN cl EXEC SQL FETCH cl INTO PID printf s n PID EXEC SQL CLOSE cl EXEC SQL COMMIT In Example 4 15 a cursor named c1 is declared to hold a resultset of product IDs To use the cursor the cursor is opened and data is retrieved into the PID host variable Once we are finished processing the resultset the cursor should be closed and a COMMIT executed to release
112. Sample XY Messages Parameters Results profiling Data lt name xmins http posample org gt Lul po Figure 1 33 XQuery Visual Builder Data Output tab DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 16 You can click the button in the Results tab to see the results output See Figure 1 34 1 0 0 Figure 1 34 XQuery Visual Builder XQuery results Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 47 48 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application development with DB2 pureXML In this chapter we discuss the technique of storing managing and querying XML data XML is quite different from relational data and it offers its own challenges and opportunities for the application developer In this chapter we introduce you to the new pureXML technology in DB2 Express C V9 Since XML is everywhere we have covered the application development topics for XML in each chapter of this book We point you to the appropriate chapter and section for specific information throughout this chapter We provide practical examples to store and query XML data which we encourage you to apply to your own environment We provide the example XML data we use in this chapter in Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data on page 295 We also encourage you to visit the following DB2 XML Technical Papers and Articles Web site Here you can find IBM white papers and l
113. TO quantity ind1 location ind2 FROM inventory where PID PID Note There is no comma between a host variable and its indicator 4 3 14 The WHENEVER Statement Within an application we can specify how to handle certain SQL conditions such as if an SQL error warning or a not found condition SQLCODE of 100 is returned from the database There are three main types of the WHENEVER clause that can be in an embedded SQL statement EXEC SQL WHENEVER NOT FOUND lt action gt EXEC SQL WHENEVER SQLERROR lt action gt EXEC SQL WHENEVER SQLWARNING lt action gt The possible actions are CONTINUE GOTO lt abeb or GO TO lt label In Example 4 17 on page 165 we added WHENEVER clauses into our query_product function If a NOT FOUND condition occurs we will print out the appropriate error message Otherwise we print a more generic error message 4 3 15 Preparing SQL statements We have been working with embedded static SQL statements in the add_product and query_product functions in our sample inventory program However for the inventory operation where a column is to be updated we need to use embedded dynamic SQL and dynamically prepare the SQL statement 166 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET This will finally generate an executable access plan in the package Once that is done we can execute the prepared SQL statement or declare a cursor to handle the result set For example l
114. TTP server gt Install the latest stable version of Windows binary installer file name must end with msi from the following Web site http httpd apache org download cgi Follow the prompt of the installer carefully and finish the install This should be installed by default in the directory as below C Program Files Apache Group Apache2 Point your browser to the URL below you should be able to see the Apache HTTP Server Index page in English http localhost In case of a problem go to Start All Programs Apache and try to stop and start or restart The Monitor Apache Servers utility may also appear in your Windows Taskbar System Tray Install and configure PHP Use the following steps to install and configure PHP gt Download the latest stable PHP zip package for Windows currently 5 1 5 available from the Web site below Caution do not choose Windows installer because it is CGI only http www php net downloads php Unzip it in C PHP folder Download the collection of PECL modules from the same Web site as mentioned above The PECL package contains the extensions and libraries that are not part of core PHP libraries The IBM DB2 driver for PHP comes in the PECL package 308 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt Unzip the PECL packages in C PHP ext folder Edit the Apache HTTP server configuration file so that the Web server recognizes PHP Open C
115. VA and NET and NET In addition DB2 Express C V9 contains advanced XML features DB2 Express C provides ISVs an ideal starting database server for Web enterprise and eBusiness ORGANIZATION Understand DB2 ag applications supported BUILDING TECHNICAL programming This IBM Redbook provides fundamentals of DB2 application RACH AE EERIE environments development with DB2 Express C It covers the DB2 s i Express C installation and configuration for application Practical application development and skills and techniques for building DB2 IBM Redbooks are developed by examples applications with XML PHP C C Java and NET the IBM International Technical Code examples are used to demonstrate how to develop a DB2 application in a different language By following the examples provided you will be able to learn DB2 application development with XML PHP C C Java and NET in a short time SG24 7301 00 ISBN 0738496758 Support Organization Experts from IBM Customers and Partners from around the world create timely technical information based on realistic scenarios Specific recommendations are provided to help you implement IT solutions more effectively in your environment For more information ibm com redbooks
116. Zend Controller Action public function indexAction Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 127 128 show the login page db Zend registry db view Zend registry view view title Welcome to myContacts com echo view render index php public function noRouteAction this gt _redirect echo norouteaction When a user tries to log in a database query is issued and the member s profile displays If the member ID is found and the password is validated the session variable is updated with the user s ID The view member action is invoked and the output looks like Figure 3 6 Contact Info Windows Internet Explorer N UO g DE http localhost view display lm 4 x Pr File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Was E ta n ssi Ve B contactinfo n gt Do db gt Page G Tos K 3 x fe MyContacts com Va 7 Home Join Now My Profile My Contacts Rakesh Ranjan John Chueng Direct Contact Email Salvador Rodriguez IBM Corporation Salvador Ledezma San Jose CA 95119 Industry Computer Software Experiences I currently work on xml technology development at SVL I am also an open source web development enthusiasts and use php extensively Our Privacy Policy About MyContacts Customer Service All content Copyright 2003 6 IBM Corporation lt i gt Local intranet 100 Figure 3 6 My Profile pag
117. a lookup in the JNDI service Before making use of lookup in JNDI services you need to register the database to JNDI The Example 5 17 gives an example of creating DataSource object by JNDI lookup service and getting the connection to the data source Example 5 17 Creating DataSource by JNDI lookup service Context ctx new InitialContext DataSource ds DataSource ctx lookup sampledb Connection con ds getConnection A DataSource object can be bound to a logical name by registering it to JNDI Registering to JNDI services requires setting all of the properties to get a connection such as database name user name password and so on Once the data source is registered an application needs to know only the logical name to retrieve the database connection DB2 universal driver provides the following implementation for the DataSource com ibm db2 jcc DB2SimpleDataSource A data source can be registered using this implementation as shown in Example 5 18 Chapter 5 Application development with Java 227 Example 5 18 Registering data source DB2SimpleDataSource db2ds new com ibm db2 jcc DB2SimpleDataSource db2ds setDatabaseName sample db2ds setDescription sample database for DB2 Express C Context ctx new InitialContext ctx bind sampledb db2ds 5 9 Exception handling JDBC exception handling is done using the try catch block of the Java application A DB2 application throws an SQLException whenever it encounte
118. ability 245 host language 4 host variable 4 60 151 156 157 191 192 l IBM DATA DB2 11 IBM Data DB2 278 ibm_db2 10 119 IBMDADB2 7 11 IEnumerable interface 284 implicit parsing 59 import 255 IN 212 indexAction 104 127 IndexController php 103 Indexes View 260 INOUT 212 installation 12 isCustomer 201 isolation level 234 236 iterators 241 J Java 2 Java sql 208 java sql 200 javax naming 200 javax sql 200 JCC type 2 8 JCC type 4 8 JDBC 8 200 208 JDBC SQLJ 3 JNDI 227 K kernel 2 Keys View 260 keyword 180 L last 215 life cycle 225 LOB 191 LOB locator 186 LOB_FILE 191 M managed provider 267 metadata 51 method 127 201 252 Model View Control 315 Model View Controller 97 modular 98 monitor 3 Index 327 MSDASQL 7 MVC 97 N named iterator 241 namespace 80 278 native structure 116 NET driver 8 Net Search Extender 81 next 215 node 58 noRouteAction 127 NSE 81 O object file 151 ODBC 11 ODBC NET Data provider 11 ODBCConnection 279 OdbcConnection 269 ODBCDataReader 279 ODBCTransaction 279 OLE DB 3 7 OLE DB NET Data provider 11 OleDbCommand 279 OleDbConnection 269 OleDbDataAdapter 271 OleDbTransaction 279 On Error construct 278 Open method 269 optimizer 82 153 options 150 OS level 2 OUT 212 OutputHandlePtr 183 overhead 273 P package 4 150 153 180 parameter 60 parameter marker 188 parser 55 PDO_ODBC 10 performance 79 Perl 3 6 Perl DBI
119. age of this function is that it allows passing the relational column to the XQuery via its passing by clause The table name for the column to which the passing by clause refers should be present in the FROM clause of the SELECT query Example 2 17 on page 74 gives an example for xmlquery function The function selects the movie title with id 123 Example 2 17 Using xmlquery function select xmlquery d movie heading title passing movies info as d from movies where id 123 xmlquery function returns the single XML value for each row selected by the SELECT statement The result of the xmlquery function should be a single XML DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET value per row of the result set xmlquery function throws an error when the result is a sequence of XML values for a single row in the result set Tip Use xm column and sqlquery resource functions inside the xmlquery function But because these functions are applied to all the rows to concatenate the values first before applying the xquery path expression the result of the xmlquery function might remain the same for all the rows selected by the SELECT clause To apply the XQuery on each individual row selected by the SELECT statement separately use the passing by clause The passing by clause passes the XML column value to the xquery for each row and returns the value along with other column values selected All the tables to which the p
120. alues are provided export will cycle between the paths to write each column value to the appropriate XML file gt XMLFILE option This option supplies the base name of the XML file where the XML values are written The default value for the base name is the name of the data file The full name of the file consists of the base name followed by a number which is padded to three digits and then the three letter identifier XML For the previous command the file name is xmldocs 001 xml DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET MODIFIED BY clause Use this to change the behavior of exported files and this is called a file type modifier We introduce the following new file type modifiers gt MODIFIED BY XMLINSEPFILES option This option specifies that the XML value for each column should be stored on the separate files instead of storing it in a single file By default all the values are concatenated in a single file If you specify this option a separate file name is generated for each column to store the XML value For the previous command the file names are xmldocs 001 xml xmldocs 002 xml and so on gt MODIFIED BY XMLGRAPHIC option This option specifies that the XML data should be written in the application graphics code page gt MODIFIED XMLCHAR This option specifies that the XML data should be written in the application character code page MODIFIED BY XMLNODECLARATION Th
121. an enterprise whose business processes integrated end to end across the company and with key partners suppliers and customers can respond with flexibility and speed to customer demand market opportunity or external threat Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 93 94 database product DB2 is also versatile and runs on Microsoft Windows UNIX Solaris and many flavors of Linux We have used the two most popular and widely used setups to showcase the application development steps in this chapter gt SUSE Linux Professional with Apache Web Server Microsoft Windows XP Professional using Apache Web Server Irrespective of the Web server software and operating system you choose you should seriously consider using PHP with DB2 Express C for the following reasons gt No charge Both PHP and DB2 Express C are free You can download the latest versions of DB2 Express C and PHP from the following Web sites absolutely free of charge http www ibm com db2 express http www php net Alternatively you can use Zend Core for IBM which packages the Apache Web Server PHP libraries and DB2 in one bundle Currently Zend Core include DB2 V8 2 so we recommend that you install DB2 9 first and then try to install Zend Core for IBM Zend Core is supposed to find the DB2 already installed on your system and use it unless you choose to replace it Remember that in order to take advantage of DB2 pureXML technologies
122. and extensible The end result is the Web site shown in Figure 3 2 Please Vote for this weeks movie Microsoft Internet Explorer WON File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Qx a gt x a p gt Search Fr Favorites 2 amp X m y 9 A Nr Address http focalhost ijindexhote 0O00 E URE Name your favorite movie of the week Suggestion Vote Idea Votes Space Travel 27 ME 49 Race 8M 14 The Beach House 7012 O Fashion Designer 315 One Day in Tokyo 315 O Dream Life 315 Street Car 213 Ice 213 The Ship 0 Submitidea and or vote Done Figure 3 2 Movie of the Week initial page y Local intranet 3 4 2 Zend framework XCS 116 One of the major advantages of using a Web framework is that it provides the abstraction to the database layer to create a database driven Web site easily The developer can concentrate on the behavior of data rather than the details of database access and manipulation With the amount of proliferation of XML data over the Web and elsewhere there is a need to abstract the persistence access of XML data DB2 Express C V9 provides pureXML storage to store and manage XML data in its native structure XML Content Store XCS has been created to help simplify the development of XML centric Web applications XCS is an DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET incubator technology in Zend Framewor
123. ant Juttukonda Michael Hvizdos Chris Gruber Anson Kokkat Nancy Taiyab IBM Toronto Laboratory Matthias Nicola Salvador Ledzema Cindy Saracco IBM Silicon Valley Laboratory Preface xiii Emma Jacobs International Technical Support Organization San Jose Center Become a published author Join us for a two to six week residency program Help write an IBM Redbook dealing with specific products or solutions while getting hands on experience with leading edge technologies You ll team with IBM technical professionals Business Partners and or customers Your efforts will help increase product acceptance and customer satisfaction As a bonus you ll develop a network of contacts in IBM development labs and increase your productivity and marketability Find out more about the residency program browse the residency index and apply online at ibm com redbooks residencies html Comments welcome Your comments are important to us We want our Redbooks to be as helpful as possible Send us your comments about this or other Redbooks in one of the following ways gt Use the online Contact us review redbook form found at ibm com redbooks Send your comments in an e mail to redbook us ibm com Mail your comments to IBM Corporation International Technical Support Organization Dept HYTD Mail Station P099 2455 South Road Poughkeepsie NY 12601 5400 xiv DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java
124. any classes This is the only class you need to include manually so we add it to our bootstrap file index php After adding it to the bootstrap file we now have access to all static methods You can load other classes with the loadClass method For example to load Zend_Controller_Front Zend loadClass Zend Controller Front Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 101 Now to understand the framework flow and make sure setup is working let us do this exercise a Edit your index php to look as shown in Example 3 4 Example 3 4 index php lt php include Zend php function __autoload class dbuser db2admin dbpass db2admin dbname CONTACTS params array username gt dbuser password gt dbpass dbname gt dbname conn Zend Db factory Db2 params db new Database conn Zend register db db view new Zend View view setScriptPath app views Zend register view view controller Zend Controller_Front getInstance setControllerDirectory app controllers dispatch Zend loadClass class gt Let us discuss the different parts here i First we include the zend php ii Next we are using PHP5 s autoloader function to load the necessary controller classes In PHP5 and above you can define an autoloader function __autoload which is automatically called in case you are trying to use a class whic
125. any resources held In the inventory program we are developing we need to retrieve information about a single product Because products are unique within the INVENTORY table we will only be retrieving one row back from the database if the product exists This means that instead of a cursor we can use a SELECT INTO statement which will directly populate the host variables A sample session from querying a product is shown in Example 4 16 The complete definition of the query_product function is shown in Example 4 17 on page 165 Example 4 16 Sample session querying a product in the inventory program SIMPLE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Add New Product Update Product Info Quantity or Location Query Product Exit AUNE Enter option 3 Query A Product Enter Product ID 101 101 10 Found Quantity 50 Location Warehouse 164 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 4 17 Complete definition of the query_product function void query_product void printf n printf Query A Product n n printf Enter Product ID scanf s amp PID EXEC SQL WHENEVER SQLERROR GOTO errorFound EXEC SQL WHENEVER NOT FOUND GOTO PIDNotFound EXEC SQL SELECT quantity location INTO quantity location from inventory where PID PID printf Found Quantity d n quantity printf Location s n location EXEC SQL COMMIT
126. as that of DB2 CLI driver and can be used only with NET Framework Version 1 1 or Version 2 0 This utilizes IBM DB2 ODBC thus CLI driver gt The OLE DB NET Data provider uses IBM DB2 OLE DB Driver IBMDADB2 It has same keyword support and restrictions as that of DB2 OLE DB driver and can be used only with NET Framework Version 1 1 or Version 2 0 This utilizes IBM DB2 OLE DB IBMDADB2 driver gt The DB2 NET Data provider extends DB2 support for the ADO NET interface The DB2 managed provider implements the same set of standard ADO NET classes and methods and it is defined under IBM DATA DB2 namespace We will use DB2 NET Data provider for the sample application example in Chapter 6 Application development with NET on page 251 1 2 DB2 Express C DB2 Express C is a version of DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Express for the community which is completely free to download develop deploy test run embed and redistribute It provides the same core data server features and development interfaces as well as system limits as DB2 Express in a smaller package DB2 Express C is available for Linux and Windows running 32 bit or 64 bit hardware with up to 2 CPUs and 4 GBs of memory Support for DB2 Express C is made available through forum http www ibm com developerworks forums dw_forum jsp forum 805 amp cat 19 DB2 Express C can be seamlessly upgraded to DB2 Express Workgroup and Enterprise Server Edition without d
127. ase connect to the database using different kinds of drivers According to the JDBC specification there are four types of driver architecture DB2 supports Type 2 deprecated as of DB2 V8 2 and a combination of Type 2 and Type 4 drivers called universal JDBC drivers which combine the Type 2 and Type 4 functionalities Using universal driver an application can utilize both Type 2 and Type 4 functionalities using a single instance of driver in memory Universal JDBC driver for DB2 Whenever an application loads the universal driver a single instance of Type 2 and Type 4 driver is loaded in memory and can be used to make Type 2 and Type 4 connections This driver is an entirely new driver and the behavior of this driver might be different from the standard Type 2 and Type 4 drivers The Type 2 and Type 4 driver connectivity depend on the type of URL provided to the driver while getting the connection For Type 2 driver connectivity use the following URL format jdbc db2 database name 200 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET For Type 4 driver connectivity use the following URL format jdbc db2 host name port number database name The db2jcc jar package contains the universal driver classes 5 3 Application example In this chapter we discuss the fundamentals of application development using DB2 JDBC and guide you through the Java application development process using a small shopping cart applic
128. asses which is easy to use gt Ruby implements threads in the language interpreter code itself hence it is independent of the operating system However Ruby threads do not utilize more than one CPU gt Ruby language comes with a built in debugger You can run debugger by invoking the debugger with r option gt Ruby features its own shell called Interactive Ruby You can simply invoke interactive Ruby by typing irb command on your system This allows you to play with Ruby if you are new to the language 314 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt Ruby language comes with a code profiler You can invoke it at command line or in the program Ruby comes ready for Web programming Ruby can be used to write CGI scripts for Web programming B 1 1 Getting started with Ruby programming language Getting started with Ruby could not be easier Ruby is available on all operating system platforms including Windows We show you how to start with Ruby Following the new programming language learning tradition we write and run a Hello World program in Ruby First you download and install Ruby language pack from the following Web site http rubyforge org frs group_id 167 Choose the latest stable version In this example we downloaded ruby1 8 4 20 exe and extracted the code in C ruby folder Once extracted Ruby is ready to use Let us write our first program in Ruby gt Change the
129. assing by clause refers should be there in the FROM clause of the SELECT statement xmlitable function Use this function generally in the FROM clause of the SELECT statement to create a table from the XML value Similar to the xmlquery function you can use the passing by clause here to pass any XML value or relational value to the function Example 2 18 shows an example that uses the xmltable function to create the relational table Example 2 18 Creating relational table using xmltable select movie writer director from movies xml table d movie passing movies info as d columns movie varchar 20 PATH heading title writer varchar 50 PATH credits writer director varchar 50 PATH credits director as T The xmitable function is useful when you want to move the data from an XML document to the relational table and you do not have the schema for the documents or when you do not have annotated schema to do the same xmlexists predicate xmlexists tests whether an XQuery expression returns a sequence of one or more items xmlexists is similar to the xmlquery function except the return type When xmlquery function returns the XML value xmlexists returns the Boolean value It returns true if the result of the xquery used in the function is not empty Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 75 otherwise it returns false xmlexists also uses the passing by clause to pass the relational and XML column to
130. at the application knows if a user is viewing the user s own profile or another user s profile This is required to allow users to make contact with other members We used PHP s built in session tracking methods to track the status of logged in users Update contacts and relationships We need user interfaces and controller functions to perform the updates on XML data Luckily we have XCS implementations of Create Remove Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 123 124 Update and Delete CRUD so we do not need to worry about underlying database calls We use XMLContent s ABOUT property to store members relationships Search We need to implement search so that users can look for members they want to contact We utilize XCS s find functions to implement the search without knowing any XQuery implementation programming Solution overview Figure 3 4 shows the navigation path of the proposed application In the framework design the Web page navigation flow should decide how the Controllers and Views should be created View Profile Edit Profile Yes No Create Profile View Detailed Member Profile Figure 3 4 Navigation diagram for MyContacts com application As you can see we give the user a choice of options The user can either log in or search for someone who is already using this Web site A user can search for a member but the user cannot view a members detailed profile until th
131. ata Type Length Alias Name_Len Name UDT Name 460 C STRING 11 H00001 3 PID 496 INTEGER 4 H00002 8 quantity 460 C STRING 128 H00003 8 location 4 3 6 Using db2dclgn to generate host variable declarations DB2 can simplify development by automatically generating host variable declarations for a specified database table In Example 4 9 on page 158 the command will generate an output file with the same name as the table It will contain the host variable declarations Chapter 4 Application development with C C 157 Example 4 9 db2dclgn example db2dclgn d sample t inventory inventory h struct struct short length char data 10 pid sqlint32 quantity struct short length char data 128 location inventory 4 3 7 Connecting to a database Let us connect to the database within the application and start implementing the operations in our application To connect to the database we use the CONNECT TO statement We add the following SQL statement into the main function of our program EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample Alternatively we can choose to connect to the database using a particular user ID and password EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample USER uid USING pwd If this method is chosen host variables for the user ID and password need to be declared for use in the CONNECT statement In our simple inventory application we just connect to the SAMPLE database using the default user ID 4 3 8 Disconnecting f
132. ata for CID customer ID and INFO customer information The HISTORY column information is not required Since CID is the primary key and thus needs to be unique we issue a simple query against the CUSTOMER table s CID column to obtain the current MAX value then add one to generate the new CID For the primary key CID generation we used MAX 1 but this is not ideal way to generate the key You should utilize identity column which provides a method for DB2 database to automatically generate a unique numeric value for each row in a table 286 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET An identity column that is defined as generated always prevents the overriding of values in an SQL statement An identity column that is defined as generated by default gives an application a way to explicitly provide a value for the identity column In this case Sample CUSTOMER table was not created with identity column The creation of INFO XML data is done by a separate CreateCustXML method as shown in Example 6 12 on page 290 The Example 6 11 shows insert of new customer CID and INFO into the CUSTOMER table Once XmIDcoument object containing customer info data has been created by CreateCustXML method we can now insert the data into the table The CID value can be concatenated to the CommandText string However the XmlDocument data needs to be first added using command Parameters Add method after it is
133. atabase or application modification DB2 Express C is free to download from http www ibm com software data db2 udb db2express Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 11 DB2 Express C installation Before installing DB2 database consult the system requirements listed in following Web site http www ibm com software data db2 udb sysregs htm The user installing DB2 should have System Administrator authority on the system where the installation is to occur In a Linux system you can use uname a to determine the current kernel level and rpm qa grep glibc for the glibc version There are a number of common and alternate methods for installing DB2 gt DB2 Setup Wizard GUI installer available on Linux requires X window server and Windows operating systems It can be used to create instances and response files gt Response file install Automated install using the response file to avoid user interaction during install and to ensure the same install options are used for multiple installs gt db2_install script It is only available on Linux and installs all components for the DB2 product with English interface support Additional language support can be selected using L parameter It allows more control over the setup process and less over the installation process No user and group creation or configuration will occur gt Third party deployment tools Installation method for Windows Used for mass clien
134. atement stmt con createStatement String porder null String dropQuery drop table cart cid con setAutoCommit false ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery select max poid from purchaseorder rs next 206 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET int poid rs getInt 1 1 porder createPorder poid System out print ln porder PreparedStatement pstmt con prepareStatement Insert into purchaseorder poid status custid porder values XMLPARSE document cast as varchar 5000 pstmt setInt 1 poid pstmt setString 2 unshipped pstmt setInt 3 cid pstmt setString 4 porder pstmt executeUpdate con commit con close return poid catch SQLException e System out print n e getMessage System out println e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return 0 updateTable createPorder calls a stored procedure to create the XML document for porder XML column value public String createPorder int poid CallableStatement cstmt String cart cart cid try cstmt con prepareCall call createOrder cstmt setInt 1 poid cstmt setString 2 cart cstmt registerOutParameter 3 Types VARCHAR cstmt executeUpdate return cstmt getString 3 catch SQLException e System out printIn e getMessage System out println e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return null createPorder Chapter 5 Application dev
135. ation This application uses the SAMPLE database shipped along with the DB2 Express C The application does the following Takes the customer ID as an input Checks if the customer exists If the customer exists the application goes to the next page to take the order gt Displays all the available products The user can select a product from the list and add it to the cart gt While checking out the application gives the purchase order ID and inserts the purchase order details in the table The class in Example 5 1 on page 202 has some of the support methods used for the application We use this example along with others to explain how to access DB2 data At the end of this chapter you can follow the steps provided to run the application You can find the sample application download procedure at Appendix C Additional material on page 319 This class contain the following method gt isCustomer int This method checks to see if the customer ID passed to the method as an argument exists in the database or not It returns the customer name if the id exists gt getProducts This method returns the name of all the available products gt getDescription String This method returns the description of the product id passed as an argument gt createCart HashMap This creates a cart table to store the temporary data for the cart gt updateTable Update the tables with the purchase order details Chapter 5
136. ation to you Information concerning non IBM products was obtained from the suppliers of those products their published announcements or other publicly available sources IBM has not tested those products and cannot confirm the accuracy of performance compatibility or any other claims related to non IBM products Questions on the capabilities of non IBM products should be addressed to the suppliers of those products This information contains examples of data and reports used in daily business operations To illustrate them as completely as possible the examples include the names of individuals companies brands and products All of these names are fictitious and any similarity to the names and addresses used by an actual business enterprise is entirely coincidental COPYRIGHT LICENSE This information contains sample application programs in source language which illustrates programming techniques on various operating platforms You may copy modify and distribute these sample programs in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of developing using marketing or distributing application programs conforming to the application programming interface for the operating platform for which the sample programs are written These examples have not been thoroughly tested under all conditions IBM therefore cannot guarantee or imply reliability serviceability or function of these programs You may copy modify and distribute these sample prog
137. ation which is downloadable at the redbook Web site 126 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Getting Started When a user loads the URL http localhost the user sees the page shown in Figure 3 5 Welcome to myContacts com Windows Internet Explorer WD EI _ eee vee 6 gt http ocalhost Raikes Pi File Edit View Favorites Tools Help We Be welcome to myContacts com fh BG ah Page gt G tools H BD PSR MyContacts com aS Develop your professional contacts Keep up with your friends and colleagues e Build your relationships Look for people already using MyContacts Already a user Email naran nn Password de Forgot password Not a user Our Privacy Policy About MyContacts Customer Service All content Copyright 2003 6 IBM Corporation AA J E http Aocalhost Local intranet 100 Figure 3 5 MyContacts com Index page Controllers MyContacts com has the following controllers gt IndexController Our IndexController is as clean as it should be It has a indexAction method to serve the main Web page Home page and a noRouteAction method to reroute users to the home page in case users become creative and modify the links Example 3 25 shows the IndexController php Example 3 25 MyContacts com IndexController php lt php class IndexController extends
138. ause using the variable bindings in the respective tuples 72 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 2 13 shows a simple FLWOR expression which selects the five star rating is movie s name Example 2 13 Using FLWOR expression xquery for i in db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie heading where i rating return i title You can nest the for and let clauses of the FLWOR expression to any level The nesting of these clauses lets us combine different parts of the XML value Example 2 14 shows the nesting of these clauses in conjunction with the constructors The query selects the movies based on their MPAA rating MPAArating Example 2 14 Nesting FLOWOR expression xquery for ratings in fn distinct values db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie movie details MPAArating let title db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie movie details MPAArating ratings heading title return lt rating type ratings gt title lt rating gt Tip When nesting the for and let clauses keep in mind that the for clause creates one binding for each XML value in the sequence and the let clause creates only one binding for the full sequence Use the order by clause to order the tuples based on the path expression These ordered tuples are then processed by the return clause Example 2 15 gives an example of the order by clause The query selects the movie name wit
139. ava and NET Appendix B Ruby on Rails 317 318 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Additional material This redbook refers to additional material that can be downloaded from the Internet as described below Locating the Web material The Web material associated with this redbook is available in softcopy on the Internet from the IBM Redbooks Web server Point your Web browser to ftp www redbooks ibm com redbooks SG247301 Alternatively you can go to the IBM Redbooks Web site at ibm com redbooks Select the Additional materials and open the directory that corresponds with the redbook form number SG247301 Using the Web material The additional Web material that accompanies this redbook includes the following files File name Description Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 319 movie zip Zipped Movie ranking database setup script and XML data zframework zip Zipped PHP application samples Movie ranking Social network and Yahoo Web service Inventory zip Zipped C C application code samples Inventory cart zip Zipped Java application code sample Shopping cart registration zip Zipped Net application code sample User registration System requirements for downloading the Web material The following system configuration is recommended Hard disk space 1MB Operating System Windows Linux Processor 486 or higher Memory 512 MB How to use the Web
140. ava project prior to the SQLJ creation using the wizard see Figure 1 15 1 Click File gt New Other or click New toolbar Expand the Java folder and select Java Project Specify the new project name Here you can specify other options such as JDK compliance level Click Finish to complete the creation of the new Java Project as shown in Figure 1 15 on page 29 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET New Java Project Create a Java project Create a Java project in the workspace or in an external location Figure 1 15 Creating a Java project 2 Using the newly created or the existing Java project highlight the project click File gt New Other or click New toolbar In the New window expand the Data folder and then expand the SQLJ Applications folder to show the available SQLJ choices Click SQLJ File and then click Next Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 29 3 You can now specify Package name and SQLJ name as shown in Figure 1 16 The SQLJ name should follow the Java type convention and should start with an uppercase character x SQU File gt Create an SQLJ file a J a D Source folder Testsqui Browse Package default Browse Name Template Generate a dass using selected template sa Cached Template v This template generates a dass that caches the result set Generate a simple dass skeleton without using a templa
141. base warning that occurred while calling the methods of the following classes Connection Statement PreparedStatement CallableStatement ResultSet vvvy All these interfaces contain the getWarning method to retrieve the warning information Note that the creation SQLWarning object does not throw any SQLException You need to call the getWarning method of the above interface to check if any warning exists or not See Example 5 20 Example 5 20 Handling SQL warning Statement stmt con createStatement stmt executeUpdate delete from product where pid 101 SQLWarning sqlwarn stmt getWarnings while sqlwarn nu 1 System out printIn Warning description sqlwarn getMessage System out println SQLSTATE sqlwarn getSQLState System out print n Error code sqlwarn getErrorCode sqlwarn sqlwarn getNextWarning 5 9 3 DataTruncation The DataTruncation class is a subclass of the SQLWarning to handle the data truncation whenever an application tries to insert a value larger than the value defined in the database definition In that case the data is stored after truncating Chapter 5 Application development with Java 231 the value to the specified size and a DataTruncation object is created to provide the information Whenever truncation happens while reading the value from the database an SQLWarning object is created instead of DataTruncation A DataTruncation object is created when truncatio
142. ber can search for other members by first name and or last name and then view 134 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET another members detailed profile The authorized user can add the result member as a contact It is worth explaining here how XCS makes creation and manipulation of xml data easier XCS s Zend_Db_Xml_XmlUtil class provides a convenience method to create a simpleXML representation of the DOM object which is easy to handle programmatically Let us discuss the flow here We get XML data using XCS s findByld method passing the id of authorized user as shown in Example 3 32 Example 3 32 XCS convenience method findByld result this gt _dbl gt findById id xmlContent result current xmlContent object now has the XML data Remember our XML data consists of two XML columns and two non XML columns Using the XCS accessor s method you can access the data or about contents easily as shown in Example 3 33 the first parameter is input DOM object and the second parameter is what to retrieve Example 3 33 XCS convenience method exportToSimpleXml sxml Zend Db Xm1_XmlUtil exportToSimp eXML xmlContent Zend_Db_Xm _XmlUti ABOUT Now since you have a simpleXML representation of your DOM data you can use any XPath expression to traverse into it and create an array to access the data elements In this application we prohibit a user from creatin
143. bility Returned by Statement object methods executeQuery For example ResultSet rs null rs stmt executeQuery query where stmt is the statement object Scrollability and Updatability are defined while creating the Statement object for all the ResultSets created from that object Same as above first last previous next absolute relative afterLast beforeFirst 5 13 Running the application Need to declare the iterator class using SQLj declaration clause Create the object after declaration For example sql iterator iterator1 int String iterator iterator1 Scrollability and Updatability are defined by specifying the implement clause in the corresponding interface while declaring the iterator Holdability is defined by defining the holdability property to true in the with clause of the iterator first last previous next absolute relative afterLast beforeFirst The application code in Example 5 1 on page 202 can be executed either stand alone or using a Web service 5 13 1 Running an application stand alone To run the application stand alone follow these steps 1 Set your CLASSPATH to include all the files required for JDBC see Application requirements on page 200 2 Initialize the following variables in the main method a custid Initialize the variable with a valid customer ID Exists in customer table Chapter 5 Application development with Java 247 b
144. by Sun Microsystems Inc gt Catalyst an open source development framework written in Perl Django an open source Web application framework written in Python Cocoa from Apple computer Why framework A framework provides a skeleton on which you can build a software solution using different components A framework also allows developers to focus on business logic and not the tedious part of software integration Some people may argue that using a framework can add code bloat unnecessary long and slow code and also usually involves a steep learning curve But the increasing popularity of PHP for database driven Web applications is enough good reason for us to consider use of a framework for PHP development in this book We decided to use an open source framework called Zend Framework for PHP We divide this chapter into two parts Part gives an overview of PHP application development using Zend Framework preview release followed by a sample database application using Zend DB Adapter for access to DB2 Express C Part Il focuses on development of a PHP application using the new XCS XML Content Store technology which is part of Zend Framework This section is also followed by a sample Social Network Application which you can build and deploy very quickly using XCS and new DB2 Express C XML pureXML technology Again in the spirit of open source we decided to use the Eclipse application development environment with a PHP plug
145. c data and produces the warning result for its subscribers The architectural overview of such an application is shown in Figure 2 1 on page 51 If this Web application is developed using the old Hypertext Markup Language HTML technology the traffic warning application would get an HTML data for one of its subscribers who commutes between San Jose and San Francisco The traffic warning application then would process the trouble spot as represented in a particular HTML tag on a particular line number line of the HTML data This would work fine for a very fixed format However needless to say that application will break with a slight change in data format or even if a blank line is inserted in the output generated by the real traffic application XML solves the problem it directly represents the data The real time traffic data is returned as XML which is the logical representation of the traffic data The data representation is separate from page presentation The fact that data is separate from presentation makes serving different types of contents to different types of client easier The same traffic warning data can be accessed from a Web browser on your laptop as well as from a thin personal digital assistant PDA client on your cell phone Today XML is the most common data interchange format on the Web Any modern application can interact with an existing application through the Web DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML P
146. c records are produced and associated with the handle that executed the API To retrieve the diagnostic information applications can make use of functions as shown in Table 4 11 Table 4 11 Some diagnostic CLI APIs SQLGetDiagField Get a field in a diagnostic record SQLGetDiagRec Get diagnostic record 4 5 8 Quick SQLGetDiagRec example Let us see an example of how to use the SQLGetDiagRec API We first define the variables within a CLI application needed for the function call SQLCHAR SQLState 6 Will store the SQLState SQLCHAR msgText SQL_MAX MESSAGE LENGTH Will store the error msg text SQLINTEGER nativeErrorCode Will store the native error code SQLSMALLINT msgTextLength Will store the error msg text length 190 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Now let us try connecting to an invalid database and see what is provided by the diagnostic function We run a program with the following lines SQLConnect conn_handle samdple SQL NTS NULL SQL_NTS NULL SQL_NTS SQLGetDiagRec SQL_HANDLE DBC conn_handle 1 SQLState amp nativeErrorCode msgText sizeof msgText amp msgTextLength printf SQLState s nNative Error d nError Message Text 5 SQLState nativeErrorCode msgText This produces the following output to let us know the database name was incorrectly specified SQLState 08001 Native Error 1013 Error Message Text IBM CLI Driver SQL101
147. calling the getXXX method of the ResultSet object where XXX denotes the data type of the column The getXXX takes the column number or name for the current row as an input Once all the rows are fetched the next method returns an exception Example 5 4 on page 209 Example 5 5 on page 210 and Example 5 7 on page 211 use the ResultSet object to retrieve the result of the query By default the cursor cannot be moved backward and updated Cursors can be moved backward or moved directly to a specific row by defining the scrollability of the ResultSet object Similarly the cursor can be updated by defining the updateability of the ResultSet object The following three properties for the ResultSet can be set while creating the Statement object gt resultSetType gt resultSetConcurrency Chapter 5 Application development with Java 213 resultSetHoldability While resultSetType defines the scrollability of the cursor resultSetConcurrency defines the updatabilty of the cursor resultSetHoldability indicates that the result set will remain open even after the statement is closed The createStatement and prepareStatement supporting all of these properties have the following syntax createStatement int resultSetType resultSetConcurrency resultSetHoldability prepareStatement int resultSetType resultSetConcurrency resultSetHoldability All three properties are optional Example 5 10 defines a Statement object with a scrollable and u
148. can be debugged using the following steps 1 Create SQL procedure with Debug mode option set to ALLOW 2 Add breakpoints in SQL body DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET This can be done using Debug Toggle Breakpoint F9 which will highlight the line and place a red dot to the left of the breakpoint as shown in Figure 6 11 on page 266 Breakpoints can be deleted by left clicking the red dot Chapter 6 Application development with NET 265 File Edit View Build Debug IBM Procedure Designer Tools Window Community Help Windows gt Start Debugging Start Without Debugging Ctrl F5 Attach to Process Exceptions Ctrl D E Step Into Fil D S Servers 2 2 ato Delete All Breakpoints Ctri Shift F9 O Disable All Breakpoints Cursor left open for client appli OPEN DB2_SP_SQL1 END Pi EI E Ready Figure 6 11 Adding debug breakpoints in Procedure Designer 3 Start debugging using Step Into button on the toolbar 266 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 6 4 Data Providers for ADO NET In ADO NET architecture applications also called Data Consumers connect to database also referred to as Resource using data provider The data provider encapsulates data and provides a means to interact with the database including connectio
149. catenation or the PHP s simpleXML object You can add these into XMLContent via an XMLContentUtil method call Example 3 38 Saving data to XCS doc new DOMDocument root doc createElement member doc gt appendChild root foreach POST as key gt value elem doc createElement key Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 137 root appendChild elem elemtext doc createTextNode value elem gt appendChild elemtext myDoc new Zend Db_Xml_Xm lContent doc about new DOMDocument abtRoot about createElement contacts about gt appendChild abtRoot myDoc about about db saveNew myDoc Since the php array objects are associative that is stored as a key gt value pair you can see it is easy to create XML elements and attributes by just looping through the _POST array Modifying data in XCS If you notice in the previous example the add member action adds a member s profile into data and constructs an empty XML for ABOUT column An empty element lt contacts gt is created and stored in XCS When a logged in user browses a myContacts member and adds the member as a contact the add contact action is invoked The contactAction invokes the database method addContact which calls XCS s update function to update the entire xml document The db addContact method is explained in detail in the previous database section
150. ch data provider has different Connection Objects Each of the three data providers IBM DB2 incorporates has its own Connection Objects DB2Connection OleDbConnection and OdbcConnection The data connection class enables you to specify the connection string used to connect to the target database server gt This is implemented as DB2Connection object in DB2 NET Data Provider for example DB2Connection connection new DB2Connection Database SAMPLE gt This is implemented as OleDbConnection object in DB2 OLE DB Data Provider for example OleDbConnection connection new 01 eDbConnection Provider IBMDADB2 1 DSN SAMPLE gt This is implemented as OdbcConnection object in DB2 ODBC Data Provider for example OdbcConnection connection new OdbcConnection DSN SAMPLE The connection object has public property ConnectionString which is required for establishing connection with a database It requires database name and other parameters such as user ID and password for example connection ConnectString Database Sample However ConnectionString property can be set through passing the string to the Connection Object Constructor as shown in following example DB2Connection connection new DB2Connection Database SAMPLE Connection objects have the following public methods Open This opens a database connection as specified in a ConnectionString for example connection Open Co
151. chanisms for application developers to issue SQL queries work with large objects call stored procedures use persistent connections and use prepared SQL statements It also works on PHP releases below Version 5 Unlike PDO_ODBC ibm_db2 is based on traditional procedural programming and performs better compared to Unified ODBC functions ibm_db2 provides built in functions for getting details about the DB2 database server and client by querying system catalog tables which provide lots of information about the DB2 database management system The latest ibm_db2 extension for PHP has been enhanced to support the new XML data type in DB2 V9 We highly recommend that you download the latest ibm_db2 extension from the following Web site http www pecl php net package ibm_db2 You can download the library dll for Windows from the following Web site http pecl4win php net ext php php_ibm_db2 d11 Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 105 PDO_ODBC PDO PHP Data Objects is an object oriented standards based data access method in PHP where you can use the same methodology to query the database and fetch data from the supported databases PDO_ODBC extension is the implementation of the PDO specification When compiled with DB2 libraries you can use it to access DB2 Cloudscape and Apache Derby databases This extension provides a mechanism to connect to both local cataloged and non local remote cataloged databases For a local catalo
152. chunjo3 Inserted or updated row conformance check ie I Script Query Builder 1 Select ROUTINENAME ROUTINESCHEMA LANGUAGE from SYSIBM SYSROUTINES E hi PL Ready Figure 6 8 View Designer window The menu provided in View Designer window includes the following gt View View Provides ability to check the syntax or test execute the SQL statement provided in the view definition gt Triggers View Provides ability to define and add triggers gt Privileges View Allows adding roles and privileges to users Show Script View Shows the create view statement IBM Procedure Designer The IBM Procedure Designer can be used to create a new procedure by right clicking Procedures node in Server Explorer under Data Connections database then selecting Add New SQL Procedure with Designer as shown in Figure 6 9 on page 263 262 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET WindowsApplication1 Running Microsoft Visual Studio File Edit View Project Build Debug Data Tools Window Community Help Gl Gl oF kd AI i gt mu gt sas tex E j Data Connections El li chunj SAMPLE DB2 NT 09 01 0000 E Tables Di Views Add New SQL Procedure with Wizard Add New CLR Procedure with Wizard Name Value Type Name Lang Locais E Wathh 1 Call Stack Immediate Window Ready Figure 6 9 Starting IBM Procedure Designer Chapter 6 Application devel
153. converted to String using InnerXml method Note that prefix for the parameter is required cmd Parameters Add new DB2Parameter XMLData XmlDocument InnerXml Example 6 11 Inserting new CID and info data into the CUSTOMER table public static void Main String args DB2Connection conn null conn ConnectDb alias userid password InsertCustomer conn pname pcountry pstreet pcity pprov ppcode ptype pphonenumb public static void InsertCustomer DB2Connection conn String pname String pcountry String pstreet String pcity String pprov String ppcode String ptype String pphonenumb DB2Command cmd conn CreateCommand Xm lDocument newXm lDoc new XmlDocument try cmd CommandText Select MAX cid 1 from customer long count long cmd ExecuteScalar String pcid Convert ToString count Console WriteLine n maxcid value is pcid newXm Doc CreateCustXML pcid pname pcountry pstreet pcity Chapter 6 Application development with NET 287 pprov ppcode ptype pphonenumb cmd Parameters Add new DB2Parameter XMLData newXm1 Doc InnerXm1 String insertStmt Insert into customer cid info values pcid XMLdata cmd CommandText insertStmt int rowsAffected cmd ExecuteNonQuery Console WriteLine n Inserted row s rowsAffected n catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message finally conn Close 288 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook f
154. cs H O XML Schema Repository Ela Servers E BI chunjo3 Ld Name Type Length Allow Nulis Comment Evie Ready Figure 6 6 Table Designer window The following menus are provided in Table Designer window Column Definitions View Default Allows you to define columns and their data types Keys View Allows defining primary keys unique keys and foreign keys gt Indexes View Allows creating indexes for the columns defined in the columns view gt XML Indexes View Allows creating indexes for any tags in XML document gt Check Constraints View Allows adding check constraints for the table and its columns gt Triggers View Allows adding triggers to a table gt Privileges View Allows adding roles and privileges to the users Show Script View This shows the create table statement command 260 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET IBM View Designer The IBM View Designer can be used to create a new view by right clicking Views node in Server Explorer under Data Connections database and selecting Add New View with Designer as shown in Figure 6 7 WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual Studio File Edit View Project Build Debug Data Tools Window Community Help P a gg RI B B d peg v Any CPU H E SU Ai ob ah AEA GE AE EAE
155. ction of IBM Designer to script and create DB2 database objects gt IBM Database Add Ins for Visual Studio 2005 is now available as a separate install gt You can build Windows applications and Web sites for DB2 without writing any code All flavors of DB2 are supported DB2 UDB for Linux UNIX and Windows DB2 UDB for iSeries and DB2 UDB for z OS Federated database and nicknames are supported for application development Filtering of database objects is supported for optimal performance on iSeries and zSeries servers Caching of schema information for objects in DB2 connections in Server Explorer provides better application development performance at design time gt Anew feature in IBM tooling is the ability to hide or show specific folders for a DB2 connection in Server Explorer gt The tooling continues to support displaying detailed messages of DB2 activity on the IBM Message Pane The new tooling introduces a new set of IBM designers to create alter and clone database objects 254 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET All IBM designers continue to use the smart multi line editors that provide syntax colorization and statement completion Youhavethe ability to create new tables views and procedures using IBM designers There is new functionality to alter existing tables views and procedures using IBM designers There is new func
156. d Framework we built a couple of sample Web based database applications The first application is a Movie of the week survey application where using a simple Web interface you can add a movie name to the database and vote for the movie of the week Your suggestion for a new name or your vote instantly updates the Web site The application demonstrates the framework s simplistic MVC model to build database driven applications using Zend db adapters While designing any Web based application we start by designing interfaces A Web application is a collection of Web pages where each page is a unique URL This simple survey application consists of two URLs gt index vote gt add movie 108 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET You need to think of these URLs in terms of controller action The IndexController fetches the existing movies names and the respective votes from the database and AddController handles adding new suggestions and updating votes You can have multiple presentation layers created in the views directory but for simplicity we have a single presentation layer vote php which manipulates and presents the survey results Table 3 1 lists the files created for our movie example You can download the complete zip file from the redbook Web site For download details see Appendix C Additional material on page 319 Table 3 1 Files for example application Description In
157. data model This avoids the mapping between XML and relational structures and the impedance hindrance mismatch XML is a data type in DB2 just like any other SQL type XML data type can be used in a CREATE TABLE statement to define one or more columns of type XML Since XML has no different status than any other types tables can contain any combination of XML and relational columns A column of type XML can hold one well formed XML document for every row of the table The NULL value is used to indicate the absence of an XML document Even though every XML document is logically associated with a row of a table XML and relational columns are stored differently XML schema is not required in order to define an XML column or to insert or query XML data An XML column can hold schema less documents as well as documents for many different or evolving XML schemas Schema validation is optional on a per document basis Thus the association between schemas and documents is per document and not per column which provides maximum flexibility Unlike a varchar or a character large object CLOB type the XML type has no length associated with it Currently only the client server communication protocol limits XML bind in and bind out to two GB Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 55 per document With very few exceptions this is acceptable for all XML applications You can use the XML type not only as a column type but also as a data
158. dbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application development with Java In this chapter we describe how to develop a Java application with DB2 Express C This chapter contains the following gt gt Application software requirements In depth description of the java sql package support in DB2 Type 4 driver including stored procedure and transactions An overview of javax sql package Exception handling XML XQuery support SQLj support Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 199 5 1 Application requirements Any Java application needs the following packages to access the DB2 JDBC universal driver and use it to make the connection to the DB2 database gt java sql contains the core JDBC API gt com ibm db2 jcc contains the DB2 specific implementation of JDBC for universal JDBC driver db2jcc jar archive contains this package For accessing the DataSource object for enterprise application you need the following packages along with the above gt javax naming contains classes and interfaces for Java Naming and Directory Interface gt javax sql contained JDBC 2 0 standard extensions db2jcc_javax jar gt javax transactions contains support for distributed transaction for DB2 JDBC Type 2 driver Along with this files one of these two files should be included in CLASSPATH db2jcc_license_cu jar db2jcc_license_cisuz jar 5 2 Drivers Java applications which use DB2 as a datab
159. dbookController php in the app controllers directory Since it did not find any it then looked for default IndexController php It did not find it either Remember every request is treated as controller action in the framework Index is the default for both the controller and the action So now let us create IndexController php as shown in Example 3 5 to get going Example 3 5 IndexController php lt php Zend loadClass Zend Controller Action class IndexController extends Zend Controller Action public function indexAction echo what should I do gt There is another useful method called noRouteAction You can specify a _redirect call to redirect the requests for nonexistent pages to the desired page For example as shown in Example 3 6 on page 104 if you Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 103 104 add the noRouteAction method to the IndexControl ler php it redirects our request of redbook toc to the main page Example 3 6 Redirect request lt php Zend loadClass Zend Controller Action class IndexController extends Zend Controller Action public function indexAction echo what should I do public function noRouteAction this gt _redirect gt c Now let us create the RedbookController php as shown in Example 3 7 We have an indexAction method for non existent action request and tocAction for our redbook toc request Example
160. defined to start a transaction Auto commit mode is set to indicate when to end a transaction Auto commit mode can be set by setting the auto commit attribute of the Connection object This attribute is set to either enable or disable Enabling this attribute makes each SQL statement a separate transaction So whenever an SQL statement is issued by the application a new transaction is started and once the statement is executed successfully the transaction is completed by committing any updates done to the database Disabling this attribute gives the application flexibility to end the transaction any time by calling the commit method of the Connection object if any of the SQL statements in the transaction failed the application needs to restore the state of the database by calling the rollback method of the Connection object Disabling this attribute gives the flexibility to the application to include multiple SQL statements in a transaction and commit and roll back the transaction whenever needed The value of the auto commit attribute of the Connection object can be set by calling the Connection object method setAutoCommit The default value for this attribute is true enable If the value of the auto commit attribute is changed in the middle of the transaction the current transaction is committed and a new transaction with the changed value is started 5 10 2 Transaction isolation level The isolation level specifies how the data is visible
161. detail in Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data on page 295 In summary we have used two database tables for our example as shown in Table 2 1 and Table 2 2 Table 2 1 Movie database table ID int NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY Table 2 2 Moviereview database table REVIEWID int NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY The sample XML data for Movie is shown in Example 2 1 Example 2 1 Movie xml lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 345 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Crossroads lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 38 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt RR Pictures lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt A grouchy old college professor who lived in a delapidated cabin near the lake takes an interest in a frustrated writer who suffers from habitual writer s block lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt David Anderson lt writer gt lt director gt Alex Ostern lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Karl Thomas lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Sandra Casper lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender M sp
162. dexController php Controller Main controller AddController php Contains add update logic vote php Presentation HTML Let us look at the IndexController php Example 3 8 first We have intentionally left indexAction method untouched and created a voteAction method As a result of this the main URL to launch this application is http localhost index vote You can alternatively not have the voteAction method and move the code inside the indexAction method In that case you launch the application with this URL http localhost Example 3 8 IndexController php lt php Zend loadClass Zend Controller Action Zend loadClass Zend View class IndexController extends Zend Controller Action public function indexAction public function noRouteAction this gt _redirect echo norouteaction public function voteAction Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 109 110 db Zend registry db view Zend registry view view title Please Vote for this week s movie view sum db showVote view result db gt showData echo view render vote php gt We would like to display the survey results currently in the database on the main page To do that we created a voteAction method where we initialized the database and view registries Then we call a database method db gt showVote which queries the movie_names table a
163. docproperty Property document associated with the XML schema document gt SYSPROC XSR_COMPLETE Use this procedure to complete the registration XSR_COMPLETE rschema name schemaproperty isusedforshred The terms in the command are explained as follows rschema Relational schema for the XML schema name Relational identifier of the primary XML schema schemaproperty An input argument of type BLOB 5M that specifies properties if any associated with the XML schema The value for this argument is either NULL if there are no associated properties or an XML document representing the properties for the XML schema isusedforshred The value for this parameter is true if the schema is used for decomposition otherwise the value is false 2 2 7 Annotated XML schema decomposition XML decomposition or shredding is the process of breaking down an XML document into columns of relational tables Consider that your organization can have an existing relational database repository and business applications built on Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 65 66 top of this data and you want to capture new data coming as XML and use it with existing applications Consider another case of a need to shred XML documents conforming to different XML schemas in a single relational table Using the new XML decomposition feature of DB2 Express C V9 is the right choice for both of these situations XML decomposition XML decompos
164. e reader Read true Read the second column which contains staff name Console WriteLine reader GetString 1 catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message finally clean up the resources by closing reader and connection reader Close conn Close Chapter 6 Application development with NET 277 The above samples can be compiled using the following command csc NETSamp cs r lt DB2 Install Path gt bin netf20 IBM Data DB2 d11 The lt DB2 Install Path gt is the path where db2 is installed Example 6 4 shows sample application output Example 6 4 Sample application output Connecting to the database Execute SELECT FROM staff FieldCount 7 HasRows True Sanders Perna Marenghi O Brien Hanes Closing reader and disconnecting from the database In Microsoft NET Framework classes are organized into a hierarchical structure of related groups called namespaces System Data namespace contains classes associated with the use of ADO NET In C all errors are treated as instances of an exception Error handling in ADO NET is done in the form of the try catch finally or the On Error construct Summary Table 6 1 shows the summary various DB2 data providers comparison Table 6 1 DB2 Data Provider comparison DB2 NET Data DB2 OLE DB Data DB2 ODBC Data Provider Provider Provider IBM Data DB2 System Data OleDb System Data ODBC 278 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C
165. e application will run against different database products then using the CLI interface to access DB2 can be the best approach This is because you do not need to precompile CLI applications and hence there are no application bind files that need to be bound to the database Note that it is possible for an application to use both embedded static SQL and the CLI interface which runs dynamic SQL by writing a CLI application with static SQL modules You need to take all these factors into consideration when coding a C C application to interact with DB2 4 1 1 C C development environment setup 148 Developing C C applications with the DB2 product family requires the DB2 Application Development Client which is part of the DB2 Client in V9 anda supported C C compiler DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Supported compilers DB2 Express C is currently supported on Linux and Windows platforms At the time of writing the following C C compilers are supported Table 4 1 Supported C C Compiler versions Platform Language Supported compiler versions GNU Linux gcc Versions 2 95 3 and 2 96 GNU Linux g Versions 2 95 3 and 2 96 Windows C C Microsoft Visual C Version 6 0 Microsoft Visual C NET Intel C Compiler for 32 bit applications Version 6 or later For the latest information about the supported C C compiler versions refer to the DB2 Application Development Web s
166. e command are gt XML FROM option Specify one or more paths where the XML files are stored gt MODIFIED BY XMLCHAR option Specify that the XML data in the files is in application character code page gt MODIFIED BY XMLGRAPHIC option Specify that the XML data in the files are in application graphic code page gt XMLPARSE option Indicate that the whitespace in the XML values would be removed or not STRIP WHITESPACE removes the whitespaces and the PRESERVE WHITEPACE option preserves the whitespaces in the XML value gt XMLVALIDATE option Specify how to validate the XML values before importing them in the table column There are three options to validate an XML value XMLVALIDATE USING XDS option Specify that the XML value is validated using XDS s SCH attribute Use the DEFAULT clause of this option to specify the default schema name in case XDS does not contain the SCH attribute Use the IGNORE clause to ignore some schemas In case the SCH attribute value is any the schema mentioned in the IGNORE clause validation is ignored and the value is imported without any validation Use the MAP clause to map a schema to other schema The MAP clause has a set of schemas for each entry If the SCH attribute value is any of the schema mentioned in the first schema name in the set of schema values in the MAP clause the schema is mapped to the second schema entry in the same set and the validation is done against the mapped schema
167. e hierarchical format to an application CLOB and store the result in clob1 Running the application produces the following output Example 4 36 Output from running Example 4 35 on page 192 XML data length 251 XML data lt product xmlns http posample org pid 100 100 01 gt lt description gt lt name gt Snow Shovel Basic 22 inch lt name gt lt details gt Basic Snow Shovel 22 inches wide straight handle with D Grip lt details gt lt price gt 9 99 lt price gt lt weight gt 1 kg lt wei ght gt lt description gt lt product gt Inserting XML data using embedded SQL Example 4 37 shows a simple example of how to insert XML data into the XML column DESCRIPTION column in the PRODUCT table using embedded SQL Example 4 37 Insert data into XML column include lt sqlenv h gt include lt sqlutil h gt EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLCA EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION char xmldata 1000 short nullind static SQL TYPE IS XML AS CLOB 1k xmlclob1 SQL_CLOB_INIT EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION int main int argc char argv nullind 0 Create a XML document for Description column strcpy xmldata lt product xmlns http posample org pid 102 102 02 gt lt description gt lt name gt Shovel lt name gt lt details gt Basic Shovel 22 inches wide straight handle with D Grip lt details gt lt price gt 19 99 lt price gt lt weight gt 1 5 kg lt weight gt lt description gt lt product gt
168. e more sense to store XML data in a relational table and query it using standard SQL if your XML data is highly regular and queried the same way over time Often you would want to store and represent data as XML throughout its life Will your tables be XML schema based or non schema based If your data is XML schema based you need to register the schema with DB2 XML schema repository so that applications can use them to validate the data You can experience performance issues if schema validation is used How will other applications and users access your XML and other data The data access model really depends on the programming interface DB2 supports the common application programming interfaces to access and manage XML data in pureXML What kind of indexing will best suit your application Will you need to use XML value index or full text search index Or both You need to design indexes carefully for high performance data access Text based search or fuzzy search implementation needs to use full text indexes This will depend on the nature of the application In which languages will you program your application Java Net and PHP are the most common languages a Web application uses However you might consider the latest community developed Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 53 frameworks such as Ruby on Rails or Zend Framework to build Web applications that leverage persistent XML store in DB2 Will yo
169. e only missing information is the actual data values for the SQL statement Acting as placeholders for the missing data host variables need to be defined by the application to represent the remaining information in the SQL statement Host variables are represented by prefixing a colon in front of the variable name For a dynamic SQL statement parameter markers are represented as a question mark for any variable information in an SQL statement 4 3 A simple C inventory program using embedded SQL To illustrate the basic fundamentals of building a C C application let us develop a simple C inventory program for a company to store inventory information about its products and the associated quantity and location of each product Chapter 4 Application development with C C 151 For simplicity we work with a single table to manage the inventory for the company You need to create the SAMPLE database provided with DB2 Express C for this program because it will interact with the INVENTORY table If the database does not exist refer to Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview on page 1 for steps about how to create the database The application interacts with the user to perform the following operations gt Enter a new product New products need to be entered into the database For a new product its product ID barcode quantity on hand and location information need to be added to the INVENTORY table An er
170. e showing logged in user and his contacts DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET AddController Our AddController contains the following action methods we discuss these action methods later to explain important concepts indexAction to reroute users to the home page memberAction to add new member data contactAction to add a relationship between members __call to handle the calls not defined by any action methods viewController Our viewController contains the following action methods indexAction to reroute users to the home page searchAction to implement existing member searches displayAction to present the detailed member profile _ call to handle the calls not defined by any action methods such as other database action controls Views The application has the following major views gt index php This template presents the home page with two interfaces The search allows users to find members already in the database The login window is also provided on this page member php This template presents the logged in members profile data and also a searched members profile data This also presents the relationship information under the member s contacts or my contacts searchResult php This template displays the search result for a member The return search result is clickable to get the detailed profile if the user is logged in view p
171. e the maximum length allowed for the different database objects gt Information regarding the database objects getProcedures getSchemas getTables getUserName getTableTypes and so on methods give the information regarding the database object Chapter 5 Application development with Java 217 gt Information regarding database object size Methods are provided to get the information regarding the size of the object such as maximum number of connections allowed maximum number of columns in a table and so on Examples of these kinds of methods are getMaxConnection getMaxColumnInTable getMaxColumnInOrderBy getMaxColumnInIndex getMaxColumnInSelect and so on gt Support functions There are a lot of support functions defined that can be used to check if any of the functionality is supported in this driver or not Some examples are supportBatchUpdates supportConvert supportColumnAliasing supportGroupBy supportGroupByUnrelated supportExpressionInOrderBy supportFullOuterJoins and so on ParameterMetaData This interface is included in JDBC universal driver and is not supported for Type 2 drivers This interface contains the methods to retrieve the information regarding the parameter s markers in a PreparedStatement object The ParameterMetaData object can be created by calling the getParameterMetaData method of PrepareStatement object This interface has the following
172. e user logs in If the user is new the user is able to create and save the user s profile in the system We also give the user the option to find a particular member and DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET make contact with a user selected relationship The user also is able to contact others directly via e mail The members contact information is displayed along with the profile A summary of the files we use in the myContacts application is shown in Table 3 2 Table 3 2 Files used in myContacts fame ose preset IndexController php Controller AddController php Controller ViewController php Controller searchResult php View Let us go ahead and look at the application Setting up the database The database for the myContacts application is fairly simple because users are able to add new members and relationships using the application itself We need to store user names and passwords in a DB2 table DB2ADMIN MEMBER We also need to create a table required by XCS You can set up the database for this application by running the SQL on the DB2 Command Line as shown in Example 3 23 Example 3 23 Database setup script create database contacts using codeset utf 8 territory us connect to contacts create table db2admin member xmlid BIGINT email VARCHAR 50 NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY passwd VARCHAR 10 fname VARCHAR 30 lname VARCHAR 30 Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 125 db2
173. ear as following selXmlDoc SelectNodes element The double slashes in XPath above refer to descendant or self Axis meaning it contains the context node in addition to all the nodes contained in the descendant axis Note that the use of prefix will yield all instances of element name specified in the XML document 282 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET If you want to differentiate elements of same name in different nodes you can specify the specific XPath For example in the CUSTOMER table we have two instances of lt name gt in the XML document for the info column One is for name of the customer and the other is for the assistant s name as shown in Figure 6 13 lt customerinfo xmins http posample org Cid 1005 gt lt name gt Larry Menard lt name gt lt addr country Canada gt lt street gt 223 NatureValley Road lt street gt lt city gt Toronto lt city gt lt prov state gt Ontario lt prov state gt lt pcode zip gt M4C 5K8 lt pcode zip gt lt addr gt lt phone type work gt 905 555 9146 lt phone gt lt phone type home gt 416 555 6121 lt phone gt lt assistant gt lt name gt Goose Defender lt name gt lt phone type home gt 416 555 1943 lt phone gt lt assistant gt lt customerinfo gt Figure 6 13 Sample info XML data from the CUSTOMER table The XPath shown in Example 6 8 can be specified in the SelectNodes
174. ecial yes gt Peter Walsh lt actor gt Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 57 lt actor gender M gt Sam Allen lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Chris Plummer lt actor gt lt actor gender F gt Linda Collins lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt The sample data for Movie review is shown in Example 2 2 Example 2 2 Moviereview xml lt movie id 345 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt I really liked this movie lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt Its ok movie lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt You can find the complete data for Example 2 1 on page 57 and Example 2 2 in Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data on page 295 All the example queries in this chapter have been tested against the movie and moviereview data in the DB2 9 database We advise you to follow the setup steps mentioned in the Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data on page 295 to get the desired result from these example queries 2 2 5 SQL support for XML data INSERT SELECT In DB2 9 SML is a new suppo
175. ed with Database Application Development C10 4252 Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 321 Getting started with DB2 installation and administration on Linux and Windows GC10 4247 Message Reference Volume 1 SC10 4238 Message Reference Volume 2 SC10 4239 Migration Guide GC10 4237 Performance Guide SC10 4222 Query Patroller Administration and User s Guide GC10 4241 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Clients GC10 4242 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Servers GC10 4246 Spatial Extender and Geodetic Data Management Feature User s Guide and Reference SC18 9749 SQL Guide SC10 4248 SQL Reference Volume 1 SC10 4249 SQL Reference Volume 2 SC10 4250 System Monitor Guide and Reference SC10 4251 Troubleshooting Guide GC10 4240 Visual Explain Tutorial SC10 4319 XML Extender Administration and Programming SC18 9750 XML Guide SC10 4254 XQuery Reference SC18 9796 DB2 Connect User s Guide SC10 4229 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Connect Personal Edition GC10 4244 Quick Beginnings for DB2 Connect Servers GC10 4243 IBM DB2 9 gt gt gt What s New V8 SC09 4848 01 Administration Guide Implementation V8 SC09 4820 01 Administration Guide Performance V8 SC09 4821 01 Administration Guide Planning V8 SC09 4822 01 Application Development Guide Building and Running Applications V8 SC09 4825 01 Application Development Guide Programming Client Applications V8 SC09 4826 01 322 DB2 Express C The
176. efine and allocate an environment and connection handle Example 4 31 on page 184 illustrates how to do this We declare two variables to store the data structure of the handles and then call the SQLAllocHandle API When environment handles are allocated there is no Chapter 4 Application development with C C 183 context for that handle type so we use SQL_NULL_HANDLE as the context When connection handles are allocated they need to be under the context of an environment handle Example 4 31 Using SQLAllocHandle SQLHANDLE env_handle SQLHANDLE conn_handle SQLA1locHandle SQL_HANDLE_ENV SQL_NULL_HANDLE amp env_handle SQLAllocHandle SQL_HANDLE DBC env_handle amp conn_handle 4 5 3 Freeing handles At the end of an application we need to ensure we free the resources associated with each handle There are various CLI APIs we can use to free up the different types of handles In Table 4 7 we list the APIs Table 4 7 APIs to free handles SQLFreeEnv Free an environment handle SQLFreeConnect Free a connection handle SQLFreeStmt Free a statement handle SQLFreeHandle Free a handle Note SQLFreeEnv SQLFreeConnect and SQLFreeStmt SQL_DROP are deprecated SQLFreeHandle should be used to free environment connection and statement handles Generally we can use the SQLFreeHandle API to free environment connection and statement handles We use SQLFreeHandle API in our sample CLI application To end
177. elopment with Java 207 OrderProcess At the end of the chapter we use this class to make a Web application which will run on the server and implement a very simple application to create a purchase order for a shopping cart This application can also be run as a stand alone application To run the application stand alone refer to 5 13 Running the application on page 247 5 4 java sql package Java sql package defines the classes and interfaces required for the JDBC program to access the relation data stored in a database These APIs can be used to connect to the relational database and manipulate the data insert update delete and so on stored in tabular form using the SQL standard The interfaces defined in this package are implemented by the driver specific classes and the definition can differ from vendor to vendor 5 4 1 Getting a connection A connection to a database can be obtained using the DriverManager class of the java sql package Before getting connection the driver specific classes must be loaded and registered to the DriverManager Any number of drivers can be loaded and registered with the DriverManager You can use the code shown in Example 5 2 on page 208 to load a driver specific class Example 5 2 Loading the Type 4 driver classes Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver The forName method take a string argument whose value is the name of the package which implements the interfaces defined
178. ema and XML into DataSet for example ds ReadXML reader gt WriteXML This writes XML schema and XML into DataSet for example ds WriteXm test xml The short ADO NET sample C codes shown in Example 6 1 demonstrate the use of various DB2 Data Providers They perform the same functionality where selects from staff query is issued and displays the name of the staff second column in staff table to the screen These sample codes require DB2 Sample database Key differences between the codes are highlighted in bold DB2 NET Data Provider C sample is shown in Example 6 1 Example 6 1 Short C sample code using DB2 NET Data Provider using System using System Data using IBM Data DB2 class NETSamp public static void Main String args DB2Connection conn null DB2Command cmd null DB2DataReader reader null int cols 0 bool rows false try conn new DB2Connection Database SAMPLE Console WriteLine n Connecting to the database Opening the connection conn Open Create the command to be executed cmd conn CreateCommand Prepare the query CommandText cmd CommandText SELECT FROM staff 274 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Retrieve and display the single value reader cmd ExecuteReader Console WriteLine nExecute cmd CommandText Checking to for number of columns and see if any rows are returned cols
179. eme of JAVA which reduces development time and has made this technology an ideal choice for many The data source access is achieved through the JDBC programming interface in Java JDBC driver specification defines four types of driver architectures gt Type 1 Drivers that implement the JDBC API as a mapping to another data access API such as Open Database Connectivity ODBC Drivers of this type are generally dependent on a native library which limits their portability DB2 does not provide type 1 driver gt Type 2 Drivers that are written partly in the Java programming language and partly in native code The drivers use a native client library specific to the data source to which they connect Because of the native code their portability is limited gt Type 3 Drivers that use a pure Java client and communicate with a server using a database independent protocol The server then communicates the client s requests to the data source DB2 no longer includes a type 3 driver gt Type 4 Drivers that are pure Java and implement the network protocol for a specific data source The client connects directly to the data source DB2 V8 provides type 2 APP driver and JCC type 2 type 3 NET driver and type 4 JCC type 4 drivers with APP and NET drivers being deprecated from V8 GA but still shipped for V8 DB2 9 provides type 2 APP driver and JCC type 2 and type 4 JCC type 4 drivers The JDBC type 3 driver NET has be
180. en discontinued and is not shipped with V9 The DB2 JDBC type 2 APP driver was deprecated in DB2 V8 and will remain deprecated in V9 Support for DB2 JDBC type 2 APP will be removed in a future release Note that there have been no functional enhancements on deprecated DB2 JDBC type 2 APP and DB2 JDBC type 3 NET drivers since DB2 V7 8 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET All future Java application development on DB2 UDB should be done using DB2 JCC type 2 or DB2 JCC type 4 drivers Table 1 1 summarizes the DB2 JDBC driver support on V8 and V9 Table 1 1 DB2 JDBC driver Shipped Shipped Deprecated EERE type 2 APP JDBC type 3 NET JCCiype2 e JCCiype2 e 2 JCC type 4 ee E Note JCC in V9 is JDBC 3 compliant SQLJ Along with host language embedded SQL type applications there are also embedded Java applications better known as SQLJ programs SQLJ is a method for accessing DB2 from a Java application that supports static execution Again the benefits of a static execution are reduced resource consumption improved diagnostics improved security and greater repeatability of SQL performance due to static access paths and plans Everything you need to get from the data is already in the package bound at bind time SQLJ provides performance benefits of static query execution by embedding SQL queries into Java applications SQLJ still utilizes the JDBC driver to acce
181. ensible lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt lt movie id 567 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Well here goes We caught the advance screening here lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt A 2 Setting up the database Example A 3 on page 302 shows the script to set up the database for the Movie review example This is the only script needed to be run to set up the database used in the example throughout Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 Run the script movies db2 as below db2 td vf movies db2 Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 301 Example A 3 movies db2 set up database script create database movie using codeset utf 8 territory us connect to movie drop table movies create table movies id int not null pr
182. ent with a parameter CallableStatement is used to call the user defined functions UDFs Figure 5 1 depicts different paths for an SQL statement in a JDBC program Chapter 5 Application development with Java 225 226 Driver Manager getConnection CreateStatement Connection PrepareCall PrepareStatement Statement PreparedStatement CallableStatement setXXX setXXX execute execute executeQuery executeQuery setXXX Up tel setXXX executeQuery executeUpdate executeUpdate setXXX getUpdateCount T getUpdateCount executelpdate rue False y ResultSet ResultSet ResultSet ResultSet Null I y next getUpdateCount d p getXXX getXXX getXXX Update Records Records Records Count Figure 5 1 Different path for an SQL statement in a JDBC program Each of the three classes Statement PreparedStatement and CallableStatement provides three different methods to execute a query executeQuery This method is used to select the rows and return a resultSet object gt executeUpdate This method is used to update the database and return the update count execute method This method returns a Boolean value of true if the output of the query is a ResultSet object SELECT and false if its an
183. eries Te 4 SQL Scripts Documents Ga Stored Procedures a XML Schema Docut Document name Document source JO fas User Defined Func Remove Oper TE Specify document location XQ Select a document from the local workspace or from the database to be queried ama u C Local workspace D4 patab Document Schema or DTD Browse Database ia Figure 1 22 XQuery Visual Builder specifying the document location 6 The XML column or Schema window displays Figure 1 23 on page 37 Select the schema which contains the sample database in this example the schema is CHUNJ We use the CUSTOMER table which contains two XML data type columns INFO and HISTORY Choose the INFO column and click Next 36 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET XML column or Schema xQ Select the column containing the XML documents to be queried f t or select an XML Schema describing the XML documents to be queried U I SQL 88 CHUNI EE ACT FE ADEFUSR FE CATALOG EE CL_SCHED FE CUSTOMER B E HISTORY EE DEPARTMENT EE DEPT E emp EE EMP_LACT Lim cana B pH HA A E E E n Figure 1 23 XQuery Visual Builder specifying the document location 7 The Choose a document window shows you a list of XML documents found in that column as well as their respective sizes The Schema navigation window can be seen on the
184. ery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder specifying XML file name adding representative XML documents associating documents with XML columns XQM tab adding element to XQuery For Logic FLWOR window matches window 20000 00 For Logic FLWOR window with operand 1 source tabi spicco ee rele Data Output tab XQuery results Web application XML connecting each other Integrating XML and relational data Creating table with XML data type 000 eee eee Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved vii viii 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 4 1 4 2 5 1 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 Eclipse rr ate eid E LE ONE at ween tae tht ee ie eee 108 Movie of the Week initial page 116 XCS architecture Overview LL 117 Navigation diagram for MyContacts com application 124 MyContacts com Index page 127 My Profile page showing logged in user and his contacts 128 Create a new member profile 132 Define relationship and make contact 134 Search for Flickr image LL 144 GLINangdies ri LL i pila it 178 Processing SQL statements 0000 e eee eee eee 186 Different path for an SQL statement in a JDBC program 226 ADO NET architecture 252 Adding connection in Data Explorer 256 Selecting IBM DB2 in Data Explorer
185. escription from product where name stmt setString 1 name ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery rs next String value com ibm db2 jcc DB2Xml rs getObject 1 getDB2String return value catch SQLException e System out println e getMessage System out printIn e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return null getDescription public void dropCart String cart cart cid 204 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET try Statement stmt con createStatement stmt executeUpdate drop table cart catch SQLException e System out printIn e getMessage System out printIn e getErrorCode e printStackTrace createCart method creates a table to store the product id and the quantity ordered by the customer temporarily This table is used to create the purchaseorder in XML format public void createCart HashMap hm try Statement stmt con createStatement String cart cart cid String insertQuery insert into cart values select pid from product where name String createQuery create table cart pid varchar 10 quantity int PreparedStatement pstmt con prepareStatement insertQuery System out print ln insertQuery stmt executeUpdate createQuery con setAutoCommit false Set set hm keySet Iterator it set iterator while it hasNext String key String it next pstmt setString 1 key pst
186. et us say we wanted to delete a record from the INVENTORY table Once we prepare the SQL statement we can execute the statement multiple times using different parameter marker values but the same application package Example 4 20 Preparing a DELETE statement strncpy deleteStmt delete from inventory where PID sizeof deleteStmt EXEC SQL PREPARE stmt FROM deleteStmt strncpy value 100 100 01 sizeof value EXEC SQL EXECUTE stmt USING value strncpy value 100 101 01 sizeof value EXEC SQL EXECUTE stmt USING value EXEC SQL COMMIT Assuming we have declared the deleteStmt and value host variables in a DECLARE section the code fragment in Example 4 20 prepares a statement with a single parameter marker The prepared statement then gets executed multiple times using different data values It is important to remember that a COMMIT must be issued in order for the changes to the database to occur You might notice that preparing the DELETE statement in Example 4 20 is quite unnecessary because it can be done using static embedded SQL and host variables since we know the complete SQL statement It can be rewritten as Example 4 21 Example 4 21 Rewriting Example 4 22 as a static SQL statement strncpy value 100 100 01 sizeof value EXEC SQL DELETE FROM INVENTORY WHERE PID value strncpy value 100 101 01 sizeof value EXEC SQL DELETE FROM INVENTORY WHERE PID value EXEC SQL COMMIT If a statement can be wr
187. ete C inventory program 169 4 3 17 The SQL Descriptor Area SQLDA nanunua uaaa 174 4 4 Building a C C application using CLI 177 4 4 1 CLlhandles 0 0 0c eee 177 4 4 2 The CLI driver 178 4 4 3 The CLI configuration file db2cli ini LL 178 4 4 4 Setting up the CLI Environment 180 4 4 5 Overview of Steps 182 4 5 A simple C inventory program using CLI 182 4 5 1 CLI header files 183 4 5 2 Allocating handles ee eee 183 4 5 3 Freeing handles eee eee 184 iv DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 5 4 Connecting and disconnect to and from a database 185 4 5 5 Processing SQL statements 0c cee eee eee 186 4 5 6 Complete CLI Inventory Program 188 4 5 7 Error handling secede ciro rile paresi dee heady ii 189 4 5 8 Quick SQLGetDiagRec example 190 4 6 gt XML SUpport pira Al See oa Mee BSS ch A ie OT Sees 191 4 6 1 Embedded SQL 191 4 6 2 Call Level Interface CLI 196 Chapter 5 Application development with Java 199 5 1 Application requirements 200 52 DIVEers ite a nane ee 200 5 3 Application example 0 201 5 4 java sql package LL 208 5 4 1 Getting a connection 208 5 4 2 Manipulating data 1 0 2 2 ee ee 209 5 4 3 Meta Dala iis ites Sek ed Sian eee Pai 217 5 5 Stored procedure SUpport 2 0 00 cee eee 219 5 6 Handling large Objects 222 5 7 Simple application prog
188. ethod Example 3 27 Database class login method public function login email passwd sql SELECT xmlid fname Iname from member where email and passwd param array an array is created for parameters param email param passwd if result this gt _db gt fetchAssoc sq1 param return result return FALSE DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt getMember This method implements a database convenience method to retrieve member information from the member table when given the member ID It uses the simple dbAdapter function to fetch data in a similar way to the login function gt search This method provides some validation and posts an SQL XML query to get a member profile It provides fuzzy search capability on first and last names As you can see we needed to join on the MEMBER table and XMLDATA and use SQL XML function to get the search result we want Example 3 28 shows an example of the flexibility of the XCS If the existing API methods are not sufficient for your needs you can take control of the database by writing your own SQL queries SQL XML queries or XQueries directly Example 3 28 Database class search method public function search fname 1name sql SELECT m xmlid m fname m lname m email sql xmlserialize xmlquery data member org text sql passing x data as data as varchar 120
189. f by saying this is the first A I have ever given lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt lt movie id 345 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt I tried so hard to like this movie I really did But no matter which way I look at it I can t seem to find it in me to give this movie a good rating lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt 300 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt lt movie id 456 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Almost jokeless and at times nearly incompreh
190. f two items in the database satisfying this requirement 182 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 5 1 CLI header files To begin a CLI program we need to ensure one of the following header files is included gt sqlcli h Contains CLI constants function prototypes and data structures gt sqlclit h Contains everything in sqlcli h as well as SQL extensions in sqlext h 4 5 2 Allocating handles There are various CLI APIs we can use to allocate different types of handles Refer to DB2 documentation for the syntax of each API In Table 4 6 we list the APIs Table 4 6 APIs to allocate handles SQLAIlocEnv Get an environment handle SQLAllocConnect Get a connection handle SQLAllocHandle Get a handle SQLAllocStmt Get a statement handle Note SQLAllocEnv SQLAllocConnect and SQLAllocStmt are all ODBC 2 0 APIs and are deprecated These APIs should be replaced by SQLAllocHandle We use SQLAllocHandle in our sample CLI application This is the syntax of the function as outlined in the DB2 documentation SQLRETURN SQLAllocHandle SQLSMALLINT HandleType fHandleType SQLHANDLE InputHandle hInput SQLHANDLE OutputHandlePtr phOutput In the above syntax HandleType is the type of handle InputHandle is the context for the new handle and OutputHandlePtr is a buffer storing the newly allocated handle data structure To begin the application we need to d
191. fers Once we finish processing the result set we disconnect from the database For simplicity and ease of readability we have omitted error checking in our example CLI application Example 4 34 CLlinventory c BRRRRRRRRERERRR KERR ERE ER IAA AA ER EERER ERR EKER ER ERE ERE REE Source File Name CLIinventory c kk This simple CLI program will print a list of products that need to be restocked The user needs to supply the minimum acceptable quantity value before a product is considered to be low in stock kk Feke e He e e Ae e e he e e e he e Ae e ke Ae e e he Re e He he Ae He he Ae Ae Re e ke Ae e He He ER He He e e eke Ae e He ke e ee e e include lt stdlib h gt include lt stdio h gt include lt sqlcli h gt int main int argc char argv SQLHANDLE env_handle SQLHANDLE conn_handle SQLHANDLE stmt_handle SQLCHAR PID 11 SQLINTEGER quantity SQLLEN ind 2 SQLINTEGER min_quality atoi argv 1 SQLA locHandle SQL_HANDLE_ENV SQL_NULL HANDLE amp env_handle SQLAllocHandle SQL_HANDLE DBC env_handle amp conn_handle 188 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET SQLConnect conn_handle sample SQL NTS NULL SQL_NTS NULL SQL_NTS SQLATlocHandle SQL_HANDLE STMT conn_handle amp stmt_handle SQLPrepare stmt_handle select quantity PID from inventory where quantity lt order by quantity SQL_NTS SQLBindParameter stmt_handle 1 SQL PARAM
192. for loading and unloading data gt Implement this as DB2DataAdapter in DB2 NET Data Provider for example DB2DataAdapter adapter new DB2DataAdapter Implement this as OleDbDataAdapter in DB2 OLE DB Data Provider for example OleDbDataAdapter adapter new OleDbDataAdapter Implement this as OdbcDataAdapter in DB2 ODBC Data Provider for example OdbcDataAdapter adapter new OdbcDataAdapter Data adapter object has these public properties vvvy DeleteCommand InsertCommand SelectCommand UpdateCommand The DeleteCommand deletes records using SQL statements or stored procedures from the data set for example adapter DeleteCommand new DB2Command DELETE From org WHERE DEPTNUMB 10 connection Chapter 6 Application development with NET 271 The InsertCommand inserts new records into a database using SQL or stored procedures for example adapter InsertCommand new DB2Command INSERT INTO org VALUES 30 Test 60 Eastern Toronto connection The SelectCommand selects records in a database using SQL or Stored Procedures for example adapter SelectCommand new DB2Command SELECT manager From org WHERE DEPTNUMB 30 connection The UpdateCommand update records in a database using SQL or Stored Procedures for example adapter UpdateCommand new DB2Command UPDATE org SET Manager 70 WHERE DEPTNUMB 20 connection Data Adapter has the following
193. for the given condition and returns true if it satisfies the condition The nodes for which the predicate returns true are returned as a result of the current step The predicate can start from the root node or from the relative path with respect to the current node Putting at the start of the predicate makes it start from the root node A predicate can go up to any level in the XML value using the paths and return back to the original node after evaluating the condition The following comparison expressions are supported in the predicate gt Value comparison ne eq gt ge It le These operators are used to compare the values of the same data types For example A ne B A and B should be of the same data type General comparison gt lt lt gt These operators are used to compare the sequence If any of the sequence members satisfy the operator with the corresponding value in the other sequence the operator returns true 1 2 2 3 returns true 1 2 3 4 returns false Similarly 1 2 2 3 returns true because at least one set is satisfying the operator 1 1 1 1 returns false Apart from these you can use the logical operators AND and OR Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 purexML 71 Constructors and FLWOR expressions DB2 XQuery allows us to create our own XML structure from the existing XML values To do so it allows XML style constructors to create the XML
194. fully to complete a task Any failure from these SQL statements should lead to failure of the transaction unit of work and the database system should be restored to the state where it is before starting the transaction A single transaction can contain a set of queries which reads and writes to the database To complete a transaction an application should make sure that all of the queries are executed successfully before ending the transaction This is required to maintain the integrity of the data For example for an order if the customer bought x quantity of the product y the inventory details for product y should be decreased by the x amount to complete the purchase order transaction If the purchase order is successful without updating the inventory the data in the inventory details becomes inconsistent Chapter 5 Application development with Java 233 A typical transaction has the following steps 1 Start the transaction 2 Execute some queries Any updates to the database are not visible to the outside world yet 3 Complete the transaction by committing Any updates to the database become visible now To maintain the consistency and integrity in a transaction JDBC includes the following concepts Auto commit mode Transaction isolation level gt Savepoints 5 10 1 Auto commit mode A transaction is started whenever an SQL statement requires one and there is no transaction in place There is no explicit API
195. g duplicate relationships with the same member and also from creating any relationship with the actual user Example 3 34 shows how to build XML data for contact Example 3 34 Building XML data for contact foreach sxml xpath entry as curr if int curr id idToAdd relExists false foreach curr relationship as currRel if string currRel relationship relExists true exists true break if relExists curr gt addChild relationship curr gt relationship count relationship Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 135 exists true break if exists break count When we are ready to manipulate the XML and put it back into the xmlContent store we can simply use XCS s importSimpleXML method to build the document and the call update method to store it in XCS as shown in Example 3 35 Example 3 35 XCS update entry sxml gt addChild entry entry addAttribute id idToAdd entry gt addChild relationship entry gt relationship relationship xmlContent about Zend_Db_Xm1_Xm1Util importSimp eXML sxm1 this gt _dbl gt update xmlContent gt processContact We created the method to get contact relationship information from XCS and keep in an array variable for easy manipulation and display on the form It also uses the exportToSimpleXml convenience met
196. ged database PDO_ODBC obtains the database server details from the client machine For a non local cataloged database the full details of the remote database are specified in the connection URL PDO_ODBC also provides access to advanced features of DB2 such as persistent connections prepared SQL statements large objects and stored procedures It provides better performance compared to Unified ODBC functions Unified ODBC Unified ODBC was the only method for PHP to talk with DB2 Cloudscape and Apache Derby databases before ibm_db2 or PDO_ODBC was released Like ibm_db2 and PDO_ODBC this extension also interacts with DB2 using native CLI calls It uses the same PHP methods to interact with different databases even if the underlying mechanism is different But you cannot use this API to call a stored procedure in DB2 Unified ODBC does not use the Object Oriented methodology The source code for all the extensions is available for free download in the PECL Web site http pecl php net 3 3 Setting up Eclipse with PHP 106 Eclipse is an open source application development tool that you can download at no charge from the following Web site http www eclipse org This tool is ready to use once you download and unzip it in a folder of your choice There is no setup required We advise you to make a desktop shortcut of eclipse exe to make the launch easy After launching Eclipse from the desktop it takes you to the Welcome window
197. gure 1 7 i DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Configure DB2 instances Figure 1 7 Setup wizard configuring DB2 instances Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 19 The Configure button provides the option to set or alter the service name and listener port number associated with the given instance See Figure 1 8 Configure DB2 instances DB2 instance configuration DB2 InstallShield Figure 1 8 Setup wizard DB2 instance configuration window 11 The next step involves preparing the DB2 tools catalog The Tools catalog will be required for DB2 Task Center and Scheduler 20 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET This step gives you the option to create the tools catalog in a new or an existing database See Figure 1 9 DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Prepare the DB2 tools catalog InstallShield Figure 1 9 Setup wizard preparing the DB2 tools catalog 12 The Set up notifications window provides you the option to set up DB2 send notifications automatically to the SMTP server when a database needs attention For our walkthrough we uncheck this option Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 21 13 Enable operating system security for DB2 objects window Figure 1 10 provides you the option to enable operating system security which is chosen by default With this secu
198. h has not been defined yet The scripting engine is given a last chance to load the class with the __autoload function before PHP fails with an error 102 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Next we create and instantiate a database connection Zend_Db_Adapter provides the database API abstraction layer which supports many SQL databases including DB2 You need to call Zend_Db factory with the adapter name DB2 in this case and a list of parameters with connection information We now save this db adapter db in the Zend registry variable so that we can access it in our application anywhere iv Next we create an instance of Zend_View and set the path to the instance to tell where to look for view template files Zend_View is a class for working with the view portion of the model view controller pattern That is it exists to help keep the view script separate from the model and controller scripts v The last section of index php creates the instance of the front controller and specifies the directory where actual controller files are found The framework wants you to create controller classes in app controllers directory Now let us try to point your Web browser to the Web server with some random path such as http localhost 81 redbook toc In our case you should see an error We expect the error and here is why Since we requested for redbook toc the framework looks for a controller called Re
199. h interface which need to be taken into consideration when choosing the programming interface and language Various client side database application solutions using examples in PHP C C Java and C with DB2 9 Express C are presented in later chapters 1 1 1 DB2 supported development environments 2 The DB2 application development environment is composed of several elements gt Operating system AIX HP UX Linux Solaris Windows There are various conditions you should be aware of when developing application solutions on these environments These include OS level and for Linux kernel level as well as glibc version This information can be obtained from the following Web site http www ibm com software data db2 udb support index htm DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt DB2 installation DB2 V8 Application Development client or DB2 9 Client installation is required for DB2 application development Database application programming interface The interfaces include CLI ODBC embedded SQL JDBC SQLJ OLE DB Perl DBI PHP and ADO NET We discuss these in further detail in the next section gt Programming language Supported programming languages for DB2 include C C COBOL FORTRAN Java Perl PHP REXX and NET gt Transaction manager and development tools Keep in mind that using the XA distributed transaction processing interface re
200. h the production studio order by the rating and the year of production Example 2 15 Using order by clause xquery for i in db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie order by i movie details year return lt movie gt i heading title i movie details production studio lt movie gt Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 73 74 The FLWOR expression can be used to join XML values from different columns too Example 2 16 gives an example query which selects the reviews from the MOVIEREVIEW table for all the movies from RR Pictures production Example 2 16 Joining two XML column values Xquery for id in db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie movie details production RR Pictures id let title db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INF0 movie id id heading title return lt movie title title gt for review in db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIEREVIEW REVIEW movie id id reviews return review lt movi e gt SQL XML functions The XQuery and SQL interfaces interact with each other using SQL XML functions Use these functions to embed the XQuery in the SQL XML statement or SQL in the XQuery statement xmlquery function You typically use this function in the column list of the SELECT statement to select a part of the document instead of the full value This function is useful when you need to select the part of the XML value based on the condition on a rational column Another significant advant
201. habitual writer s block lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt David Anderson lt writer gt lt director gt Alex Ostern lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt special yes type lead gender M gt Karl Thomas lt actor gt type lead gender F gt Sandra Casper lt actor gt type lead gender M special yes gt Peter Walsh lt actor gt gender M gt Sam Allen lt actor gt gender M gt Chris Plummer lt actor gt gender F gt Linda Collins lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt insert into movies id info values 456 xmlparse document lt xm version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 456 gt lt heading gt lt title gt The Royal Marriage lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Comedy lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 1987 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 40 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt Century Production lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt A fairy tale about a beautiful girl who married a prince and discovered lt synopsis gt lt credits gt what the true meaning of love i
202. he configuration detail that a developer has to perform ROR comes bundled with everything all you need is your database and a Web server The latest release of ROR is 1 1 and you can download it from the official ROR Web site http www rubyonrails org B 2 1 DB2 9 on Rails In this section we provide you a link to a great new tool specially designed to build Web applications with Ruby on Rails and DB2 IBM has created a starter toolkit for building an application with cutting edge database technology in DB2 9 This starter toolkit is freely available on IBM alphaworks Web site and packaged with the DB2 9 database and necessary driver and adapter for Ruby The tool can be downloaded from the Web site http alphaworks ibm com tech db2Zonrails B 2 2 Further reading The following Web sites contains pertinent information regarding this topic gt Fast track your Web apps with Ruby on Rails A developerworks article to develop Web based applications using Ruby on Rails http www ibm com developerworks 1 inux 1ibrary 1 rubyrails Agile Web Development with Rails by Dave Thomas http www pragmaticprogrammer com title rails gt Server Side programming with Ruby http www devx com enterprise Article 28101 Programming Ruby The Pragmatic Programmer s Guide http www rubycentral com book preface htm The Ruby FAQ http www rubygarden org faq main 316 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C J
203. hemas to annotated XML schemas based on the mapping rules described in the DAD The XML schema and DAD must describe the same set of XML documents although it is possible and acceptable that the XML schema can describe a super set of documents described by the DAD Users who do not have an XML schema can easily generate XML schemas from corresponding DTDs and even XML documents by using tools available freely on the Internet The DAD to annotated XML schema converter tool can then take the XML schema and the DAD as input to produce an annotated XML schema The tool supports import include and redefine construct of the XML schema In other words if an XML schema is spread across many XML schema documents through import include or redefine only the path for the primary schema document the document through which all XML schema documents can be Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 purexXML 67 reached through either import include or redefine is needed The tool annotates element or attribute declarations across schema documents Note that since DADs do not support namespaces it is impossible to have the use of an import construct in this scenario For more information about different annotation techniques for the new XML decomposition refer to DB2 XML Guide SC10 4254 2 2 8 XML query support For querying XML values DB2 supports XQuery language which you can use in conjunction with SQL to retrieve data from the XML columns S
204. hile reader Read true Read the second column which contains staff name Console WriteLine reader GetString 1 catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message finally clean up the resources by closing reader and connection reader Close conn Close DB2 ODBC Data Provider C sample is shown in Example 6 3 Example 6 3 Short C sample code using DB2 ODBC Data Provider Before starting make sure SAMPLE database entry is present in System DSN tab of Control Panel gt Data Sources ODBC using System using System Data using System Data 0dbc class ODBCSamp 276 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET public static void Main String args OdbcConnection conn null OdbcCommand cmd null OdbcDataReader reader null int cols 0 bool rows false try conn new OdbcConnection DSN SAMPLE Console WriteLine n Connecting to the database Opening the connection conn 0Open Create the command to be executed cmd conn CreateCommand Prepare the query CommandText cmd CommandText SELECT FROM staff Retrieve and display the single value reader cmd ExecuteReader Console WriteLine nExecute cmd CommandText Checking to for number of columns and see if any rows are returned cols reader FieldCount Console WriteLine n FieldCount cols rows reader HasRows Console WriteLine n HasRows rows whil
205. his should show SAMPLE DB Alias Right click SAMPLE DB Alias then select Reconnect The User ID and password prompt window appears Upon successful connect the status in the Properties should change from lt Disconnected Connection gt SAMPLE to lt Live Connection gt SAMPLE DB2 UDB V9 1 Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 33 Figure 1 19 XQuery Visual Builder connecting to database 3 Start a new data development project Use File gt New Data Development Project You can make these same choices by clicking the New Project drop down fs from the tool menu 34 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Name the project In our example XQuery1 was used as the project name See Figure 1 20 Click Next Ka New Data Development Project Data Development Project Specify a basic definition for the new project Use the project to store a set of objects that can be deployed Project name XQuery 1 Use authorization ID as current schema Specify current schema in SQL format Bac Next gt Cancel Figure 1 20 DWB creating new project 4 In the Select Connection panel Figure 1 21 you can choose either Create a new connection or Use an existing connection Since connection has already been established in step 2 on page 33 we select Use an existing connection for our walkthrough Click Finish
206. hm This variable is of type HashMap The key for the HashMap is product name and value is the quantity ordered 3 Start the DB2 server 4 Create the SAMPLE database using this command db2samp1 xml Register the procedure created in Stored procedure support on page 219 to the database Compile the Java code using the Java compiler 7 Run the application 5 13 2 Running the application as a Web service To run the application as a Web service follow these steps 1 Install the Tomcat application server You can obtain Tomcat from the following Web site http tomcat apache org download 55 cgi 2 Install the Eclipse SDK 3 Install the Tomcat eclipse plug in 4 Download the application code from the IBM Redbooks Web site For download instructions refer to Appendix C Additional material on page 319 5 Open the project in eclipse 6 Start the DB2 server 7 Create the SAMPLE database using the command 9 db2samp1 xml Register the procedure created in Stored procedure support on page 219 to the sample database Start the Tomcat server 10 Point your browser to this link http localhost 8080 cart default jsp If Tomcat and the application are downloaded onto a remote machine give the machine IP address name instead of localhost Note The previous project can be run using any application server We recommend Tomcat and Eclipse because we used them to create the applicati
207. hod Add Controller Following the framework coding convention we created controller functions related to update and insert into addController php We walk you through the important concepts while discussing the action methods of addController php In any Web application processing the user inputs via Web pages and validating them for further processing is not only important but also cumbersome We do this in the memberAction method of addController Zend_Filter_Input is a framework component which provides simple facilities to promote a structured and rigid approach to input filtering of user data PHP developers use various types of input filtering techniques including whitelist filtering blacklist filtering regular expressions conditional statements and so on but the good thing about Zend_Filter_Input is that it combines all of these techniques into a single API with consistent behavior and strict naming convention Zend_Filter_Input is designed primarily with arrays in mind Many sources of input are already covered by 136 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET PHP s superglobal arrays _GET _POST COOKIE and so on and arrays are a common construct used to store input from other sources If you need to filter a scalar you can use Zend_Filter component Zend_Filter_Input supports both a strict and a non strict approach In a strict approach a single array of post variable to be processed
208. hp This template provides the interface to the user to create a new profile The other views such as thanks php and error php assist users with useful information There might also exist some views to display the user agreement privacy policy customer support information and other relevant information as shown by the link in the footer Note These might not be necessarily implemented in the code either because they are not important conceptually or beyond the scope of this chapter Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 129 130 Database class We created a database class Database php where we implemented the following functions gt _ construct This is the database class constructor function to initialize both the dbAdapter connection object and the XMLContentStore connection object Note conn is the connection object of the DB2 database we created in our bootstrap file www index php Example 3 26 shows __construct Example 3 26 Database class constructor method private db private dbl public function construct conn this gt _db conn for dbAdapter for XML Content store this gt _dbl new Zend Db _Xml_Xm lContentStore_Db2 conn gt login This method provides the SQL query to go against the member database to check if the user profile exists Also it returns a member ID so that the member s detailed profile can be fetched from XCS Example 3 27 shows the login m
209. hter from the next door neighbor has brought them surprise after surprise lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt Michael Sileur lt writer gt lt director gt John and Anne Tate lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Sam Wilson lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Kate Henderson lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender M special yes gt Michael Glaski lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Matt Warrich lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Chris Rogen lt actor gt lt actor gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 234 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Paradise Regained lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt 296 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArating gt PG13 lt MPAArating gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 54 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt Wen International lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt A down on his luck actor who never had the good fortune of getting the ideal
210. ically As SQLj runs every query statically to run the XQuery in SQLj we need to change the XQuery statement into an SQL XML statement An SQL XML statement can be run statically For example the SQL XML equivalent of query in Example 2 11 on page 71 is shown in Example 5 34 Example 5 34 SQL XML equivalent of XQuery statement select xmlquery d movie movie details country US heading title passing movies info as d from movies Example 5 35 shows the SQLj code to run the query shown in Example 5 34 Example 5 35 Running XQuery in SQL sql custIter select xml query d movie movie details country US heading title passing movies info as d from movies For retrieving XML values an iterator can be defined either with Object data type argument or a new class com ibm db2 jcc DB2Xml object 244 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 5 12 7 Exception handling Exception handling can be done in the same way we handle exceptions in a JDBC program 5 12 8 JDBC and SQLj JDBC and SQLj can be used together in a single application A connection object in JDBC is similar to the ConnectionContext in SQLj A connection object can be retrieved from a ConnectionContext object and vice versa Getting a ConnectionContext object from a Connection object is shown in Example 5 27 on page 240 A connection object from ConnectionContext can be retrieved using the method getConnection of ConnectionCon
211. ication As the volume of XML data generated and used continues to grow in the years to come easy interoperability between disparate systems seems closer than ever The XCS will be available to enable developers of all skill levels to quickly and easily create the applications that will allow these systems to talk the common language of XML An IBM DB2 9 implementation of the XCS further combines powerful XML storage and XQuery technologies with a world class relational database management system Be sure to consult Related publications on page 321 for additional reading material and also be sure to download and try the application code discussed in this chapter Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 145 146 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application development with C C In this chapter we discuss How to set up the environment to build a C C application The fundamentals of using embedded SQL How to set up the environment to build a CLI application The fundamentals of using the Call Level Interface CLI Using XML YYYY Y Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 147 4 1 Overview Applications written in the C C programming language can access and manipulate data in a DB2 database using embedded SQL or through the DB2 Call Level Interface CLI Embedded SQL statements in an application can either be of static or dynamic type If the complete SQL s
212. ications 323 How to get IBM Redbooks You can search for view or download Redbooks Redpapers Hints and Tips draft publications and Additional materials as well as order hardcopy Redbooks or CD ROMs at this Web site http www ibm com redbooks Help from IBM IBM Support and downloads http www ibm com support IBM Global Services http www ibm com services 324 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Index Symbols db 115 view 115 xcs 119 c 153 h 157 NET 2 11 252 280 221 181 287 _ autoload 102 A absolute 215 access plan 153 active record 316 ActiveX Data Object 252 adapter 271 add_product 154 Add In 3 253 ADO NET 3 252 afterLast 215 API 153 APls 148 208 APP driver 8 AppendChild 289 application 148 application programming interfaces 148 argument 4 201 array 219 AsciiStream 224 associative array 122 atom feed 117 attribute 79 Auto commit mode 234 auto commit attribute 234 B beforeLast 215 BinaryStream 224 bind file 148 150 153 157 180 BINDFILE option 151 153 bind in 55 Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved bind out 55 BLOB 58 222 224 bootstrap file 112 buffer 183 business logic 50 business object 316 Cc C 2 278 C 150 C C 2 Call Level Interface 177 CallableStatement 212 CGI 6 character string 4 character type 58 Check Constraints View 260 class 208 CLI 3 6 11 14
213. ilable as a free software download from its official Web site given below This Web site also provides documentation and a community mailing list http www ruby lang o0rg en 20020102 htm Ruby language is well documented as of writing this book there are more than 9000 methods that are available in Ruby language you can find both core API and standard library documentation on the following Web site http ruby doc org In today s software development world we have choices Ruby can be considered to be a great choice for enterprise Web application development because it distinguishes itself from other available choices in many ways In order to understand these features you would need to refer to the Ruby language documentation mentioning that in detail is beyond the scope of this appendix Ruby employs a clean syntax You are not required to put a semicolon at the end of the statement It can have disadvantages also because a programmer has to take care of code layout independently gt Ruby has regular expressions built into the language They are also treated as objects and manipulated in the program for example pattern matching and so on gt Ruby is a single inheritance only that means a Ruby class can have only one parent However Ruby provides multiple inheritance type functionality by allowing classes to include the functionalities from a partial class definition gt Ruby provides a hierarchy of exception cl
214. ile listed in the list file Chapter 4 Application development with C C 181 4 4 5 Overview of steps The steps to build a C C application using CLI are as follows 1 Allocate an environment handle 2 Allocate one or more connection handles to be associated with the single environment handle allocated in step 1 3 With a connection handle allocated in Step 2 perform a database connection Allocate one or more statement handles under the connection handle to do SQL processing against the database 4 Repeat step 3 if there are multiple connection handles 5 Clean up resources by ensuring all database connections are disconnected and all handles are freed before the application terminates 4 5 A simple C inventory program using CLI To illustrate the basic fundamentals of building a C C application using the CLI interface let us develop a simple program and work with the INVENTORY table in the SAMPLE database again This application will print a list of products which are low in quantity see Example 4 30 The user must supply the minimum acceptable quantity value Any products with quantity less than the acceptable value need to be restocked Example 4 30 Sample output of CLI program CLIinventory 50 Products to Restock less than 50 5 100 100 01 25 100 101 01 In the above run the user tells the application that we need a list of all products which have a quantity of less than 50 The application returns a list o
215. ill have the same properties So once the ResultSet object is created it is not possible to change the properties In the application getProducts isCustomer uses the ResultSet object to fetch the result of the query BatchUpdate With batch updates a group of updates can be done to the database at the same time instead of updating one by one The Statement object provides the following methods for batch updates gt addBatch method can be used to add the SQL statements in the batch gt executeBatch method will execute all the batch statements at the same time gt executeBatch method will return the number of rows affected by the batch update Example 5 11 shows how to do the batch updates using the Statement object Example 5 11 Batch update with Statement object con setAutoCommit false Statement stmt con createStatement stmt addBatch create table cart pid varchar 10 quantity int stmt addBatch insert into cart values 100 100 01 4 stmt addBatch insert into cart values 100 101 01 5 int numUpdates stmt executeBatch for int i 0 i lt numUpdates length i if numUpdates i 2 Chapter 5 Application development with Java 215 System out print n Statement i Unknown number of rows updated else System out println Statement i Successful numUpdates i rows updated con commit PreparedStatement and CallableStatement can also be used to make
216. imary key info XML drop table moviereview create table moviereview reviewid int not null primary key review xml insert into moviereview reviewid review values 321 xmlparse document lt movie id 123 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt has half the violence but twice the laughs of the first film lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name SF Post gt a gritty ultra dark thriller lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt insert into moviereview reviewid review values 432 xmlparse document lt movie id 234 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt May I start of by saying this is the first A I have ever given lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name SF Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt insert into moviereview reviewid review values 543 xmlparse document
217. in to write PHP code Zend also offers a trial version of its development environment called Zend Studio but we chose Eclipse because it is free and easy to use DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 1 1 Zend Framework overview The PHP language has been around for a long time but it was not adopted in large enterprise environments It began as a scripting language and was considered as a glue to integrate processes quickly and flexibly PHP is also popular for building database driven Web applications With the development of application development frameworks PHP is well prepared for enterprise applications because it should be capable of integrating components and services in the enterprise Zend Framework is this type of framework developed by Zend and its partners for designing PHP5 based enterprise grade Web applications quickly The framework is based on MVC Model View Controller architecture The primary benefits of using a MVC architecture for your next Web application are gt The same enterprise data can be accessed using different views It accesses enterprise data through the model and specifies how that data should be presented It is the view s responsibility to maintain consistency in its presentation when the model changes gt The same enterprise data can be updated using different views Core business logic is separated from the presentation layer and control logic The contro
218. in a sleepy little town of Paradise Lost lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt John Lass Joe Farnete and Jorgen Lubien lt writer gt lt director gt John Lass and Joe Farnete lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Voice of Tom Wilson lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Voice of Kathy Hunt lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender M special yes gt Larry Cable lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt John Ratzenr lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Carl Wallis II lt actor gt lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt insert into movies id info values 345 xmlparse document lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 345 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Crossroads lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 38 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt RR Pictures lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie detai s gt Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 305 lt synopsis gt A grouchy old college professor who lived in a dilapidated cabin near the lake takes an interest in a frustrated writer who suffers from
219. in java sql package The connection to a database can be obtained by calling the getConnection method of DriverManager class This method takes a string value URL as an input which gives the information required to connect to the database A typical URL format for Type 4 driver is jdbc db2 lt servername gt lt port number gt lt database name gt The code in Example 5 3 returns the connection as Connection class object 208 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 5 3 Loading the Type 4 driver and getting connection to the database Connection con null Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance con DriverManager getConnection jdbc db2 localhost 50000 sample user password In the case where multiple drivers are loaded DriverManager is responsible for making use of the appropriate driver to make a connection 5 4 2 Manipulating data After getting the connection data can be selected inserted updated or deleted from the relational tables using SQL statements JDBC driver implements two interfaces Statement and PreparedStatement for this purpose An object of any of these classes is required for running an SQL statement Statement An object of Statement or class implementing the Statement interface can be used to execute the SQL statement which does not contain parameter markers An object can be created from the Connection object using
220. ine forum http www ibm com developerworks forums dw_forum jsp forum 805 amp cat 19 1 3 DB2 Developer Workbench 24 DB2 Developer Workbench DWB is a comprehensive development environment available for use with DB2 9 It is used to create edit debug test and deploy DB2 stored procedures and user defined functions along with SQL SQLJ and XQuery APIs Available for Windows 32 bit and Linux 32 bit environments it was formerly packaged with DB2 as the Development Center This new DB2 Developer Workbench is based on Eclipse and features new XQuery Visual Builder You can download DB2 Developer Workbench from the following URL http www ibm com software data db2 udb db2express download html viper Key features of DB2 Developer Workbench DB2 Developer Workbench provides a universal toolset for DB2 solutions development based on the Eclipse project In addition to the functionality of the previous Development Center additional new features have been added These include Addition of Developer Workbench information center and tutorials Ability to migrate existing Development Center projects Compare routines within a data development project Ability to deploy routines to different servers on various platforms Develop Java and SQL stored procedures Develop SQLJ applications Stored procedure debugger for SQL or Java stored procedures XML support XML functions XML data type XML schema registration
221. inks to the articles published in various publications on different topics related to the pureXML technology http www ibm com developerworks wikis display db2xm Technical Papers tand Articles Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 49 2 1 Web application XML is the answer 50 Web applications are usually built by the following three tier model These three tiers are considered separate well defined processes or components that run on different platforms gt The user interface or browser that runs on client machines gt The application programs that include the business logic runs on Web server The database management system or the back end system that holds data This application model has many advantages over the single or two tier model because the application is accessed by the browser and shares the same look and feel no matter where it is accessed from Also the application modularity makes it easy to modify one component without affecting others However a request to a Web application does not always need to originate from a human being It also can originate from another application sharing the same model and same protocol XML opens the door for connecting one Web application to another Consider a Web based traffic warning application which gets the real time traffic information from another Web based application A user subscribes to the traffic warning Web site which processes the real time traffi
222. ion con DriverManager getConnection url ctx ctxl new ctx con ExecutionContext exectxl ctxl getExecutionContext sql ctx1l exectx1 DELETE FROM purchaseorder WHERE status UnShipped int i exectx1 getUpdateCount 5 12 3 Iterators SQL defines iterators for selecting multiple rows using the SELECT statement Iterators are the SQLj equivalent of ResultSet in Java and cursors in other programming languages To iterators the application needs to create an iterator class by defining the iterator and an object of that class The result of the SELECT statement can be assigned to this object SQLj provides two types of iterators gt Named iterators gt Positioned iterators Named iterators Named iterators identify a row by the name of the column in the result set So while defining the named iterator you need to specify the name of the columns and their data types selected by the SELECT statement Example 5 29 shows how to use the named iterator in an SQLj program Example 5 29 Using named iterators sql iterator namediterator int poid String status namediterator iterator sq1 ctx1 iterator1 select poid status from purchaseorder while iteratorl next System out print n poid iteratorl poid Status Chapter 5 Application development with Java 241 iteratorl status iteratorl close Positioned iterators A positioned iterator identifies a row by its position in the result set S
223. ion context sql statement sql sql statement sq1 execution context sql statement Connection context in SQLj is equivalent to the Connection object in JDBC and required for executing any SQL statement Execution context is required to get the information regarding the SQL statement before and after executing the SQL statement A default connection context is used when no connection context is specified The SQLj program needs to be translated and customized first before compiling and running the program Translation and customization create the package for embedded SQL statements in the program and store it in the database These packages are used by the application at runtime Chapter 5 Application development with Java 239 5 12 1 Getting connection context The SQLj program needs to connect to the database before executing any SQL statement For getting a connection context following these steps 1 Declare a class for connection context This can be done using the following statement sql context context class name This declaration creates a class with the name context class name To use this class to create a context object declaration must be global and should not be inside the class 2 Load the JDBC driver You do this the same way we have done for the JDBC program 3 Invoke the constructor of the context class The Example 5 26 shows how to establish the connection in the SQLj program Example 5 26 SQ
224. is option specifies that no XML declaration tag should be added to the XML value By default every XML value written to the file has a declaration tag with encoding information gt XMLSAVESCHEMA This option specifies that the schema name should be saved for all XML columns The fully qualified name of the schema is stored as XDS s SCH attribute XML RUNSTATS The RUNSTATS command supports XML value and collects information regarding the XML data in the tables and indexes created on an XML value The RUNSTATS command for an XML value runs in the same way it runs for the relational columns The XML column supports the following RUNSTATS commands RUNSTATS on table lt schemaname tablename gt RUNSTATS on table lt schemaname tablename gt on columns lt column list gt RUNSTATS on table lt schemaname tablename gt on columns lt column list gt with distribution on columns lt column list gt RUNSTATS collects the information regarding the XML columns if either RUNSTATS is run on the full table or the name of the XML column appears in lt column list gt Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 89 2 2 13 XML type support in stored procedures Stored procedures are enabled to accept the XML parameter values SQL stored procedures In SQL stored procedure parameters of type XML look just like the variables of other data type Example 2 26 shows a simple SQL stored procedure which takes three input parameters The fi
225. ite at http www ibm com software data db2 udb ad Setting up the C C environment To set up the C C environment follow these steps 1 Check C C compiler Ensure a supported C C compiler is installed on a DB2 Express C supported platform Check Table 4 1 for a list of supported compiler versions Refer to the compiler documentation for installation and usage instructions 2 Check DB2 installation Ensure the development machine has either DB2 Express C installed if the database will be accessed locally or at least the DB2 Application Development Client if accessing the database remotely This ensures you have the necessary precompilers and static libraries to develop C C programs If a DB2 client is installed ensure that the client machine can connect successfully to the remote server 3 Check Windows environment if applicable On Windows development machines ensure that the INCLUDE environment variable contains DB2PATH INCLUDE as the first directory ahead of any Microsoft Platform SDK include directories If this is not the case you can do the following a Modify the INCLUDE variable at a command prompt by running the command set INCLUDE DB2PATH include INCLUDE Chapter 4 Application development with C C 149 b For development using Visual C modify the INCLUDE environment variable in the vcvars32 bat file Move the INCLUDE portion to the beginning of the list of Visual C directories 4 2
226. ition can be helpful because gt It can break one large XML document into fragments that can be stored in column types such as XML CLOB VARCHAR BLOB and so on It can shred multiple items into the same tables column pair It can automatically detect one to many relationships between columns mapped to the same table It performs type conversions from an XML schema type to DB2 type It can validate during shredding It can specify custom expression on contents before insertion It can specify path conditions for example shred lt b gt only if the element is in path a b It can specify conditions on tuples Performing decomposition To decompose an XML data follow these steps 1 Create the tables relational schema into which you decompose the XML data Annotate your XML Schema with mapping information Annotate manually Use DB2 Developer Workbench Migrate existing DADs to Annotated XML Schema using tool Register it in the XML Schema Repository via a CLP command REGISTER XMLSCHEMA http myOrderSchema order xsd FROM file c temp order xsd AS userl myOrderSchema COMPLETE ENABLE DECOMPOSITION Register via the stored procedure a Set the value of the isusedforshred to true 5 Register via the JDBC function 6 Decompose XML documents via the CLP command DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DECOMPOSE XML DOCUMENT c mydoc xml XMLSCHE
227. itten as static SQL you might want to consider avoiding preparing a statement dynamically using parameter maker to avoid run time costs incurred with a PREPARE However if static SQL is run on databases which are continuously changing which means the statistics keep changing dynamic SQL might be more suitable Also dynamic SQL offers more flexibility than static SQL has to offer In your application development you need to keep these things in mind and choose your approaches wisely Chapter 4 Application development with C C 167 168 If an SQL statement does not contain host variables nor parameter markers and it does not return a result set then the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement can be used This statement prepares and executes a statement in one step For example in our inventory program we need to update information about a product in the INVENTORY table as specified by the user Because the column to be updated is unknown prior to precompile time dynamic SQL must be used and we need to prepare the statement Once we get the column to be updated and its value from the user we can build the SQL string and then use the EXECUTE IMMEDIATE statement to prepare and execute in one step This is shown in Example 4 22 A sample user session is shown in Example 4 23 on page 169 The completed update _product function can be found in the complete program definition shown in Example 4 24 on page 169 Example 4 22 Updating a column using EX
228. iver converts the bytes to the targetEncoding and adds XML declaration with the encoding tag DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET All XML APIs supported by Java language including SAX Simple API for XML DOM Document Object Model and StAX Streaming API for XML are discussed in detail in the Java chapter You can also refer to the DB2 information center for specific topics regarding application development with Java NET data provider The DB2 9 NET interface supports the Microsoft NET API and ADO net data access APIs thoroughly There is a chapter about application development using NET in this book Call Level Interface The DB2 Call Level Interface CLI a superset of ODBC has been enhanced to support XML by providing a new SQL type SQL_XML Because there is no native XML type in C the new SQL type can only be used in CLI ODBC calls to mark XML values as XML type In all other ways access to serialized XML string data is identical to using a character array The advantage is that the DB2 client and sever know that this is XML data and can avoid unnecessary or unwanted code page conversions Example 2 24 shows how to retrieve and update XML data using the CLI interface Example 2 24 Retrieving and updating XML data using CLI char buf 10240 integer length retrieve XML SQLExecute hStmt Select movieDetails from movies where id 345 SQL_NTS SQLBindCol hStmt 1 SQL_
229. k and provides both a persistence data access layer as well as an API for managing XML data easily In this section we provide an architectural overview of the XCS We describe each of the components that makes up the XCS and we explain how they work together Figure 3 3 illustrates the XCS architecture XML Content lt member gt member gt lt name gt rakesh lt name gt lt name gt rakesh lt name gt lt email gt a i com lt email gt lt email gt a i com lt email gt lt org gt IBM lt org gt lt org gt IBM lt org gt lt member gt lt member gt XML Content Store DB2 Database Web Client Figure 3 3 XCS architecture overview XMLContent Zend_Db_Xml_Content As a developer you can encounter XML data in many forms such as Web services messages RSS Atom feeds and configuration files Once you decide that this XML data needs to be saved somewhere we can assume several things about this data gt First we need a way to uniquely identify it so that once it is saved it can easily be programmatically found and retrieved The unique name can be a numeric ID or a user provided name The second assumption is that the XML data will be stored as is It will not be modified or changed in any way Any modifications that are required will be made by the application outside of the XCS Internally the XML data is stored as a DOM document but an application is free to access the data as a file stream string
230. keyword foreach view results as entry echo lt br gt entry gt title lt br gt imageld entry gt id view image flickr gt getImageDetails imageId 142 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET foreach view image as curr echo lt a href curr clickUri gt Click for Image lt a gt n As you can see in Example 3 40 on page 142 the first step is to create a Flickr Web service object In order to do this you should have your Flickr Web services key ready For non commercial use you obtain this key easily from the Web site just mentioned in the previous section We render a page for the user to enter a keyword Each image on Flickr Web site is tagged with a keyword or title We use a tagSearch function which takes the keyword as an argument and returns the resultset having the keyword in the tag name You can also use the userSearch function to return result image information by userld or userEmail The following classes are all returned by tagSearch and userSearch gt Zend Service_Flickr_ResultSet Zend Service_Flickr_Result Zend Service_Flickr_Image Once you have a resultset available you can loop through it and access its properties In Example 3 40 on page 142 we access the ID and title of an image We then use the getlImageDetails function to access the image location URI by its ID The same Web page shows the image U
231. l Zend Db _Xml_XmlUtil exportToSimpleXML current Zend_Db_Xm _XmlUti DATA echo lt p gt Author sxml author This will output Author Mary Staple 3 4 3 myContacts com An XCS application In any application environment there are two types of data used data for persistent storage and data for message flows XML is undoubtedly suited for both types of data XML for messages and XML for persistent storage of data XML for messages possesses fewer design problems because each message is self contained and the application process usually decides what should be included in a message Contrary to this while designing the persistent XML data its static model is very important The real design challenge is to decide the granularity of data and the size of the XML documents and whether to keep everything in one large document or create a large number of small documents Irrespective of the size of the XML data finding information is always a two step process finding the right document and then finding the desired information within the document The architecture of XCS makes the XML persistence model easy Several types of applications benefit from XCS 122 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Here are few examples gt RSS Feed Blogging Application Users can specify feeds applications can pull feed data and store it in XCS Applications can then search and display feeds
232. lXm lDoc SelectNodes cust street nsmgr foreach XmlElement stinfo in customerstreet String street stinfo InnerXm Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n street street XmlNodeList customercity selXmlDoc SelectNodes cust city nsmgr foreach XmlElement cityinfo in customercity String city cityinfo InnerXm Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n city city XmlNodeList customerprov selXm lDoc SelectNodes cust prov state nsmgr foreach XmlElement provinfo in customerprov String prov provinfo InnerXm Chapter 6 Application development with NET 285 Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n prov state prov XmlNodeList customerzip selXmlDoc SelectNodes cust pcode zip nsmgr foreach XmlElement zipinfo in customerzip String zip zipinfo InnerXm Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n pcode zip zip XmlNodeList customerphone selXmlDoc SelectNodes cust phone nsmgr foreach XmlElement phoneinfo in customerphone String ptype phoneinfo GetAttribute type String phone phoneinfo InnerXm Console WriteLine n pcid pcid n phonetype ptypet phone phone catch Exception e Console WriteLine nInvalid cid has been specified for the select n Console WriteLine e Message finally xr Close conn Close Inserting new customer data Inserting new Customer Information requires creation of d
233. le declarations are done we can write code to process SQL statements using XML data in the same way we write code to process other types of SQL statements Refer to Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 to obtain information about how to write SQL statements to interact with data of the DB2 XML data type Selecting XML data using embedded SQL Example 4 35 below shows a simple example of how to retrieve an XML column in embedded SQL Example 4 35 Retrieving an XML column using embedded SQL EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION SQL TYPE IS CLOB 10K clobl EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample EXEC SQL SELECT description INTO xmlClobl FROM product WHERE PID 100 100 01 printf XML data length d nXML data s clobl length clobl data EXEC SQL COMMIT EXEC SQL CONNECT RESET In Example 4 35 we first declare a host variable of character LOB type to hold the serialized string format of our XML data The precompile form of the clob1 host variable shows that clob1 is a structure with a length and data field struct clobl_t sqluint32 length char data 10240 clobl 192 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET We then run a select statement to retrieve the DESCRIPTION field of the PRODUCT table in the SAMPLE database In the database the DESCRIPTION column is of type xml We call the XMLSERIALIZE method to convert the XML data from the databas
234. led back to a savepoint by calling the rollback method and giving the savepoint variable as an argument to this method Any cursor opened inside a savepoint will remain open even after rollback to the savepoint but can go to an invalid state if they depend on some DDL statements which were rolled back Example 5 23 on page 238 shows how to create the savepoint Chapter 5 Application development with Java 237 Example 5 23 Savepoint con setAutoCommit false Statement stmt con createStatement stmt executeUpdate create table order id int description varchar 100 con commit stmt executeUpdate insert into order values 1 first order of the day Savepoint svpt1l con setSavepoint stmt executeUpdate insert into order values 2 second order Savepoint svpt2 con setSavepoint stmt executeUpdate insert into order values 3 third order con rollback svpt2 con releaseSavepoint svptl stmt close con commit 5 11 SQL XML and XQuery support An XQuery or SQL XML statement can be executed in the same manner as we execute an SQL statement in the JDBC application All the restrictions of XQuery are also applicable here For the XQuery statement the query should be prefixed with the xquery word For more details about how to write an XQuery refer to Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 Example 5 24 shows how to run an XQuery statement in Java This XQuery gives
235. left side Here you can specify the resulting XML file name Document Name In our walkthrough scenario we accept the default Click Finish See Figure 1 24 on page 38 Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 37 New XML Query if Me Choose a document xQ Choose the document that best represents those that you will query FRR 272 271 1397 401 410 Ob we E prov state Ontario E pcode zip M6W 1E6 phone type work E 416 555 1358 CHUNI_CUSTOMER_INFO xml Figure 1 24 XQuery Visual Builder specifying XML file name 8 The Add representative XML documents window displays Now we have successfully added data that we will query See Figure 1 25 Click Next New XML Query Add representative XML documents Use XML documents to help build the query Click Add to select documents from your local workspace or from the database that you will query Figure 1 25 XQuery Visual Builder adding representative XML documents 38 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 9 The Associate documents with XML columns window displays This shows the association between XML Schema and actual data shown by the green check mark in the Associated column see Figure 1 26 This association is there by default because the XML document was genera
236. lib h gt include lt string h gt include lt sqlenv h gt include lt sqlutil h gt EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLCA EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION char xmldata 2000 char parse_option 30 static SQL TYPE IS XML AS CLOB 1k xmlclob1 SQL_CLOB_INIT yos EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION int main int argc char argv int rc 0 Create a XML document that will be used to INSERT in the table strcpy xmldata lt product xmlns http posample org pid 102 102 02 gt lt description gt lt name gt Shovel lt name gt lt details gt Basic Shovel 22 inches wide straight handle with D Grip lt details gt lt price gt 9 99 lt price gt lt weight gt 1 5 kg lt weight gt lt description gt lt product gt strcpy xmlclobl data xmldata xmlclobl length strlen xmldata 1 check the command line arguments EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample Update the XML column using host variable of type XML printf Update XML column using variable of type XML n EXEC SQL UPDATE product SET DESCRIPTION xmlclobl WHERE pid 102 102 02 if sqlca sqlcode 0 printf nUpdate failed n Chapter 4 Application development with C C 195 printf FAILED WITH SQLCODE amp d n n sqlca sqlcode EXEC SQL COMMIT disconnect from the database EXEC SQL CONNECT RESET main In Example 4 38 on page 195 we declare a host variable of XML as CLOB The bind file resul
237. ller translates interactions with the view into actions for the model to perform Zend Framework aims to provide an architecture for developing entire Web applications with no other library dependencies Zend and its partner companies are committed to actively develop and support the framework code Zend also supports a community Wiki page as a developer zone This Web site contains recent committed code and also issues problem bug tracking and other developer resources Zend Framework also enforces a strict PHP coding standard to maintain uniformity among the framework and application code Refer to the complete PHP coding standard at the Zend Web site http framework zend com manual en coding standard htm Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 97 The core of Zend Framework is the Zend Controller The Zend_Controller is designed to be lightweight modular and extensible The Zend_Controller workflow is implemented by several components Understanding the underpinnings of all components is not necessary to build an application but knowing how they work and interact with each other is definitely helpful Zend Controller_Front This component processes all the requests received by the server and is responsible for delegating requests to action controllers Zend Controller Router This process takes the URI endpoint and decomposes it to determine which controller and action of that controller should receive the request g
238. ls Help N m D e Gros O G 3 P MyContacts com m Na 7 Home Join Now My Profile Create new member profile First Name John Last Name King Email Address jking gmail com Password 00000000 6 or more chars Re enter Password City Minneapolis State Minnesota le ZIP Code 55418 Company Organization Ameriprse Financial Title Financial Advisor Industry Biotechnology __ Education Optional Masters Degree v I am an Investment Expert in the field of biotechnology incubators I ama Present amp Past MBA from RICE and a five start Experiences Ameriprise financial expert By clicking Join Now you are indicating that you have read understood and agree to MyContacts s User Agreement and Privacy Policy 3 Local intranet R 100 Figure 3 7 Create a new member profile gt addMember This method adds member data into the relational table when a new member profile is created The member ID is auto generated for XML detailed profile data which is in turn used for inserting into the member table Example 3 29 on page 133 shows the addMember function 132 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 3 29 Database class addMember method public function addMember xmlid email passwd fname 1name row array xmlid gt xmlid email gt email passwd gt passwd fname gt fname Iname
239. lude lt stdlib h gt EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION Chapter 4 Application development with C C 169 char PID 11 sqlint32 quantity char location 129 EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLCA void add_product void void update product void void query product void main int option Connect to the SAMPLE database EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample if sqlca sqlcode 0 printf Database connection error occurred Sqlcode Sqlstate amp s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return oe a while 1 printf n printf SIMPLE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM n n printf 1 Add New Product n printf 2 Update Product Info Quantity or Location n printf 3 Query Product n printf 4 Exit n n printf Enter option scanf d amp option switch option case l add product break case 2 update product break case 3 query product break case 4 return 0 default printf Error Option not recognized n break 170 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET printf n EXEC SQL CONNECT RESET EFRERA AAA AAA ARA RIA RATA EKER ERR ER EERE REE RE REE RER EE He He Ke He This function will add a product into the INVENTORY table It demonstrates how to write a simple static SQL statement and work with the SQLCA to get back information on
240. lution which does not require mod_rewrite for the future There is a good chance that the final release of this framework will not require you to perform this setup 100 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET b Next we need to set the rule to redirect all incoming Web requests to www index php You can easily do this by creating a htaccess file in the www directory with the contents as shown in Example 3 2 Example 3 2 htaccess file RewriteEngine on RewriteRule js ico gif ipg png css index php The above file redirects all requests not containing one of the previous file extensions to index php bootstrap file Alternatively you can modify httpd conf also for the rewrite rules but that requires you to restart the Web server Adding to htaccess file does not require you to restart Web server Note This is the only php file required to exist within the Web server document root directory Also for security reasons it makes sense not to store the php files in the directories that are accessible by the Web server You also need to include the include_path to the framework library directory zframework lib You can add this to the php ini file or simply add it into htaccess as shown in Example 3 3 Example 3 3 include_path php_value include path C Program Files Apache Group Apache2 htdocs zframework lib Zendclass The Zend class zend php contains static methods that are used by m
241. ly define or customize result set definitions for a procedure Chapter 6 Application development with NET 255 The ability to set the preference to always discover or always manually define the result set definition in Add or Modify connection gt You have continued support for DB2 projects and IBM Scripting wizards to create DB2 scripts The debugging support has been discontinued from DB2 Projects Instead it is supported seamlessly from DB2 connections on Server Explorer 6 3 1 Visual Studio 2005 Add In Sever Explorer integration DB2 connections can be added from Server Explorer using the Add Connection option 1 Open Server Explorer if it is not already open using View Server Explorer 2 Inthe Server Explorer right click and select Add Connection from Data Connections node as shown in Figure 6 2 WindowsApplication1 Microsoft Visual Studio E lolx File Edt View Project Buld Debug Data Tools Window Community Help O 8 Gaa s BSB 9 C B B d peg Aya g JA i Mt TS amp S de La 4 8 By Server Explorer Formi cs Design Start Page Bab aa Solution Explorer WindowsApplicationl 3 X JEER re E E E g T du lolx ga Solution WindowsApplicationt 1 project a Sa sele Refresh E E WindowsApplicationi a By gt E Ed Properties H 2 References Create New SQL Server Database E Program cs Create New IBM Database Drop IBM Database i l
242. ly mentioned URI it needs to be decompressed and untarred prior to installation 1 Decompress the product file gzip d db2exc_91 LNX x86 tar gz 2 Untar the product file tar xvf db2exc_91_LNX_x86 tar 3 Change directory into the product directory where db2_install can be found and enter the following command db2_instal Sample database creation There are several options for creating the sample database You can create the sample database with just the tables in V8 sample SQL database objects XML database objects or both The graphical option prompts you for the creation of the database once installation is complete and provides graphical options for creating a sample database The command line option involves the db2samp1 command Key options are gt sql Create SQL database objects and data gt xml Create XML database objects and data gt v8 Create the SAMPLE database from DB2 UDB V8 Considerations for DB2 Express C The following constraints are present in DB2 Express C Maximum processors 2 Maximum addressable memory 4 GB gt Database Partitioning Feature N A gt Connection Concentrator N A gt DB2 Geodetic Extender N A gt Query Patroller N A gt Net Search Extender N A Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 23 gt Exclude options such as HADR DB2 Connect support and Warehouse Manager tools gt DB2 Express C community assistance can be found at the following onl
243. mbedded applications are independent of the host programming language used Precompilers or SQLJ translators are required for embedded code to generate the necessary packages or the serialized file for SQLJ prior to generating the binaries through the native compiler Precompilers for C C COBOL and FORTRAN as well as the SQLJ translator are provided with DB2 application development components A precompiler processes the source file to separate SQL statements from non SQL host languages which are surrounded by special delimiters to generate native host language code and a package Embedded SQL applications can be categorized into two separate categories Static embedded SQL In embedded SQL you have to specify complete SQL statement structure This means that all database objects including columns and table must be fully known at the precompile time with the exception of objects referenced in the SQL WHERE clause However all host variable data types must be still known at the precompiler time Dynamic embedded SQL When not all of the database objects in the SQL statement are known at precompile time use dynamic embedded SQL The dynamic embedded SQL statement accepts a character string host variable and a statement name as argument These character string host variables serve as placeholders for future SQL statements to be executed There are some differences in syntax between static and dynamic SQL statements In dyna
244. methods getParameterCount This method returns the number of parameters in PrepareStatement gt getParameterType This method returns the SQL data type of the parameter marker It takes an integer value which indicates the position of the parameter marker in the PreparedStatement gt getParameterMode This method gives the information regarding the type of the parameter IN INOUT or OUT gt isNullable This method returns true if the parameter is nullable otherwise it returns false 218 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt getPrecision and getScale These methods return the precision and the scale of the parameter marker if the parameter type is decimal ResultSetMetaData This interface provides the methods to get the ResultSet information This information is specially needed to retrieve the data when the application does not know about the column types in the ResultSet The object of ResultSetMetaData can be created by calling the getResultSetMetaData method on the ResultSet object This interface has the following important methods gt getColumnCount This method returns the number of columns in the ResultSet object gt getColumnName This method returns the name of the column in the ResultSet object gt getColumnType This method returns the data type of the column gt getTableName This method returns the name of the underlying table for the ResultSet g
245. mic SQL statements the following conditions exist Comments are not allowed gt The statement is not prefixed by EXEC SQL gt The statement cannot end with the statement terminator except in the CREATE TRIGGER statement which can contain a semicolon The dynamic embedded SQL is the ideal option for creating embedded SQL applications when the user does not have complete information about all 4 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET underlying database objects at precompile time wants to always use the most optimized access path based on current database statistics or authorization of the SQL statement needs to be determined at runtime Figure 1 1 demonstrates a general overview of embedded SQL creation Embedded SQL Creation Overview Step 1 Embedded Application Source Files with SOL Statements Step 2 Precompiler BINDFILE BINDFILE db2 PREP option aption NOT specified spectied Modified Source File Step 3 Host Language Compiler Bind file created using BINOFILE option from db2 prep Object Files Direct implicit BIND of package by 4 precompilar is done no Step 4 Step 5 seperate BIND Binder required Host Language d2 BIND must Linker be run by user to bind package Step 6 Executable Program v Database Manager Package Package Figure 1 1 Embedded SQL creation overview Driver support More common application solutions are developed using
246. mic placeholder packages will exist in the database These packages are ready to handle the dynamic SQL passed by the driver DB2 supplies text files listing the required bind files to be bound against a particular database server platform Table 4 5 on page 181 outlines the list files specific to each database server platform They are available in the BND directory of the DB2 installation path 180 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Table 4 5 DB 2 list files for CLI Server platform Needed Ist files for CLI DB2 UDB Windows UNIX db2cli Ist db2ubind Ist DB2 for AS 400 and iSeries ddcs400 Ist To bind the packages you need to connect to the database server and run the BIND command to process the appropriate lst file For example within a DB2 UDB CLP window on a Windows machine suppose we want to bind the CLI packages against a DB2 database on a Linux machine Example 4 29 shows the commands we execute to create the CLI and DB2 utility packages in the SAMPLE database Example 4 29 Binding CLI bind files db2 connect to sample db2 bind C Program Files IBM SQLLIB bnd db2ubind 1st sqlerror continue grant public db2 bind C Program Files IBM SQLLIB bnd db2cli 1st sqlerror continue grant public db2 terminate In the example above you might notice that an at character is added in front of the list filename This is needed for the DB2 binder to properly process each bind f
247. mith addr phone gt Constructors gt Expressions v Functions String Functions X a fn codepoints to string a fn compare a fn concat fn contains e fn ends with ii fn lower case a fn matches P ee Design Source Figure 1 29 XQuery Visual Builder For Logic FLWOR window 42 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 12 The matches window appears with arguments source string pattern and flags Drag the city node under addr from the explorer window on the left to the source string window Enter Toronto for the pattern argument and i for case insensitivity for the flags argument See Figure 1 30 Now click the Step out icon Lel on the top right corner of the matches window and return to the For Logic FLWOR window The fn matches function does not take a second operand Operand 2 so we leave that column empty as well as Operator Ek Sample_XML_Query xam_ _N si a Documents matches Le CHUNS_CUSTOMER_INFO xml gt The fn matches function determines whether a string matches a given pattern e document E customerinfo Cid 1000 z xmins http posample org source string Da city E name Kathy Smith pattern A Toronto 2 addr flags Di country Canada e street 5 Rosewood e city Toronto E prov state Ontario E pcode zip M6W 1E6 E E phone Constructors
248. mple 2 20 are of XML type Using xmlcast function the values can be casted to other data types Example 2 21 Using xmicast select xmlcast xmlquery d movie heading title passing movies info as d as varchar 20 xmlcast xmlquery d movie reviews passing moviereview review as d as varchar 1000 from moviereview movies where xmlexists d movie id p passing moviereview review as d movies id as p 76 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET xmlcast might throw an error if it is not possible to cast an XML value to the target data type 2 2 9 Constructor function publishing functions An XML value to be inserted into the XML type column can either be retrieved from the application or can be created from the other relational columns DB2 provides publishing functions to create a new XML value from the existing relational columns Functions provided by DB2 to create a single node for an XML value include gt XMLELEMENT XMLELEMENT function can be used to create a new element node for an XML value This function takes inputs the name of the element any attribute or namespace declaration and the value of the node The value of the node can be a complex type concatenation of other elements or a value of a relational column XMLATTRIBUTES XMLATTRIBUTES function is used to create the attributes of an element node Because an attribute is always tied with the element this f
249. mt setInt 2 Integer hm get key intValue pstmt addBatch System out printIn key Integer hm get key intValue pstmt executeBatch con commit con setAutoCommit true catch BatchUpdateException buex int updateCounts buex getUpdateCounts for int i 0 i lt updateCounts length i Chapter 5 Application development with Java 205 System err print n Statement i updateCounts i System err printIn Message buex getMessage System err println SQLSTATE buex getSQLState System err println Error code buex getErrorCode SQLException ex buex getNextException while ex null System err print ln SQL exception System err println Message ex getMessage System err println SQLSTATE ex getSQLState System err println Error code ex getErrorCode ex ex getNextException createCart public double findTotal Statement stmt try stmt con createStatement String query select sum price quantity from cart cid product where cart cid pid product pid ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery query rs next return rs getDouble 1 catch SQLException e System out print ln e getMessage System out println e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return 0 updateTable updates the purchaseorder table with the new purchase order public int updateTable try St
250. n a package is generated in the target database during precompile time and is needed for SQL to be executed A package is a database object containing sections which correspond to embedded SQL statements in a source program module A section contains a compiled optimized SQL statement The precompiler can optionally defer the creation of a package and create a bind file which contains all the information needed to create a package To create a package the bind file will need to later be manually bound to the database This is known as deferred binding Deferred binding provides more flexibility because applications only need to be precompiled once without a package being created but can be bound against multiple databases later to create a package using the one bind file This means the same application can access several databases instead of just the one database it was precompiled against Once a package is created optimizer access plans are created for static embedded SQL statements from the current database statistics during bind time Dynamic embedded SQL statements will get an access plan created during runtime Table 4 2 lists the C C source file extensions required by the precompiler along with the file extensions given to the modified source output files Table 4 2 Precompiler file extensions Source file extension Modified source file input extension output C Windows Linux If we name our example C pr
251. n execution of SQL command and retrieval of results As mentioned in Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview on page 1 IBM DB2 provides three data providers for ADO NET applications These are gt DB2 NET Data Provider gt OLE DB NET Data Provider gt ODBC NET Data Provider 6 4 1 Managed provider and unmanaged provider In ADO NET Data Provider can be separated into two categories according to how it is implemented Managed Provider This executes within the ADO NET environment which controls all aspects of application execution including memory allocation memory deallocation application domains and so on gt Unmanaged Provider This is pre ADO NET Windows 32 bit operating system based drivers DB2 NET Data Provider is managed type DB2 NET Data provider is ADO NET data provider which is recommended for use with DB2 family databases The following namespaces are required for DB2 NET Data Provider using System using System Data using IBM Data DB2 OLE DB NET Data Provider is a bridge provider that passes the ADO NET request to native IBM OLE DB provider IBMDADB2 The following namespaces are required for OLE DB NET Data Provider using System using System Data using System Data OleDb ODBC NET Data Provider is a bridge provider that passes ADO NET requests to the IBM ODBC Driver The following namespaces are required for ODBC NET Data Provider using System using System Data
252. n this gt _db gt fetchA11 sql The important part of the database class in Example 3 12 on page 112 is the constructor function which expects the instance of the db adapter class It assumes that the database and tables exist already We have created our movie table manually but you can certainly construct the CREATE TABLE statement and use framework s direct query function to create the table for the first time As you can see in the Database php we have used the fetchRow function in the showVote method and the fetchAll function in the showData method Zend Framework provides the fetch series of methods which executes the supplied query and process result You can also pass the placeholder and an array of bind values to be quoted and replaced into the statement for you These are the fetch methods available for you to use fetchA11 fetchAssoc fetchCol fetchOne fetchPairs fetchRow vvvvvy The framework user manual shows sample code snippets on their usage In addition to the convenience methods we have already discussed the framework also provides some tools which help you construct SQL statements and manipulate database objects Zend_Db_Select This tool provides built in functions to construct the SELECT statement with various clauses Look at Example 3 13 Example 3 13 Constructing SELECT using Zend_Db_Select lt php SELECT FROM movie_names WHERE vote gt 2 Chapter
253. n object PreparedStatement extends the Statement interface If the SQL statement contains parameter markers the values for these parameter markers need to be set before executing the statement Value can be set using setXXX methods of PreparedStatement object where XXX denoted the data type of the parameter marker setXXX methods are also called setter methods The following are the examples of setXXX methods setint setString setDouble setBytes setClob setBlob vvvvvy After setting the parameter values the SQL statement can be executed using any of the executeQuery executeUpdate or execute method based on the SQL type SELECT using PreparedStatement object Example 5 7 gives the code snippet for the method isCustomer from the application code The method passes the value of the customer id to the method which is used to pass the value to the SELECT query The method returns null if the customer id does not exist Example 5 7 SELECT using PreparedStatement object String query select info from customer where cid PreparedStatement stmt con prepareStatement query stmt setInt 1 id ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery if rs next return null else return rs getString 1 Chapter 5 Application development with Java 211 INSERT using PreparedStatement Example 5 8 shows how to insert the value in the table using the PreparedStatement object Example 5 8 INSERT using the PreparedStatement object Prepa
254. n occurred during writing to the database All the methods in SQLException and SQLWarning classes are inherited in this class Apart from these the following methods give more information regarding DataTruncation Exception gt getParameter This method returns true if the parameter value is truncated It returns false if the column value is truncated gt getindex This method will return an integer value which gives the index of the parameter or column being truncated This method will return 1 if the index of the column or parameter is unknown gt getRead This method will return true if the truncation occurs while reading False is returned if truncation occurred while writing to the database gt getDataSize This methods returns the actual size of the data which should be read or written to the database without truncation gt getTransferSize This method will return the size of the data which is actually read or written to the database with truncation 5 9 4 BatchUpdateException An object of BatchUpdateException is thrown whenever an error occurs while running a set of statements together by using BatchUpdate This class inherits all the methods from java lang Exception class Apart from that the following method is provided by the BatchUpdateException for the additional information gt getUpdateCounts This method returns a array whose size is equal to the number of elements in the batch This array ha
255. nd NET Figures A A AMA AAA dAAAAAAAAAAAZAAZIHd4 0 1 aBaAAAA AA AA 400 VO OMA N a 0 NDNR ONO LA 1 1 1 21 1 22 1 23 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 1 29 1 30 1 31 1 32 1 33 1 34 2 1 2 2 2 3 Left to right Naomi Whei Jen Rakesh Manoj and John Embedded SQL creation overview Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard Setup wizard specifying response file option selecting DB2 features to install setting DB2 copy name specifying the location of DB2 Information Center setting DAS user information configuring DB2 instances DB2 instance configuration window preparing the DB2 tools catalog enabling operating system security for DB2 objects Selecting new data development project New Project drop down menu Data development project for a stored procedure Specifying language type for stored procedure Creating a Java project Specifying package and SQLJ name Switching to Data perspective Selecting user defined function wizard XQuery Visual Builder connecting to database DWEB creating new project XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder specifying the connection specifying the document location specifying the document location XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQuery Visual Builder XQu
256. nd gets the sum of the votes Then we used the sum to create the percentage of the votes and called another database method db gt showData to get the movie names Finally we rendered the page to display the movie names along with the percentage of votes We also allowed users to add a new movie name and vote for the new suggestions We handled the database insert for the new movie suggestion in AddController php We created a movieAction which uses dbAdapter method insert to add movie into the db2 table The code in Example 3 9 shows AddController php The movieAction method calls database functions to perform insertions and updates Example 3 9 AddController php lt php Zend loadClass Zend Controller Action class AddController extends Zend Controller Action function indexAction function __call action arguments function movieAction view title Name your favorite movie of the week movie name _POST movie_name votevalue _POST vote db Zend registry db this gt _redirect this gt _redirect DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET view Zend registry view if movie_name db addMovie movie_name if votevalue db updateVote votevalue view sum db gt showVote view gt result db gt showData echo view render vote php Note indexAction
257. ng and more Customer and editorial reviews Similar products and accessories Amazon com offers ListMania lists YYYY Y You need to acquire a developer API key to access Amazon Web services Visit the following Web site to acquire the key http www amazon com b 102 3922921 6259314 ie UTF8 amp node 3435361 Also you can refer to the Zend Framework online manual for more information about how to use these Web services Zend_Service_Yahoo Zend_Service_Yahoo is a simple API for using many of the Yahoo REST APIs Zend_Service_Yahoo allows you to search Yahoo Web search Yahoo News Yahoo Local Yahoo Images and more Zend_Service_Yahoo enables you to search the Web with Yahoo using the webSearch method which accepts a string query parameter and an optional second parameter as an array of search options For full details and an option list visit the Yahoo Web Search Documentation at http developer yahoo com search web V1 webSearch htm Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 141 You can search for Images with Yahoo using Zend_Service_Yahoo s imageSearch method This method accepts a string query parameter and an optional array of search options similar to the webSearch method For full details and an option list visit the Yahoo Image Search Documentation at http developer yahoo com search image V1 imageSearch htm In order to use the Yahoo Web services API you must acquire a Web services application I
258. ng drivers called Database Drivers DBD n order to develop Perl application solutions you need to obtain Perl the DBI module and the DBD DB2 driver from the Comprehensive Perl Archive network http www cpan org Building and installing the DBD DB2 module requires the following gt For Linux and UNIX To build and install the DBD DB2 module you must have Perl 5 005_03 or later DB2 V8 Application Development Client or DB2 9 client A supported C compiler as documented under Supported operating systems on the Application development Web page Setthe DB2_HOME environment variable to the location of your DB2 instance For example bash export DB2_HOME home db2inst1 sqllib Install the DBI module bash perl MCPAN e install DBI Install the DBD DB2 module bash perl MCPAN e install DBD DB2 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt For Windows If you are using the ActiveState Perl distribution on Windows you can install a binary version of the DBI and DBD DB2 modules Prerequisites ActivePerl 5 8 or later DB2 client Version 8 1 or later For example if you have ActivePerl 5 8 7 installed you can install the DBD DB2 modules as follows 1 Install the DBI module by issuing the following command the DBI module is a prerequisite for the DBD DB2 module ppm install http www cpan org authors id H HO HOYMICH db2 per1
259. ng existing customer information in the SAMPLE database Note The CUSTOMER table is only present in DB2 9 and it has two XML data type columns The CUSTOMER table in the SAMPLE database has three columns as defined in Table 6 2 The primary key consists of CID customer ID column Table 6 2 CUSTOMER table from sample database Cotuname pe reme tena Sese nume History In the following set of samples each task has been presented as a separate method Establishing the connection to the database Establishing connection to the database is the essential first step The connection code to IBM DB2 database using DB2 NET data provider is implemented in ConnectDb method shown in Example 6 6 on page 281 The ConnectDb method will return DB2Connection Object once connection has been established using the three parameters db alias userid and password required for the connection string If passed database alias is null it will establish default connection to the SAMPLE database Connection is established by first creating DB2Connection object and passing the connection string to the constructor DB2Connection conn new DB2Connection connectString The namespaces shown in Example 6 5 are required for given samples Example 6 5 Namespaces for IBM DB2 NET Data Provider using System using System Data using IBM Data DB2 needed for IBM DB2 NET Data Provider using System Xm 280 DB2 Express C The Developer
260. nnections can be opened by explicitly calling the Open method on the connection as shown above or by implicitly using a DataAdapter gt Close This closes the database connection for example connection Close Chapter 6 Application development with NET 269 CreateCommand This returns a command object associated with the connection for example connection CreateCommand gt BeginTransaction This begins the database transaction for example connection BeginTransaction Command The Command object allows for execution of any supported SQL statement or stored procedure using a data connection object Connection object should be created but do not needed to be opened prior to creating SQL commands gt This is implemented as DB2Command in DB2 NET Data Provider for example DB2Command cmd new DB2Command gt This is implemented as OleDbCommand in DB2 OLE DB Data Provider for example OleDbCommand cmd new 0leDbCommand gt This is implemented as OdbcCommand in DB2 ODBC Data Provider for example OdbcCommand cmd new OdbcCommand The Command object has public properties CommandType and CommandText The CommandType describes whether an SQL statement or a stored procedure will be executed The CommandText is used to set or get an SQL statement or a stored procedure that is to be executed for example cmd CommandType CommandType Text cmd CommandText SELECT manager FROM org WHERE DEPTNU
261. o customerinfo SetAttribute xmlns http posample org customerinfo SetAttribute Cid icid XmlElement name custXm Doc CreateElement name customerinfo AppendChild name name InnerXml iname XmlElement addr custXm1lDoc CreateElement addr customerinfo AppendChild addr addr SetAttribute country icountry XmlElement street custXm Doc CreateElement street addr AppendChild street street InnerXml istreet XmlElement city custXmlDoc CreateElement city addr AppendChild city city InnerXm icity XmlElement provstate custXm Doc CreateElement prov state addr AppendChild provstate provstate InnerXm iprov XmlElement pcode custXm Doc CreateElement pcode zip addr AppendChild pcode pcode InnerXm ipcode XmlElement phone custXm Doc CreateElement phone customerinfo AppendChild phone phone SetAttribute type iptype phone InnerXm iphone DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Console WriteLine n XML Document to be inserted n custXm Doc Save Customerl xml Console WriteLine nDone creating customer info XML data n return custXmlDoc Updating existing customer information Updating XML data in the CUSTOMER table will require use of the cmd Parameters Add method to add XML data to the UPDATE statement Customer s info XML data will be recreated using new modified information then UPDATE statemen
262. o along with the SQL interface DB2 provides another interface XQuery to query the XML values These interfaces interact with each other using SQL or XML functions Using these functions XQuery can be embedded into an SQL statement to fetch the part of the XML document from each row of the SQL statement result To apply the pure XQuery on a sequence of XML documents fetched from the database DB2 provides resource functions to fetch the XML values This section discusses the following Functions used to embed SQL statement in an XQuery XML source functions for XQuery gt Writing XQuery gt Function used to embed XQuery statements in SQL SQL or XML functions XML source function DB2 XQuery can be applied either on the data stored in the XML column of the tables or an XML created document using the constructor functions For applying XQuery on XML column data XML values must be fetched from the column to create a sequence of XML values DB2 provides the following function to create a sequence of XML values by fetching the data from XML columns xmicolumn The xmlcolumn function takes the qualified name of the XML column and returns the sequence of XML documents stored in the XML column The syntax for the xmlcolumn function is db2 fn xmlcolumn lt schema name gt lt table name gt lt column name gt Default value for the schema is the current schema 68 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C
263. o while defining the position iterator you need to give only the data types of the columns Example 5 30 shows how to use the positioned iterator in SQL Example 5 30 Using positioned iterators sql iterator positionedIterator int String String status null int poid 0 positionedIterator iteratorl sq1 ctx1 iterator1 select poid status from purchaseorder sql fetch iteratorl into poid status while iteratorl endFetch System out print n poid poid Status status sql fetch iteratorl into poid status Updatable and scrollable iterators Like JDBC by default iterators in SQL are read only and cannot be moved backward To define a scrollable iterator you need to implement the sqlj runtime Scrollable while defining the iterator Similar to defining the updatable cursor you need to implement sqlj runtime ForUpdate while defining the iterator Unlike JDBC when defining the updatable iterator you also need to specify the columns you would like to update Example 5 31 gives the code snippet which uses updatable iterators Example 5 31 Updatable iterator sql public iterator namediterator implements sqlj runtime ForUpdate with updateColumns STATUS int poid String status namediterator iterator sq1 ctx1 iterator1 select poid status from purchaseorder while iteratorl next System out println before update poid iteratorl poid Status iteratorl s
264. ogram inventory sqc and precompile the program once it is finished this produces a modified source file with the file extension of c The OUTPUT option can be specified in the PREP PRECOMPILE command to override the name of the modified source file Chapter 4 Application development with C C 153 4 3 3 Inventory program code template 154 We start off with a simple code skeleton of the application see Example 4 5 on page 155 This C program prompts the user for an inventory operation and calls the appropriate functions to insert add_product update update_product or perform queries query_update against the INVENTORY table in the SAMPLE database Applications can be written to contain both static and dynamic embedded SQL statements For demonstration purposes this application contains both types Example 4 4 Code template of inventory sqc BRRRRRRRRRRE RRR EE AIA ERE RR IAA RA AAA RA AIA RIA ER ERR EERE REE Source File Name inventory sqc kk This simple C program will manage the inventory of products for a company kk KEKKKKKAKA e e e he e Ae e Ae Ae e e He Re e He he Ae Ae he Ae Ae Re e e Ae e He He Ae e He RARI e e He e e eee e include lt stdio h gt include lt string h gt include lt stdlib h gt void add_product void void update_product void void query _product void main int option while 1 printf n printf SIMP
265. ok for XML PHP C C Java and NET Print value Console WriteLine nCustomer pname has cid cid catch Exception e Console WriteLine e Message finally Clean up the resources reader Close conn Close Deleting customer entry Deleting existing customer entry is done simply using DELETE statement with WHERE clause for CID as shown in Example 6 16 Example 6 16 Deleting a row from the Customer table public static void Main String args DB2Connection conn null conn ConnectDb alias userid password rowsdeleted DeleteCustomer conn cid Console WriteLine nRows deleted rowsdeleted public static int DeleteCustomer DB2Connection conn int pcid String delSQL delete from customer where cid pcid Console WriteLine nDelete Stmt n delSQL DB2Command cmd new DB2Command delSQL conn int rowsDeleted cmd ExecuteNonQuery Console WriteLine nRows Deleted n rowsDeleted conn Close return rowsDeleted Chapter 6 Application development with NET 293 294 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Setup procedure and sample data This appendix provides the following gt Complete XML data used in the examples used throughout Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 We begin by reproducing the movies XML data showing complete contents for five movies Then we present movie revie
266. ollowing example shows the use of full text search function with SQL or XML SELECT XMLQUERY t movie title PASSING T TITLE AS t FROM movies AS t WHERE CONTAINS movieDetails SECTION movie title Dupree 1 To summarize DB2 full text search can help your application find relevant data based on structural and full text search parameters You can create and maintain 82 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET the text indexes easily either using command line tools or through DB2 control center 2 2 11 Application support interfaces The new XML data type requires existing application interfaces to recognize it The major database programming interfaces including Java and PHP have been enabled and optimized to make use of DB2 XML data type The XML is stored natively in pure hierarchical form however the data type has been externalized to the application interfaces as a serialized XML string By default all XML data accessed through the application interfaces is returned with an XML declaration including an encoding attribute The application can override this default code set if required All of the major database interfaces support the XML data type as XML not as a character type This also avoids unwanted and unnecessary code page conversion In this section we briefly discuss various database programming interfaces supported by XML This book is all about application developmen
267. on 248 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Chapter 5 Application development with Java 249 250 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application development with NET In this chapter we introduce DB2 application development using NET In this chapter we discuss following Requirements for NET application development with DB2 Add in features for Visual Studio NET DB2 Data Providers available for use with NET Application examples using NET and DB2 Express C vvvy Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 251 6 1 NET technology and ADO NET NET is Microsoft s Web services architecture which represents a set of Microsoft frameworks and technologies It is alternative to J2EE the distributed application infrastructure based on Java language and is available for Windows platforms ActiveX Data Object for NET ADO NET provides classes methods and attributes to access data source utilizing features of Web services and XML ADO NET serves as a single data access layer used by all server processes and applications running on Microsoft platforms ADO NET consists of objects such as Connection Command DataAdapter and DataReader to access data source as shown in Figure 6 1 Command Connection Figure 6 1 ADO NET architecture 252 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 6
268. operations to the user and look like Example 4 5 Example 4 5 Menu of inventory operations SIMPLE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Add New Product Update Product Info Quantity or Location Query Product Exit PUNE Enter option Chapter 4 Application development with C C 155 4 3 4 Host variable declarations Host variables used in static SQL statements are declared in a DECLARE SECTION For example let us declare the static host variables needed for our program see Example 4 6 Example 4 6 Host variable declarations EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION char PID 11 sqlint32 quantity char location 129 EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION The EXEC SQL portion of the declaration is needed to indicate the beginning of an embedded SQL statement and must be terminated by a semicolon The normal form is EXEC SQL lt Standard SQL statement gt In the INVENTORY table in the SAMPLE database the PID and LOCATION columns are of type VARCHAR 10 and VARCHAR 128 respectively In the above declaration we have defined the size of those columns to be of one more character to take into account the null terminator This will ensure that returned data values from the database do not get truncated It is permissible to have more than one DECLARE section in a source file although all host variables declared must be distinct within the source file After declaring the host variables we have the option of using them as input or output
269. oping Bioinformatics software for the Gallo research center at UCSF She has in depth knowledge of application development and tooling for DB2 and holds numerous IBM and Sun developer certifications in DB2 XML WebSphere and Java J2EE Rakesh Ranjan is an Advisory software engineer and currently works on the DB2 XML technology development at the IBM Silicon Valley Lab in San Jose California He has 12 years of software development experience ranging from midrange servers to Java and Web technology He is also an open source enthusiast and uses XML PHP and frameworks for application development You can reach Rakesh at ranjanr us ibm com Manoj K Sardana is a software engineer in IBM India Software Labs and works mainly on designing and implementing technology and application samples in different programming languages for showcasing the main features of DB2 His areas of expertise include XML XQuery and JDBC application development Currently he is involved in writing application samples for SQL XML related and XQuery related features for DB2 9 He has also worked closely with the development team to perform Functional Verification Testing FVT for Utility support for XML and Deadlock Monitor related features xii DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Acknowledgement Thanks to the following people for their contributions to this project Grant Hutchison Rav Ahuja Anita Chung Prash
270. opment with NET 263 The Procedure Designer window is shown in Figure 6 10 stots Fie Edit View Build Debug IBMProcedure Designer Tools Window Community Help 7 _ caama 2 nS id Il 0 ARTE gt n gt Ss 3 Hex chunj SAMPLE PROCEDURE2 aaa DENSE E E J5 Data Connections S i chunj SAMPLE DB2 NT 09 01 0000 Procedure identification H ij Tables i Views procede peste PROceDURE2 5 Ma Procedures Schema name I E O Functions Gil XML Schema Repository Specific name JPROcEDURED Sig Servers amp A chunjo3 Tonna I Debug mode pes Number of result sets fi J Procedure Parameters Parameters Parameter properties Name Mode Type Length ex 2 S NES aE Declare cursors Z Locais E Watch 1 Eucall stack immediate Window Ready Figure 6 10 Procedure Designer window Note At time of DB2 9 release CLR Procedure can only be created using the wizard Only SQL Procedure Designer is available The menu provided in Procedure Designer window includes the following Procedure View Allows defining procedure parameters and procedure body gt Privileges View Allows adding roles and privileges to the users or groups Show Script View Shows the create procedure statement Debugging SQL procedures Debugging support for SQL procedure has been extended to zSeries servers Procedure
271. or Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Taj Mahal Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image IMG03626 Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Taj Mahal minaret upclose Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Gemstone inlays in the Taj Mahal Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image DSC01993 Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Standing proud Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Taj Mahal Detail Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image Click for Image 3 Local intranet R 100 Figure 3 9 Search for Flickr image DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 5 Conclusion PHP allows rapid Web application development and DB2 9 allows easy manipulation and storage of XML data plus the capability to perform traditional relational database operations as well There are simply far too many interesting PHP application development topics to discuss in this chapter We hope that the various references and working application examples provided in this chapter have given you some ideas about using the framework with DB2 Express C to develop your next database driven Web appl
272. or XML PHP C C Java and NET Creation of new customer information data for the CUSTOMER table requires creation of a new XML document Figure 6 14 demonstrates an XML document tree for the info XML data XmlDocument XmlAttribute XmlAttribute XmlElement XmlElement XmlAttribute XmlElement XmlElement XmlElement XmlElement XmlElement i XmlAttribute Figure 6 14 XML document tree for the customer info data The XmlDocument can be created in memory using XmIDocument constructor or by calling XmIImplementation CreateDocument In our example we create new XmlDocument using the constructor which will yield an empty document Elements will be added to the XmIDocument object using CreateElement and AppendChild methods Xm lDocument CreateElement localname XmlElement AppendChi ld Elementname Chapter 6 Application development with NET 289 290 Attributes can be assigned using XmlElment SetAttribute localname value and Element values can be assigned using XmlElement InnerXml value Example 6 12 Creating new info XML document public static XmlDocument CreateCustXML String icid String iname String icountry String istreet String icity String iprov String ipcode String iptype String iphone Xm lDocument custXm lDoc new Xm Document XmlElement customerinfo custXm Doc CreateElement customerinfo custXm Doc AppendChild customerinf
273. ore inserting these values into the database table Generally these schemas are stored in the file system and need to be registered to the database before using them for validation Registering a schema to the database makes the schema a database entity and removes the dependency of reading the content of the schema document from the operating system DB2 provides two ways of registering the schema to the database Registration using CLP commands DB2 introduced new CLP commands to register a schema to the database To register the database using the CLP commands follow these steps 1 Register the primary schema document The primary schema document is the one at the top of the import include hierarchy Register the main schema document using the following command register xmlschema lt namespace URI gt from lt location URI gt with lt property URI gt as lt relational id gt The terms in the command are as follows Namespace Uniform Resource Identifier URI Namespace of the XML document which will be referenced from XML documents Location URI Physical location of the schema file in the file system Property URI Physical location of the property document associated with the schema document in the file system 2 Add the secondary schemas document Add the XML schema document referenced using the include or import tag in the main schema document or any of the already added secondary schema documents add
274. ores it in a buffer named errText As input to the function we provide the string buffer which stores the error message errText the size of the string buffer 999 the maximum width of each line of the message text 0 means no line breaks needed in the text and the pointer to the SQLCA structure sqlca The function call will generate the following message SQL1013N The database alias name or database name SAMPSLE could not be found SQLSTATE 42705 After all this debugging it appears the name of the database specified in our code was incorrect The line needs to be corrected to EXEC SQL CONNECT TO sample Chapter 4 Application development with C C 161 4 3 11 Inserting data The users of the inventory system in our example need to be able to add a new product into the database The user might have the session shown in Example 4 13 Example 4 13 Sample session adding a product into inventory program SIMPLE INVENTORY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM Add New Product Update Product Info Quantity or Location Query Product Exit DBWMwEW Enter option 1 Add A Product Enter Product ID 101 101 10 Enter Quantity 50 Enter Location Warehouse Product successfully added When the user chooses the option to add a new product this will invoke the add_product function within the application We need to write an INSERT statement to add a record to the INVENTORY table using the values supplied by the user The complete
275. ou any license to these patents You can send license inquiries in writing to IBM Director of Licensing IBM Corporation North Castle Drive Armonk NY 10504 1785 U S A The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any other country where such provisions are inconsistent with local law INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions therefore this statement may not apply to you This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors Changes are periodically made to the information herein these changes will be incorporated in new editions of the publication IBM may make improvements and or changes in the product s and or the program s described in this publication at any time without notice Any references in this information to non IBM Web sites are provided for convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those Web sites The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this IBM product and use of those Web sites is at your own risk IBM may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it believes appropriate without incurring any oblig
276. ows by returning true or false for example int cols reader FieldCount bool rows reader HasRows The DataReader object has the following public methods gt Read Reads in records one row at a time and advances the cursor to the next row It returns true or false to indicate whether there are any rows to read for example bool done reader read gt Close This closes the DataReader for example reader Close gt Getxxxx This is used to get data of type xxxx for example Console WriteLine reader GetString 1 DataSet The DataSet object represents an In memory cache of data which was retrieved from the database The DataSet object is a disconnected dataset which provides a consistent relational programming model independent of the data source Since it is disconnected from the database it reduces the communication overhead to the database server The DataSet object has the public property DataSetName which gets or sets DataSet name for example DataSet ds new DataSet ds DataSetName DB2 The DataSet object has the following public methods gt AcceptChanges This commits changes to the DataSet for example ds AcceptChanges Clear This clears the DataSet contents for example ds Clear Chapter 6 Application development with NET 273 gt GetXML This gets XML representation of data in the DataSet for example Console WriteLine ds GetXml gt ReadXML This reads XML sch
277. part pulls off of the freeway and arrives in a sleepy little town of Paradise Lost lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt John Lass Joe Farnete and Jorgen Lubien lt writer gt lt director gt John Lass and Joe Farnete lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Voice of Tom Wilson lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Voice of Kathy Hunt lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender M special yes gt Larry Cable lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt John Ratzenr lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Carl Wallis II lt actor gt lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 345 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Crossroads lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 38 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt RR Pictures lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 297 lt synopsis gt A grouchy old college professor who lived in a dilapidated cabin near the lake takes an interest in a frustrated writer who suffers from habitual writer s block lt synop
278. pdatable ResultSet It fetched the ResultSet row by row and update the status whenever the record with value 5003 is found It prints all the records after the update is done Example 5 10 Scrollable and updatable Result set Statement stmt con createStatement ResultSet TYPE_SCROLL_SENSITIVE ResultSet CONCUR_UPDATABLE ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery Select POID Status from purchaseorder while rs next int id rs getInt 1 String status rs getString 2 if id 5003 amp amp status toUpperCase compareTo UNSHIPPED 0 System out println updating status to shipped for id value dti mys rs updateString 2 Shipped rs updateRow rs beforeFirst System out println Printing all the purchase order record status while rs next int id rs getInt 1 String info rs getString 2 System out print n id id info info 214 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET The supported methods for the scrollable cursor are first last next previous absolute relative afterLast beforeLast vvvvvvvy Tip Each ResultSet object is associated with a Statement PreparedStatement or CallableStatement object The sensitivity or the updatability cannot be defined at the resultSet level It should be defined while creating the statement object itself which means ResultSet objects created for SQL statements using the same statement object w
279. pe This class also defines the methods which convert the XML data to the specified data and add the XML declaration tag These methods have a format such as getDB2XmIXXX Example 5 16 shows how to retrieve an XML value as a DB2Xml object Example 5 16 Retrieving XML value as a DB2Xml object Statement stmt con createStatement ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery select info from customer 224 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET while rs next com ibm db2 jcc DB2Xml data com ibm db2 jcc DB2Xm rs getObject 1 Print the result as DB2 XML String System out print n System out print ln data getDB2String Close the result set rs close The metadata information regarding the XML data type column gives the data type of the column as java sql Types OTHER because there is no XML data type defined in the JDBC standard 5 7 Simple application program life cycle Figure 5 1 on page 226 shows different life cycles for a query in an application program An application program starts by getting the Connection object for the database using DriverManager A Connection object can be used to create three different kinds of SQL statements Statement PreparedStatement and CallableStatements Connection objects provide methods to create any of these objects A Statement object is used to execute the SQL statement with a parameter and the PreparedStatement can be used to run the SQL statem
280. pe parameter should be declared as PARAMETER CCSID UNICODE C routines only support the XML AS CLOB type parameter For more details about how to handle XML variables refer to the respective chapter Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 91 92 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Application development with PHP The PHP language has been a darling of the open source software development community for years for reasons such as performance the power of the language itself and ease of use Now PHP language with the frameworks being built around it seems to be ready for enterprise software development This chapter provides you concept and hands on with Zend Framework for building enterprise Web applications that require database and application integration support When deciding to build an On Demand Web application there are many products and technologies that you can use In most of the cases you need to choose the following Web server software An operating system A database management system A programming or scripting language vvvy In this chapter we do not address the hardware operating system or Web server software much In fact we do not need to One of the strengths of PHP is that it is available on all of today s popular operating systems including many versions of UNIX and Linux operating systems Similarly IBM s flagship 1 An On Demand Business is
281. picked up from the log table incremental changes are stored in the log table db2text ALTER INDEX movietext FOR TEXT UPDATE FREQUENCY d 1 2 3 4 5 h 12 15 m 00 UPDATE MINIMUM 100 There are three types of full text search supported by NSE gt SQL scalar search function SQL function for general text search application gt SQL table valued function This supports general text search on presorted indexes and views Text search stored procedure This can be used for a high performance dedicated text search Among these three methods we recommend SQL scalar function search for your search method and it is useful for most situations You can integrate SQL search functions with DB2 optimizer for excellent performance where JOIN of data is needed The basic syntax is SELECT column FROM table WHERE CONTAINS column name search criteria 1 The following query exploits the index created in step 2 previously but restricts it to a specific element The query retrieves all documents where the element movie movie details genres contains the word Comedy select movieDetails from movies where contains movieDetails sections movie movie details genres Comedy 1 The following example shows the use of full text search function with xquery for i in db2 fn sql query SELECT movieDetails FROM movies WHERE CONTAINS movieDetails SECTION movie title Dupree 1 movie title return i The f
282. plications for which pureXML is particularly well suited include Business to business and application to application A2A integration Internet applications Content management applications Messaging based applications Web Services YYYY Y A typical XML based application has one or more of the following requirements and characteristics XML documents need to be processed or generated High performance querying both within a document and across a large collection of documents 52 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET High levels of security and easy control over them Usage of languages such as Java that support open standards such as SQL XML XQuery and Extensible Stylesheet Language Transformation XSLT Access to information using standard Internet protocols such as File Transfer Protocol FTP HTTP Web or JDBC Hybrid access to and ability to query relational and XML data Validation of XML documents 2 2 2 Designing pureXML based applications This section discusses the preliminary design criteria you can consider when planning your DB2 pureXML based application Here are several questions to ask and our recommendations gt Will your data be mostly XML a combination of relational and XML or non XML Deciding how your data storage model will look mostly depends on the kind of application you are developing and the kind of data it will use Sometimes it might mak
283. pplication from the test to the production database The following packages need to be imported for SQLJ import java sql import sqlj runtime import sqlj runtime ref PHP PHP Hypertext Preprocessor PHP is an interpretive programming language intended for Web application development IBM supports access to DB2 Database from PHP applications through two extensions ibm_db2 The ibm_db2 extension offers a procedural application programming interface to create read update and write database operations in addition to extensive access to the database metadata It can be compiled with either PHP 4 or PHP 5 gt PDO_ODBC The PDO_ODBC is a driver for the PHP Data Objects PDO extension that offers access to DB2 database through the standard object oriented database interface introduced in PHP 5 1 It can be compiled directly against DB2 libraries 10 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET NET data provider The NET developers have choices of incorporating ODBC NET Data provider OLE DB NET Data provider or DB2 NET Data provider native provider We recommend that you first consider DB2 NET Data provider when it comes to NET Application development There are a number of enhancements made in DB2 NET Data provider in V9 for native XML support gt The ODBC NET Data provider makes ODBC calls to DB2 data source using DB2 CLI driver It has same keyword support and restrictions
284. provides different classes to support BLOB CLOB and XML values BLOB A BLOB value can be used to store the binary large value A BLOB object can be created and populated using the way shown in Example 5 14 Example 5 14 Creating a BLOB value String data new String jdbc byte byteArray data getBytes java sql Blob blobData com ibm db2 jcc t2z0s DB2LobFactory createBlob byteArray BLOB implementation in DB2 JDBC universal driver does not support any constructor function to create the BLOB object So it is not possible to create a BLOB object using a new operator The value of the BLOB type parameter can be set using the following PreparedStatement setter methods gt setBytes gt SetBinaryStream The BLOB value from the ResultSet object can be retrieved using the following ResultSet getter methods gt getBytes gt getBinaryStream CLOB and DBCLOB A CLOB value can be used to store the character large value A CLOB object can be created using a way similar to the way we created a BLOB object Example 5 15 shows how to create a CLOB value Example 5 15 Creating a CLOB value String xsdData new String jdbc java sql Clob clobData com ibm db2 jcc t2z0s DB2LobFactory createClob xsdData The parameter value of type CLOB can be set using the following setter methods of PreparedStatement object gt setString 222 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt setAsciiS
285. public methods gt Fill This fills records in DataSet as shown below DataSet results new DataSet adapter SelectCommand new DB2Command Select from dept connection adapter Fill results Update This updates Records in DataSet and a database through INSERT UPDATE and DELETE operations for example DataSet results new DataSet adapter UpdateCommand new DB2Command UPDATE org SET Manager 70 WHERE DEPTNUMB 20 connection adapter Update results DataReader Utilized for fast forward only read only access to connected record sets that are returned from executing SQL statements or stored procedure calls The DataReader object cannot be directly instantiated and needs to be returned as the result of the Command Object s ExecuteReader method gt Implement this as DB2DataReader in DB2 NET Data Provider for example Db2DataReader reader cmd ExecuteReader gt Implement this as OleDbDataReader in DB2 OLE DB Data Provider for example OleDbDataReader reader cmd ExecuteReader 272 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET gt Implement this as OdbcDataReader in DB2 ODBC Data Provider for example OdbcDataReader reader cmd ExecuteReader The DataReader object has FieldCount and HasRows public properties The FieldCount property returns the total number of columns in the current row while HasRows property indicates whether DataReader has one or more r
286. quires transaction manager There are a number of development tools available for DB2 database application development We discuss IBM DB2 Development Add In for Visual Studio Visual Studio 2005 Add In and the Developer Workbench in this book 1 1 2 DB2 supported interfaces IBM DB2 provides various programming interfaces for data access These interfaces provide functions and methods that you can use to perform various interactions with the database Administrative API The DB2 Administrative API is primarily used for issuing DB2 administrative commands It allows you to develop applications that you can use to administer and monitor DB2 instances and databases All the administrative API functions are derived from DB2 Command Line Processor CLP commands You can find more information regarding DB2 API functions in the Administrative API reference SC10 4231 Embedded SQL The SQL statement can be embedded within a host language where SQL statements provide the database interface while the host programming language provides all remaining functionality Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 3 The nature of embedded SQL applications requires a vendor specific precompiler first preprocesses the application code then the resulting host language code is compiled and linked directly with the vendor s library DB2 supports C C FORTRAN COBOL and Java SQLJ programming languages for embedded SQL SQL statements in e
287. r column of the PURCHASEORDER table Step 1 Example 5 13 shows the stored procedure Make sure that the class should be public and extends the StoredProc class The method in the class should be public void The OUT parameter values are set using the set function Example 5 13 Stored procedure import java sql import com ibm db2 jcc import COM ibm db2 app StoredProc public class CreateOrder extends StoredProc public void createOrder int poid String cart String porder throws Exception PreparedStatement stmt Connection con DriverManager getConnection jdbc default connection java util Date d new java util Date String value null String date d getYear d getMonth d getDate String query Select xmldocument XMLELEMENT NAME PurchaseOrder xmlattributes cast as int as PoNum cast as varchar 10 as OrderDate cast as varchar 10 as Status xmlagg xmlelement NAME item xmlconcat xmlelement NAME partid t pid xmlelement NAME name p name xmlelement NAME quantity t quantity xmlelement NAME price t quantity p price from cart as t product as p where p pid t pid DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET stmt con prepareStatement query stmt setInt 1 poid stmt setString 2 date stmt setString 3 unshipped ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery rs next
288. r 3 Application development with PHP 111 information for example a database connection or view and be made available in your Web application when required Example 3 11 Registering database db new Database conn Zend register db db For a database driven application the database registration code as shown in Example 3 11 should be placed in the bootstrap file located under framework s www directory Once registered the database object can be accessed anywhere just by making it available through the registry db Zend registry db Now our simple database class implements the utility methods to add update and query the movie database as shown in Example 3 12 Example 3 12 Database class lt php class Database private db public function _ construct conn this gt _db conn public function addMovie movie name row array name gt movie_name table movie_names rows_affected this gt _db gt insert table row public function updateVote vote sql UPDATE movie_names set vote vote 1 where name vote this gt db gt query sq1 public function showVote sql SELECT sum vote as sum from movie names return this gt _db gt fetchRow sql 112 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET public function showData sql SELECT from movie names order by vote DESC retur
289. ram life cycle LL 225 5 8 Introduction to javax sql package eee ee eee 227 5 8 1 DataSOurce eee 227 5 9 Exception handling LL 228 5 931 SQLEXCEPIONS 14 pr rid pe haves y 228 5 92 SQLWAamingi vici 8 6d o eG de ee 231 5 9 3 DataTruncation 1 vii create doses eres deta Praia reases 231 5 9 4 BatchUpdateException 0 000 eee eee 232 510 Transactions ses re bead ahaa tota pad et dle eed acres 233 5 10 1 Auto commit mode mi can a e EDA E EE eee 234 5 10 2 Transaction isolation level 234 5 10 9 SAVepoints siriana ada a 237 5 11 SQL XML and XQuery support 000 eee 238 5 12 SQL SUPPO sigs silla hee chided tah dee uate 239 5 12 1 Getting connection context 240 5 12 2 Manipulating data 240 5 12 3 Werators girella 241 5 12 4 Batch updates with SQL 243 5 12 5 Savepoints 0 244 5 12 6 XQuery and SQL XML support 244 5 12 7 Exception handling 0 eee ee eee 245 5 12 8 JDBC and SQLj 2 0 eee 245 5 13 Running the application 247 5 13 1 Running an application stand alone 247 Contents v 5 13 2 Running the application as a Web service 248 Chapter 6 Application development with NET 251 6 1 NET technology and ADO NET cece eee 252 6 2 Requirements for NET application development with DB2 253 6 3 Add in features for Visual Studio NET eee eee 253 6 3 1 Visual Studio 2005 Add
290. rams in any form without payment to IBM for the purposes of developing using marketing or distributing application programs conforming to IBM s application programming interfaces Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved ix Trademarks The following terms are trademarks of the International Business Machines Corporation in the United States other countries or both server zSeries DB2 Redbooks logo AIX IBM developerWorks AS 400 OS 390 iSeries Cloudscape Redbooks pureXML DB2 Connect RETAIN z OS DB2 Universal Database WebSphere The following terms are trademarks of other companies Java JDBC JDK J2EE Solaris Sun Sun Microsystems and all Java based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems Inc in the United States other countries or both Active Directory ActiveX Microsoft Visual C Visual Studio Windows Server Windows and the Windows logo are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States other countries or both Intel Intel logo Intel Inside logo and Intel Centrino logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States other countries or both UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other countries Linux is a trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States other countries or both Other company product or service names may be trademark
291. ranjanr us ibm c om lt email gt lt Client gt DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Note that PHP can also be used on the command line This method of running PHP is called PHP CLI Once you have PHP installed and configured you can test it by running the php v command on your command prompt window This should tell you which version of PHP is running similar to output shown in Example 6 19 Example 6 19 php v C rakesh gt php v PHP 5 1 4 cli built May 4 2006 10 35 22 Copyright c 1997 2006 The PHP Group Zend Engine v2 1 0 Copyright c 1998 2006 Zend Technologies That is it You have now installed the finest tools to create database driven Web applications Enjoy Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 311 312 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Ruby on Rails This appendix briefly introduces Ruby and Ruby on Rails This appendix includes the following topics Introduction to Ruby Introduction to Ruby on Rails Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 313 B 1 Introduction to Ruby Ruby is a object oriented programming language It was created by Yukihir Matz Matsumoto in 1995 Ruby language has evolved since then and at the time of writing this book the latest stable version of Ruby is 1 8 4 Ruby s syntax was inspired by Perl and Smalltalk and also shares some features with Python and LISP Ruby is ava
292. re RSS Atom feeds XCS makes this job even easier Zend_Feed provides a natural syntax for accessing elements of feeds feed attributes and entry attributes Zend_Feed also has extensive support for modifying the feed and entry structure with the same natural syntax and turning the result back into XML In the future this modification support could provide support for the Atom Publishing Protocol The Zend online documentation shows an example to demonstrate a simple use case of retrieving an RSS feed and saving relevant portions of the feed data to a simple PHP array which you could then use for printing the data storing to a database and so on Zend_Mail Zend_Mail provides generalized functionality to compose and send both text and MIME compliant e mail messages You can send mail with Zend_Mail via the php built in mail function or via direct SMTP connection Different options can also be used such as sending HTML e mail or sending attachments with e mail A simple e mail consists of some recipients a subject a body and a sender To send mail using the Zend_Mail API follow Example 3 39 Example 3 39 Using Zend_Mail API to send e mail lt php require_once Zend Mail php mail new Zend Mail mail setBodyText DB2 Express C ROCKS with PHP to send html email use setBodyHtml instead of setBodytext the MIME content type will be automatically set to html mail setBodyHtml lt b gt DB2 Express C lt b g
293. redStatement stmt null stmt con prepareStatement insert into puchaseorder poid status values stmt setInt 1 5020 stmt setString 2 shipped stmt executeUpdate I The DELETE and UPDATE statements can be executed in the same fashion Tip Trying to run a query which updates the content of the database with the executeQuery method will result in an exception Similarly trying to run a select query using the executeUpdate method will give an exception Use the execute method whenever you are unsure about the query at compile time that is the query is generated at runtime using user s input and check for the Boolean value returned by the method to decide the result CallableStatement An object of the CallableStatement interface or the class implementing the CallableStatement interface can be used to call the stored procedure The CallableStatement interface extends the PreparedStatement interface An object of CallableStatement can be created using the prepareCall method of Connection object The parameter for a CallableStatement can be of three types gt IN gt OUT gt INOUT The value for IN and INOUT parameters must be set before executing the CallableStatement In the same way OUT and INOUT parameters should be registered to the database before executing the statement The CallableStatement can be executed using execute executeQuery and executeUpdate methods The usage of these three methods is
294. reeing the handles all child handles should be freed explicitly before freeing the parent handle i o vd o ao E o Figure 4 1 CLI handles 4 4 2 The CLI driver In order for us to use Call Level Interface CLI APIs we need to make use of the CLI driver available in DB2 The name of the library specific to each platform is gt On Windows db2cli dll for dynamic loading or db2cli lib for static linking Linux libdb2 a for either dynamic loading at runtime or static linking at compile time In this book we discuss the basic programming features available in the CLI interface 4 4 3 The CLI configuration file db2cli ini If we ever need to change the default behavior of CLI we can change the db2cli ini configuration file by adding or modifying CLI keywords This file is read by the CLI driver during runtime and is either located in the directory specified by the DB2 environment registry setting DB2CLIINIPATH if set by the user or in the following directories 178 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Table 4 4 Locations of the db2cCli ini file Sqllib in the DB2 installation path Linux sqllib cfg of the instance owner An example of the contents of a db2cii ini file is found in Example 4 28 Example 4 28 Sample db2cli ini file contents 3 Comment lines start with a semi colon tstclilx uid userid pwd password autocommi
295. resh of connection when IDE loads IM Run procedures to discover result sets Specify filtering options Schema filter Kt O MW Exclude system schemas Folder Name Tables Views Procedures Test Connection OK Cancel J Figure 6 4 Providing connection information in Data Explorer If the window shown in Figure 6 4 does not display and another window results in Failed to find or load the registered Net Framework Data Provider then the following steps are needed to resolve the error a Open the DB2 Command window Click Start gt Programs gt IBM DB2 Command Line Tools Command Window b At the prompt in the DB2 Command window enter the following command db21swtch exe promote Repeat the procedure to add DB2 connection DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 6 3 2 Visual Studio 2005 Add In IBM Designer IBM Designer provides tools to create various database objects It can be used to create and alter tables views scripts and procedures Note The wizard and designer can both be used to create the same database objects The wizard however is targeted to novice users who prefer step by step creation while the designer allows a more advanced user to switch between views and other applications in the design process IBM Table Designer The IBM Table Designer can be used to create a new table From Server Explorer chose Data Connections
296. reviated version There is also the unabbreviated format which uses the name of the relationship to indicate the next step Table 2 3 compares the syntax between the unabbreviated and abbreviated formats The abbreviated format that is defined for each relationship reduces the size of the query and is the commonly used format Table 2 3 Abbreviated and unabbreviated syntax Abbreviated syntax Unabbreviated syntax dept child dept dept emp child dept child emp id attribute id department emp id child department child emp attribute id name descendant name child dept name child dept descendant name 70 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET So the default axis is the child axis The attribute axis can be represented by the at sign Similarly the descendant axis can be represented by two forward slashes You can filter the values selected by the path in the Query by a condition in the same way we filter the value using the WHERE clause of the SELECT statement You do this by using the predicate in XQuery Let us select all the US based movies from our movies database Example 2 11 gives you the query to get the required result Example 2 11 Predicate in XQuery xquery db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie movie details country US headi ng title The predicate in an XPath starts with a bracket and ends with the closing bracket A predicate is evaluated
297. ribute of customerinfo element in the info XML data which needs to be queried using the customer name The GetCustomerID method shown in Example 6 15 will demonstrate how XMLQuery can be used to obtain the CID attribute using the name element The XMLQuery that will yield CID using the customer name is shown in Example 6 14 Example 6 14 XMLQuery yielding CID SELECT XMLCAST xmlquery declare default element namespace http posample org d customerinfo Cid passing customer info as d AS int FROM customer where xmlexists declare default element namespace http posample org d customerifo name Customer Name passing customer info as d Example 6 15 GetCustomerID method which will retrieve CID using XMLQuery public static void GetCustomerID DB2Connection conn String pname int cid 0 String xmlquerystmt SELECT XMLCAST xmlquery declare default element namespace http posample org d customerinfo Cid passing customer info as d AS int FROM customer where xmlexists declare default element namespace http posample org d customerinfo name pname passing customer info as d Console WriteLine XMLQuery varchar 10 xmlquerystmt DB2Command cmd new DB2Command xmlquerystmt conn DB2DataReader reader cmd ExecuteReader try while reader Read Read in the int value and assign to cid cid reader GetInt32 0 292 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbo
298. rity option only users who belong to DB2 users group DB2USERS and DB2 administrator group DBADMINS can access DB2 objects jig DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Enable operating system security for DB2 objects fa Specify if you would like to enable operating system security for DB2 files folders registry keys and other objects on your computer If you enable this security operating system access to DB2 objects will be limited to the groups specified below JV Enable operating system security Information on the DB2 administrators group and DB2 users group is available by clicking Help DB2 administrators group DB2ADMNS DB2 users group DB2USERS Installshield lt Back I Cancel Help Figure 1 10 Setup wizard enabling operating system security for DB2 objects 14 Finally DB2 Setup wizard starts copying the files and creates the response file 15 After the successful installation of DB2 Express C you can create the sample database Installation using response file On the Windows platform enter following command setup u my rsp On the Linux platform use the following command db2setup r lt responsefile directory gt lt response_file gt 22 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Installation using db2_install script On a Linux system log in as a user with root authority If DB2 Express C has been downloaded from the previous
299. rles Minsky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Cary Lewies lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Mandy Ramsey lt actor gt 298 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt cr lt movie gt lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt edits gt type lead gender M special yes gt Chris Guest lt actor gt gender M gt Eric Shawn lt actor gt gender M gt Roger Rogen lt actor gt gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie i lt hea lt he lt syn lt sy lt cre lt cr lt movie gt d 567 gt ding gt lt title gt As Luck Would Have It lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt ading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 1996 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 27 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt RR Pictures lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie detai s gt opsis gt The never do well inventor inspected his garage full of useless inventions when he heard a loud knock at the front door Upon answering the door a man dressed in a conservative blue suit starts to make suspicious nopsis
300. rmed XML Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 59 Example 2 3 XMLParse function insert into moviereview reviewid review values 765 xmlparse document lt movie id 567 gt lt reviews gt lt UserReview gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there is not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there is not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt A host variable or parameter of type XML cannot be given as input to the XMLPARSE function They are implicitly parsed by the database XMLPARSE does not perform validation against a schema and only provides the parsing functionality to check the correctness of the XML value and how well formed the XML value is The full syntax for the XMLPARSE is XMLPARSE DOCUMENT lt String Value gt PRESERVE STRIP WHITESPACE XMLPARSE provides two options for extra whitespace processing while parsing the string value gt PRESERVE WHITESPACE Preserve the whitespace in the string value gt STRIP WHITEPACE Remove the extra whitespace This is the default action if no option is provided The DOCUM
301. rom a database 158 To disconnect from the database we can add the following statement at the end of our program EXEC SQL CONNECT RESET DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 3 9 The SQL Communications Area SQLCA The SOL Communications Area SQLCA is a DB2 data structure useful in obtaining information pertaining to the processing of an SQL statement or an API call As the SQLCA is updated by the database manager after each SQL statement it is Important we examine the structure to ensure that any unexpected errors will be handled by the application The SQLCA structure provides important information such as gt SQLCODE This is an integer return code indicating whether the most recent SQL statement processed was successful or not The value is 0 if successful 100 if a query yields no results positive if a warning occurred and negative if the processing was unsuccessful and an error was returned gt SQLSTATE This is a five digit character length field that contains a return code from the last SQL statement processed The return code is consistent with the SQL Standard gt SQLERRD This is an integer array containing six pieces of information related to the last SQL statement processed that can be useful when an error occurs To define the SQLCA we can add the following statement to our program EXEC SQL INCLUDE SQLCA Alternatively we can include the SQLCA header file and
302. ror will occur if the product already exists in the database Update quantity Update location Any changes in the quantity or location of a product need to be reflected in the table Anerror will occur if the product does not exist in the database gt Get information about a part The user can query the database for a product to get information about the quantity at hand or its location Anerror will occur if the product does not exist in the database 4 3 1 The INVENTORY table The INVENTORY table in the SAMPLE database consists of three columns named PID QUANTITY and LOCATION They store the ID barcode quantity on hand and the location of a product The PID column is the unique identifier for a product and must be distinct within the table By default the INVENTORY table in the SAMPLE database is populated with the records shown in Example 4 3 Example 4 3 Sample data from the INVENTORY table PID QUANTITY LOCATION 100 100 01 5 100 101 01 25 Store 100 103 01 55 Store 100 201 01 99 Warehouse 152 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 3 2 Precompiler source file extensions To start off we need to give the C program the appropriate file extension which the precompiler can recognize C C precompilers are needed to convert embedded SQL statements in each C C source file to DB2 Runtime API calls to the DB2 engine Unless otherwise specified by the BINDFILE optio
303. rs the SQL error while running the SQL statements 5 9 1 SQLExceptions An object of SQLException is created and thrown whenever an error occurs while accessing the database The object gives the following information regarding the error Message Message is a textual representation of the error code The getMessage method of the SQLException object returns this message string gt SQLState The SQLState string can be retrieved from the SQLException object by calling the SQLState method gt ErrorCode This is an integer value and indicates the error which caused the exception to be thrown Error codes can be retrieved by calling the getErrorCode method of the SQLException object Apart from the above information DB2 JCC driver provides an extra interface com ibm db2 jcc DB2Diagnosable This interface gives more information regarding the error that occurred while accessing the DB2 database DB2Diagnosable interface has the following methods gt getSqlca This method returns the db2sqlca object which gives an SQL error code SQLERRMC values SQLERRP value SQLERRD values SQLWARN values and SQL State value gt getThrowable 228 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET This method returns the java lang Throwable object that causes the SQLException if one exists gt PrintTrace This method prints the stack trace information If multiple SQLExceptions are thrown they are chained The
304. rst parameter is of XML type and the other two are of integer type The procedure checks if the ID value in the XML parameter review is equal to the ID values passed as the argument ID If yes the procedure inserts the review in the MOVIEREVIEW table with the review ID equal to the value of the reviewid parameter Example 2 26 Stored procedure with XML data type input create procedure procl IN review XML IN id int IN reviewid int language SQL BEGIN DECLARE varl XML if XMLEXISTS x movie id d passing review as x id as d then insert into moviereview values reviewid review end if end Example 2 27 calls the procedure that was created in Example 2 26 Example 2 27 Call stored procedure passing XML parameter call proc1 XMLPARSE DOCUMENT lt movie id 111 gt lt reviews gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt user name Andy gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt user name Linda gt Three is a crowd yet there are not enough stars to support this catastrophe lt user gt lt UserRevi ew gt lt CriticsReview gt lt newspaper name ABC Times gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt newspaper name San Francisco Post gt The best mystery thriller of the year lt newspaper gt lt CriticsReview gt lt reviews gt lt movie gt 111 222 90 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Beca
305. rted data type In the CREATE TABLE statement the XML data type can be specified as a column data type Just like other data types while inserting an XML value in the column of type XML DB2 makes sure that the data type of a value is XML XML value is made of nodes of different data types and can be represented and stored in any of the character types such as CHAR VARCHAR CLOB BLOB 58 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET and so on Before inserting a value in the XML columns DB2 makes sure that the string representation contains a valid XML document Similarly when selecting the XML value it should be converted to any of the character data types so that it can be presented or used in the application DB2 provides functions to explicitly check the correctness of the XML value before inserting and converting the XML value to a string representation while selecting An XML document can have the encoding information mentioned in the document itself in the declaration section Such documents are called internally encoded documents The encoding used for the documents which do not contain this information depends on the application code page XMLPARSE You can optionally use the XMLPARSE function to explicitly check the correctness of the XML document in an SQL statement The input to this function can be any of the character types CHAR VARCHAR and CLOB or BLOB The function returns the parsed X
306. ry interface functions and are case sensitive Trying to use these functions in upper case letters results in an error Writing XQuery The XQuery language queries the XML data XQuery works on a sequence of XML documents generated by either using the resource functions constructor function or created as an intermediate result of another XQuery Use XQuery along with SQL XML functions to query the XML documents stored in the DB2 9 database Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 69 Paths and predicates XQuery queries the XML data based on the path of the nodes in the XML hierarchical structure The nodes in the XML document relate to each other The relationships that are supported between two nodes are Child Attribute Descendant Parent Self Descendant or self vvvvvy You can query an XML node based on these relationships by providing the path of the node in the XML value Example 2 10 shows a small query which select all movies from the MOVIES INFO table A path based on the previous relationship is used to reach the title node in the XML value Example 2 10 Axis and path in XQuery xquery db2 fn xmlcolumn MOVIES INFO movie heading title The forward slash in the query indicates the next step in the path followed by the axis relationship to move and the node name The query in Example 2 10 uses the relationship name to indicate the next step or direction in the path This format is called the abb
307. s an entry for each statement in the batch to indicate the failure or success of the statement Example 5 21 on page 233 shows the catch block of the method createCart from our application example This method does the batch update to update the cart table 232 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 5 21 Handling BatchUpdateException catch BatchUpdateException buex int updateCounts buex getUpdateCounts for int i 0 i lt updateCounts length i System err print n Statement i updateCounts i System err print n Message buex getMessage System err println SQLSTATE buex getSQLState System err println Error code buex getErrorCode SQLException ex buex getNextException while ex null System err printIn SQL exception System err println Message ex getMessage System err println SQLSTATE ex getSQLState System err println Error code ex getErrorCode ex ex getNextException 5 10 Transactions Transaction are used to access data concurrently with consistency and by maintaining data integrity You can view a database transaction as a set of interactions with the database system independent of other transactions which are either completed or aborted This set of interactions is called unit of work A unit of work can be defined as a set of SQL statements which need to be executed success
308. s in a royal marriage lt writer gt Bill Gulden lt writer gt lt director gt Rob Reiner lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Minsky lt photography gt lt actors gt 306 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt special yes type lead gender M gt Cary Lewies lt actor gt type lead gender F gt Mandy Ramsey lt actor gt type lead gender M special yes gt Chris Guest lt actor gt gender M gt Eric Shawn lt actor gt gender M gt Roger Rogen lt actor gt gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt insert into movies id info values 567 xmlparse document lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 567 gt lt heading gt lt title gt As Luck Would Have It lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 1996 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 27 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt RR Pictures lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt The never do well inventor inspected his garage full of useless inventions when he heard a lo
309. s or service marks of others x DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Preface This IBM Redbook will help you get started in application development with XML PHP C C Java and NET using the free IBM database management system offering DB2 Express C V9 This book is organized as follows gt Chapter 1 introduces application development options for DB2 Universal Database for Linux UNIX and Windows Installation and features of DB2 Express C and DB2 Developer Workbench are also presented gt Chapter 2 introduces the new pureXML technology in DB2 Express C V9 and provides an overview to design and build a Web application that utilizes this technology gt Chapter 3 provides an easy to use framework for developing a Web application using PHP and DB2 Express C It discusses application environment setup and provides practical PHP application examples gt Chapter 4 discusses how to develop DB2 applications with C C including the environment setup the fundamentals of using embedded SQL and XML Chapter 5 discusses how to develop Java application with DB2 Express C including application software requirements an in depth description of the java sql package an overview of the javax sql package exception handling XML XQuery and SQLj support gt Chapter 6 introduces DB2 application development using NET It discusses requirements for NET application development with
310. ser type xd userreview minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name criticsreviewtype gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name newspaper type xd userreview minOccurs 1 maxOccurs unbounded gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name reviewtype gt Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 63 64 lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name UserReview type xd userreviewtype gt lt xs element name CriticsReview type xd criticsreviewtype gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name movietype gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name reviews type xd reviewtype gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs attribute name id type xs integer gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs element name movie type xd movietype gt lt xs schema gt Example 2 7 gives the command to register this schema to the database Because we are not importing any schema within the main schema shown in Example 2 6 on page 63 there is no need to use the add xmlschema CLP command Example 2 7 Registering schema register xmlschema http movies org from review xsd as review complete xmlschema review Registration using stored procedures You cannot use CLP commands in the higher programming languages To register an XML schema using an application program in one of the higher programming languages
311. ser as a contact an error message is thrown and database update does not occur Finally if there is no error database update succeeds and the user is taken to that user s own profile page which reflects the currently added contacts Alternatively a logged in user can at any time click the My Profile menu bar to view that user s own profile and contact information Figure 3 8 shows the Web page where a user can define a relationship and make contacts as we discussed E Contact Info Windows Internet Explorer lt Geo SFihto ipocahostiview isplayid 145 SS vy 4 x Pl Fie Edit View Favorites Tools Help amp amp Eoman th a re Gre fd a AR MyContacts com nA Home Join Now My Profile Member Profile Member Contacts John Chueng Salvador Ledezma Software Developer at Xerox Corporation Direct Contact Email Xerox Corporation Freemont CA 95432 Industry Computer Software Experiences I develop device drivers for prnting technology products Make John my contact v C Make Contact Relationship Co worker KI Our Privacy Policy About MyContacts Customer Service All content Copyright 2003 6 IBM Corporation gt amp Local intranet R 100 Figure 3 8 Define relationship and make contact gt addContact This implements a method to add a contact relationship with an existing myContacts member From the application point of view a logged in mem
312. sing XML data back and forth from the application to Zend_Db_Xml_XmlContent either for the raw XML data or for the about XML metadata Though the XML is stored internally as a DOM Zend_Db_Xml_XmlUtil can allow an application to use strings file streams or any other implementation specific object representation of XML data such as PHP s SimpleXML Convenience methods for converting between these different types of representations and DOM are provided Let us assume the following document is already saved in the persistence layer as shown in Example 3 17 Example 3 17 Sample XML document lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt book gt lt title gt Mom Dad and The Rainbow House lt title gt lt author gt Mary Staple lt author gt lt date gt 2006 05 09 lt date gt lt body gt Another fantastic children s book from bestseller Mary Staple lt body gt lt book gt To search anywhere for the keyword Rainbow see Example 3 18 Example 3 18 Searching keyword keyword Rainbow 120 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET found xcs findAnywhere keyword Zend Db_Xm l_XmlUtil DATA To be more specific about case and where exactly in the document to search see Example 3 19 Example 3 19 Detail searching search array title gt Rainbow author gt Staple options array caseSensitive gt true exactMatch g
313. sion on SQL statement type is taken at runtime It returns true if the result of the SQL statement is a ResultSet object for example for SELECT statement and false if the result is update count or there is no result Based on the return value getResultSet and getUpdateCount methods can be used to get the resultSet object or the update count Example 5 5 on page 210 uses the execute method to implement the same function in Example 5 4 Example 5 5 SELECT using Statement object s execute method String queryStmt select name from product Statement stmt con createStatement boolean test stmt execute queryStmt if test true ResultSet rs stmt getResultSet else int count stmt getUpdateCount UPDATE using Statement object Example 5 6 give the code snippet to update a value in the table using the Statement object Example 5 6 UPDATE using Statement object Statement stmt nul1 stmt con createStatement stmt executeUpdate update purchaseorder set status shipped where poid 5007 210 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET An INSERT or DELETE statement can be executed using the Statement object in the same fashion PreparedStatement An object of PreparedStatement or a class implementing the PreparedStatement interface can be used to run the queries which can contain parameter markers A PreparedStatement object can be created using the prepareStatement method of Connectio
314. sis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt David Anderson lt writer gt lt director gt Alex Ostern lt director gt lt photography gt Charles Govasky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor special yes type lead gender M gt Karl Thomas lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender F gt Sandra Casper lt actor gt lt actor type lead gender M special yes gt Peter Walsh lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Sam Allen lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Chris Plummer lt actor gt lt actor gender F gt Linda Collins lt actor gt lt actor gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt lt actors gt lt credits gt lt movie gt lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 456 gt lt heading gt lt title gt The Royal Marriage lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Comedy lt genres gt lt MPAArat ing gt PG lt MPAArat ing gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 1987 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 40 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt Century Production lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt A fairy tale about a beautiful girl who married a prince and discovered what the true meaning of love is in a royal marriage lt synopsis gt lt credits gt lt writer gt Bill Gulden lt writer gt lt director gt Rob Reiner lt director gt lt photography gt Cha
315. sq1 ctx1 iterator cast rs sql fetch iterator into poid status while iterator endFetch System out print n id poid status status sql fetch iterator into poid status iterator close Similarly an ExecutionContext in SQLj is equivalent to the Statement object in JDBC In SQLj ExecutionContext is used to get the information regarding the Query statement before and after execution in a Java Statement the object is used to do the same Some of the equivalent functions are shown in Table 5 2 Table 5 2 Comparison between Statement and ExecutionContext Method description Statement ExecutionContext object method method Retrieve the update counts done by the getUpdateCount getUpdateCount update or delete statement Retrieve the warnings thrown by the getWarnings getWarnings statements To start the batchUpdate no need to enable setBatching batching To add the SQL statement in the batch addBatch After enabling the batching using setBatching method Subsequent statements are added to the batch automatically To execute the batch statements executeBatch executeBatch Table 5 3 on page 247 gives you a comparison between ResultSet object in JDBC and iterator in SQLJ 246 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Table 5 3 Comparison between ResultSet and iterator Creation Scrollability and Updatability Holdability Methods supported for scrolla
316. ss data source and is the layer above JDBC SQLJ translator is used to process SQLJ source files with the extension sqlj It translates sqlj source files into java files and an SQLJ serialized profile into a form of ser file The serialized file contains all the SQL statements in original SQLJ source file The translated resulting java file will contain calls to SQLJ run time libraries in place of SQL statements In order to bind the application statically to a DB2 database you use the DB2 profile customizer tool called db2sqljcustomize The db2sqljcustomize connects and binds a package on the target database using the serialized profile The package bound in the target database using db2sqljcustomize will contain sections which correspond to each SQL query in the serialized profile Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 9 Commands associated with SQLJ gt sqlij sqlj is the translator that takes an embedded SQLJ program and creates a ser file used for binding and a java file that will also be compiled into byte code as typical Java programs are compiled gt db2sqljcustomize This command will take the ser file from the sqlj step connect to the database against which the application will be run and bind four bind files for this application all with different isolation levels gt db2sqljbind This command can be used to rebind this application against other databases for example it can be used for moving the a
317. stalled which can leverage new pureXML functionalities discussed in the redbook Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 309 310 Example 6 17 sample PHP code to test DB2 lt php conn db2 connect sample userid password create DROP TABLE xmlTest result db2 exec conn create create CREATE TABLE xmlTest id INTEGER data XML result db2 exec conn create insert INSERT INTO xmlTest values 0 lt Client gt lt Address gt lt street gt 555 Bailey Ave lt street gt lt city gt San Jose lt city gt lt state gt CA lt state gt lt zip gt 95141 lt zip gt lt Address gt lt email gt ranjanr us ibm com lt email gt lt Client gt db2_exec conn insert if conn sql SELECT data FROM xmlTest stmt db2 prepare conn sql db2_execute stmt while result db2 fetch_assoc stmt print_r result echo n db2_close conn else echo Connection failed n gt Save this file in any folder for example C rakesh test php and run it php test php You should be able to see the result as shown in Example 6 18 on page 310 Example 6 18 Output of test php C rakesh gt php test php Array DATA gt lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt Client gt lt Address gt lt street gt 555 Bailey Ave lt street gt lt city gt San Jose lt cit y gt lt state gt CA lt state gt lt zip gt 95141 lt zip gt lt Address gt lt email gt
318. sult Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 107 3 PHP index php Eclipse Platform N YO File Edit Navigate Search Project PHP Apache Run Window Help _ He PRSbb O A 7 Ho o os or 2 ES Navigator 3 A D index php 23 member php vote php 13 Gi Be outine m IL leLescyle el Slyle cosiexe E g bad amp 8 xX 3 2 cframework A lt SCRIPT gt app EG controllers lt form action view search method POST gt a AddController php lt font gt Look for people already using MyContacts 4 IndexController php P ni lt table bgcolor cccccc gt A VienController php fesa views a eror php lt lt tr gt lt td gt First name lt td gt lt td gt Last name lt td gt lt v 4D index php gt A member php pa 6B searchResult php Problems Console Bookmarks PHP Browser 3 o thanks php http localhost v X eo spe J x gt 09 m D vote php 3 ib te ted REA MyContacts com DB Database php wr ep i p si ci I Zend ohp 7 Home Join Now My Profile a f www gt images logo jpg 0902 jpg 10903 jpg tab eft cif e Dev A evelop your professional contacts tab ight gif P Ss P Re a ba E amp styles g l gt B stylet css Done Writable Smart Insert 1 1 Figure 3 1 Eclipse 3 4 Sample Web application In order to showcase the features of DB2 Express C PHP and the brand new Zen
319. t Zend Controller Dispatcher The dispatcher process takes the dispatcher token finds the appropriate controller instantiates the controller class and finally runs the action method in that controller object In summary this is how Zend_Controller works 1 A request is received by Zend_Controller_Front which in turn calls Zend_Controller_Router to determine which controller and action in that controller to dispatch 2 Zend_Controller Router decomposes the URI into a Zend_Controller_Dispatcher_Token object that describes where to dispatch 3 Zend_Controller_Front then enters a dispatch loop It calls Zend_Controller_Dispatcher passing it the token to dispatch to the actual controller and action 4 After the controller has finished control returns to Zend_Controller_Front If the controller has indicated that another controller should be dispatched by returning a new token the loop continues and another dispatch is performed Otherwise the process ends We discuss more about these objects whenever needed but for now let us go through the setup required for using Zend Framework 98 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 1 2 Setting up Zend Framework Setting up Zend Framework is quite easy This section assumes that you have PHP up and running with some supported Web server in your environment Our example uses Apache HTTP server 2 0 58 and assumes it is installed in the C
320. t false logic gt or found xcs gt find search Zend_Db_Xm1_Xm1Util DATA options find returns an XML iterator which represents a set of XML documents as shown in Example 3 20 Example 3 20 Get XML iterator foreach found as current get a Simp XML object and do something with it sxml Zend _Db_Xml_XmlUti exportToSimp eXML current Zend_Db_Xm _XmlUti DATA prints the contents of the lt title gt element echo sxml title We can also use a simple XPath expression to search as shown in Example 3 21 Example 3 21 Search using XPath expression xml xcs gt executeXPathPredicateQuery book date 2004 12 21 Zend_Db_Xm _Xml_Uti DATA foreach xml as current sxml Zend Db _Xml_XmlUtil exportToSimpleXML current Zend_Db_Xm _XmlUti DATA echo lt p gt Title sxml title This will output Mom Dad and The Rainbow house Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 121 Parameters are also accepted in XPath searches using an associative array It is important to match XPath variable names with the keys of the associative array Otherwise the XPath search fails Example 3 22 shows the XPath search Example 3 22 Xpath search param array param d 2006 05 09 param t Mom Dad and the Rainbow House xml xcs gt executeXPathPredicateQuery book date d or title t param foreach xml as current sxm
321. t isNullable This method returns true if the ResultSet column can have a null value gt isReadOnly This method will return true if the column is read only 5 5 Stored procedure support DB2 supports the Java stored procedure which can be run on the server side by the application Follow these guidelines to create the Java stored procedure gt The method in the class which will map to the stored procedure must be defined as public static void method gt Output and InOut parameters must be set up as a single element array To create register and use a Java stored procedure in an application follow these steps 1 Write a Java program with the stored procedure method The method should be public static void 2 Compile the program using the Java compiler 3 Copy the class file of the program to sqllib function directory on server side If you declare a class to be part of the Java package create Chapter 5 Application development with Java 219 220 subdirectories in the function directory that correspond to the fully qualified class names and place the related class files in the corresponding subdirectories You can create a JAR file too in case you want to copy a set of stored procedure class files 4 Register the stored procedure to the database using the CREATE PROCEDURE command 5 Call the stored procedure from the client program Let us register the stored procedure to create an XML document for the porde
322. t 0 TableType TABLE VIEW SYSTEM TABLE tstcli2x Assuming dbalias2 is a database in DB2 for MVS SchemaList OWNER1 OWNER2 CURRENT SQLID MyVeryLongDBALIASName dbalias dbalias3 SysSchema MY SCHEMA testDB autocommi t 0 In a db2cli ini file the name of a database is surrounded by square brackets Each database in the file will have its own section of CLI keywords which are listed below the database name If a database is not listed in the db2cii ini file this means that there are no CLI keywords associated with it Comments are denoted by semicolons In Example 4 28 we see that there is a database named testDB with one CLI keyword named autocommit If we want a CLI keyword to apply to all databases instead of defining the keyword in each database section we can use a common section A common section denoted by common in the configuration file means that the CLI driver will read the CLI keyword during runtime for all databases it accesses We can choose to modify the db2cli ini manually or on the DB2 Command Line Processor CLP To list the entire contents of the db2cli ini file on the CLP we can run the command db2 get cli cfg Chapter 4 Application development with C C 179 To only get CLI keywords applicable for a particular database we can run the following command where lt database name gt is the name of the database db2 get cli cfg for section lt database name gt To add or
323. t ROCKS with PHP to send attachment use addAttachment by default it assume binary attachment but second argument can override this to image mail gt addAttachment someBinaryString Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 139 mail addAttachment myImage image gif Zend Mime DISPOSITION INLINE Zend Mime ENCODING 8BIT mail gt setFrom ranjanr us ibm com Rakesh mail gt addTo geeks zend com Geek 1 mail setSubject DB2Rocks Lys mail send gt For more information about using Zend_Mail refer Zend Framework s online manual Zend_PDF The Zend_Pdf module is a PDF Portable Document Format manipulation engine written entirely in PHP 5 It can load existing documents create new documents modify documents and save modified documents Thus it can help any PHP driven application dynamically prepare documents in a PDF by modifying an existing template or generating a document from scratch The Zend_Pdf module supports the following features gt Create new document or load existing one gt Retrieve specified revision of the document gt Manipulate pages within document Change page order add new pages and remove pages from a document gt Use different drawing primitives lines rectangles polygons circles ellipses and sectors gt Allow text drawing using any of the 14 standard built in fonts or your own custom TrueType fonts gt
324. t deployment using Windows Active Directory Windows System Management Server or Tivoli Table 1 2 summarizes DB2 installation methods Table 1 2 DB2 installation methods Installation method Windows Linux or UNIX Response fe instalation 12 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Installation steps using DB2 Setup Wizard DB2 Setup Wizard is the most common method of installing DB2 It provides a graphical user interface to step you through the DB2 installation process 1 Execute setup exe which displays the welcome window The welcome window has several choices which include Installation Prerequisites Release Notes Migration Information Install a Product and Exit Upon choosing Install a Product two installation options are presented One is for DB2 Express C which installs the database server component and another is for DB2 Client which only consists of DB2 client component Choose DB2 Express C install which starts the Setup Wizard It will take few moments for the Next button to become available Click Next once it becomes available 2 Accept the terms in the license agreement to continue 3 Several installation types are presented Typical Compact and Custom Choose Custom to include all application development features Now you are offered Installation options regarding response file creation Installation can proceed with or without response file generation or
325. t is the base handle which holds iholds information and provides a context for all connections Typically only a single environment handle exists for an application Connection SQL_HANDLE_DBC This object holds information about a connection to a single database and provides a context for all statements executed against that database A CLI application can connect to multiple databases This means that there can be multiple connection handles associated with a single environment handle gt Statement SQL_HANDLE_STMT This object contains information about the processing of an SQL statement This must be associated with a connection handle gt Descriptor SQL_HANDLE_DESC This handle holds information about either parameter markers or columns ina resultset It can be associated with either a statement or connection handle Figure 4 1 on page 178 illustrates the relationship of the handles Connection handles can only be defined under the context of an environment handle and statement handles can only be defined under the context of a connection handle Descriptor handles can be optionally allocated to associate with a connection or statement handle Handle allocation is done in sequence The environment handle must be declared first then the connection handle is declared under the environment handle and then the statement handle is declared under the Chapter 4 Application development with C C 177 connection handle When f
326. t of the result set of transaction A gt Phantom read Application A selects some data based on some condition Application B inserts another row to the same table which satisfies the condition of Application A and commits the changes If Application A selects the data again it will find the extra rows in the result of the query This kind of transaction is possible if Application B adds some more rows to the table which can be part of the result set of transaction A if the result set is created again by running the statement again These interactions between different transactions can cause unpredictable results Setting isolation levels to appropriate values restricts these interactions DB2 provides the following isolation levels Each isolation level is described on two parameters gt How the data is seen by the other transactions while this transaction with this specified isolation level is updating or reading the data gt How the current transaction with the specified isolation level can see the data read or updated by other transactions All the transactions acquire an exclusive lock whenever they update a row in the table so the lost update is not possible at all Chapter 5 Application development with Java 235 Uncommitted read UR This is the lowest level of isolation gt Any row already read by the current transaction can be updated by another transaction gt The current transaction can see any uncommitted
327. t using various interfaces so you can select a chapter of your interest for further reading JDBC JDBC or Java database connectivity layer has been enhanced to make XML data compatible with strings byte arrays and streams so that columns and parameters can be bound to any of these types Standardizing a JDBC XML type is a work in progress but a proprietary XML type com ibm db2 DB2Xml is available right now This interface provides a number of methods that make application development with XML easy Look at the code in Example 2 23 Example 2 23 JDBC with XML String sql SELECT ID MOVIEDETAILS from MOVIES where ID PreparedStatement stmt connection prepareStatement sql stmt setString 1 345 ResultSet resultSet stmt executeQuery String xml resultSet getString MOVIEDETAILS or InputStream inputStream resultSet getBinaryStream MOVIEDETAILS or Reader reader resultSet getCharacterStream MOVIEDETAILS or DB2Xm1 db2xml DB2Xml resultSet getObject MOVIEDETAILS Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 83 84 As you can see the API provides various convenience methods to retrieve XML data so that the application can process it as desired Here is a list of DB2Xml methods for the JDBC API and a short description of their usage gt getDB2String Retrieves the value of the designated column in the current row of this ResultSet object as a string getDB2XmlString
328. t will be used to insert new data to existing CID customer ID In Example 6 13 a new XmIDocument is created using changed modified customer information through CreateCustXML method The DB2Connection object CID and XmIDocument object containing new info data will be passed to UpdateCustomer method for update Example 6 13 Updating the Customer table public static void Main String args int rowsupdated 0 XmlDocument newXm lDoc new XmlDocument Declare a DB2Connection DB2Connection conn null conn ConnectDb alias userid password newXmlDoc CreateCustXML pcid pname pcountry pstreet pcity pprov ppcode ptype pphonenumb rowsupdated UpdateCustomer conn cid newXmlDoc Console WriteLine nRows updated rowsupdated public static int UpdateCustomer DB2Connection conn int pcid XmlDocument pinfo DB2Command cmd conn CreateCommand cmd Parameters Add new DB2Parameter XMLData pinfo InnerXml String updtStmt UPDATE customer SET cid pcid info XMLdata where cid pcid Console WriteLine nUpdate Stmt n updtStmt cmd CommandText updtStmt int rowsUpdated cmd ExecuteNonQuery Chapter 6 Application development with NET 291 Console WriteLine nRows Updated n rowsUpdated conn Close return rowsUpdated If we need to update customer information using the name of the customer we need to first obtain the customer ID CID The CID is an att
329. ta type VARCHAR specified when creating the index on an XML node value imposes a restriction on the length of the node value for XML data which can be inserted into the table For example if the index is created on a node with the data type as VARCHAR 5 inserting the XML data with the same node value with more than 5 characters throws an error Tip Creating an index with the data type VARCHAR HASHED does not impose any restriction on the node value gt DOUBLE For nodes with any numeric type gt DATE and TIMESTAMP For nodes with corresponding XML values DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET The following example defines a unique index on all movie ID attributes Uniqueness is enforced within a document and across all documents in the XML column CREATE UNIQUE INDEX movie_id on movies movieDetails generate key using xmlpattern movie id atomic as sql double If an index definition contains the text in the XMLPATTERN as shown in the following example then the query must also use the text in the predicate or the index does not match and cannot be used Likewise if the index definition does not contain the text in the XMLPATTERN then the query should not use the text in the predicate See the following example CREATE INDEX ratingidx on movies movieDetails generate key using xmlpattern movie movie details MPAARating text atomic as sql varchar 5 XML full text indexes
330. tatement and all database objects accessed within the statement are known prior to compile time then it can be written as a static SQL statement Otherwise if the complete SQL statement or any database objects accessed within the statement are not known until runtime then it must be written as a dynamic SQL statement Using embedded SQL in an application requires a precompiler to create its associated package in the database A package is a database object and is needed for processing because it holds the optimized form of an SQL statement The DB2 Call Level Interface is an SQL interface that C C applications can use to interact with DB2 The interface follows the ISO CLI and Microsoft s Open Database Connectivity ODBC standard In addition it provides some useful DB2 Application Programming Interfaces APIs Writing C C code to make use of the CLI interface is an alternative to using embedded dynamic SQL Whether a C C application uses embedded static SQL embedded dynamic SQL or the CLI interface is dependent on several factors If database statistics do not change much programs can run faster using embedded static SQL because source files are precompiled and SQL statements do not need to be prepared at runtime However if database statistics change often programs can run faster using embedded dynamic SQL because it uses current database statistics during runtime If the application wants to make use of dynamic SQL processing or th
331. tatus 242 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET if iteratorl status toUpperCase compareTo UNSHIPPED 0 sql ctx1 update purchaseorder set status shipped where current of iteratorl sql ctx1 commit Similarly you can define the holdability of the iterator by adding the clause with holdability true while defining the iterator 5 12 4 Batch updates with SQLj SQLj supports batch updates the same way JDBC does But unlike JDBC SQLj allows you to add statements of different types a different instance of the same statement or a statement with a host expression in the same batch To create a batch in SQLj an ExecutionContext is required The batching can be enabled by calling setBatching method of ExecutionContext and setting the value to true The number of statements in the batch can be limited to a value by calling the method setBatchLimit of the ExecutionContext Once this limit is set batch will be automatically executed when this limit is reached Batch can be explicitly executed by calling the executeBatch method of the ExecutionContext Apart from that a batch is executed implicitly if the batch contains a statement which is incompatible with other statements in the same batch In that case a batch will be executed and a new batch is created for incompatible statements Example 5 32 shows how to perform batch update Example 5 32 Batch updates ExecutionConte
332. te SQL support will be added to the project Specify the SQL JAR file to use for resolving SQL references SQL JAR file C SQLLIB java sqlj zip Browse TT Set advanced project properties lt Back Next gt Finish Cancel Figure 1 16 Specifying package and SQLJ name 4 Complete the wizard steps Creating a user defined function UDF Before creating UDFs you need to create the data development project to store the given database object 1 Start the new Data Development project by selecting File gt New Data development This will prompt you for the project name If new project creation is specified you can specify the current schema as shown in Figure 1 13 on page 27 2 In following window Figure 1 17 on page 31 you can choose to Create a new connection or Use an existing connection Once the choice is made clicking Finish returns you to the workspace window The data development project now displays in the Data Project Explorer view 30 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Now you can use the New User Defined Function wizard to create DB2 user defined functions UDFs in SQL Switch to the Data perspective using Window Open Perspective Other then select Data Output of the Select Perspective window is shown in Figure 1 17 Select Perspective _ i faacvs Repository Exploring Data default ped Debug L Generic Log Adapter 5 Java
333. ted from the data in the specified XML column The association between the XML document and the XML column is required for the query Click Finish x Associate documents with XML columns XQ All documents used in building the query must be associated with an XML column before the query can be executed Select a document and dick Associate to choose the XML column to query cel C Documents and Settings chng1 CHUNJ CUSTOMER INFO M 2 lt Back Next gt Cancel Figure 1 26 XQuery Visual Builder associating documents with XML columns Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 39 10 This brings you to the workspace view with the Sample_XML_Query xqm view See Figure 1 27 Viola File Edit Navigate Search Project Run XQuery Window Help Cie ja 23 ES hoata EREI nera XQuery re e E XQuery 1 SAMPLE jdbc db2 SAMPLE a 3 D ai i CHUNI_CUSTOMER_INFO xml Drag the resources from the left and drop them into the grid to build the query 29 Sample_XML_Query xqm E e document a SQL Scripts E customerinfo C Stored Procedures C XML Schema Documents Gy User Defined Functions Cid 1000 mins http posamp E name kathy Smith E E addr E E phone a gt Constructors D4 Database Explorer 3 SE gt Expressions E a a S 7 Functions E amp Connections gt Variables d SAMPLE DB2 UDB V9 1 sa z Design So
334. text object In the same way an iterator in SQLj and the JDBC ResultSet can be retrieved from each other To get an iterator from the ResultSet object use the following command sql iterator CAST result set Before doing the cast make sure that iterator definition is the same as the result set definition For the named iterator column name and the data types of the columns defined in the iterator should be the same as those of the result set For a positioned iterator the number of columns and data type should match those of the result set Apart from that properties such as scrollability updatability and holdability should match the definition of the iterator For details about setting these properties for SQLj iterator refer to Updatable and scrollable iterators on page 242 A ResultSet object can be retrieved from the iterator by calling the getResultSet method of the iterator class Example 5 36 shows how to get an iterator from the ResultSet object Example 5 36 Creating an iterator from the ResultSet object sql public iterator positionIterator int String Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance Connection con DriverManager getConnection url con setAutoCommit false ctx ctxl new ctx con positionIterator iterator Statement stmt con createStatement ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery select poid status from purchaseorder Chapter 5 Application development with Java 245
335. the processing of an SQL statement HARK KERR KERR EKER ERR RRR RRR ERR KERR EER ERE RRR ER ERE void add_product void printf n printf Add A Product n n printf Enter Product ID scanf s amp PID printf Enter Quantity scanf d amp quantity printf Enter Location scanf s amp location EXEC SQL INSERT INTO inventory PID quantity location VALUES PID quantity location if sqlca sqlcode 0 if sqlca sqlcode 803 printf n Error Product already exists in the database n else printf n Error Problem occurred when adding a new product Sqlcode d Sqlstate s n sqlca sqlcode sqlca sqlstate return EXEC SQL COMMIT printf n Product successfully added BRRRRRRRRRR ERE RRR EE e he he EER ER ERR ER EERE KERR ER EERE REE REE This function will update information on an existing product into the INVENTORY table It demonstrates how to write dynamic SQL and use the WHENEVER statement Chapter 4 Application development with C C 171 Fee e He e e KEKE RK ERE RRR EERE EERE KERR EE EKER EERE RE Ke e He e e ee ke e void update_product void char updateField 9 char updateValue 128 enum UPDATE QUANTITY UPDATE LOCATION option EXEC SQL BEGIN DECLARE SECTION char updateStmt 200 EXEC SQL END DECLARE SECTION EXEC SQL WHENEVER SQLERROR GOTO errorFound EXEC S
336. the xquery and is useful when the filter condition is based on the comparison of the relational column with the XML node value xmlexists is generally used in the WHERE clause of the SELECT statement Example 2 19 shows you a query which returns the IDs for all the movies with genres Drama Romance and Remake Example 2 19 Using xmlexists select id from movies where xmlexists movie movie movie details genres Drama Romance and Remake passing movies info as movie Use xmlexists in conjuction with the xmlquery function to select the part of the XML document based on a comparison between a node value and relation column value Example 2 20 shows you a query which selects the movie name and the corresponding reviews as two separate columns of the result set Example 2 20 Using xmlexists in conjuction with xmlquery select xmlquery d movie heading title passing movies info as d xml query d movie reviews passing moviereview review as d from moviereview movies where xmlexists d movie id p passing moviereview review as d movies id as p xmlcast function The xmlcast function is used to cast the XML value to other relational data types It is equivalent to the existing cast function for relational data xmlcast first resolves the XML value to an XQuery atomic data type and then does the conversion to the relational data type Example 2 21 shows the usage of the xmlcast function The resulting columns in Exa
337. ting from the db2 prep utility results in the following db2bfd v command output updtProd bnd Host Variables 3 Type SQL Data Type Length Alias Name Len Name UDT Name 460 C STRING 2000 H00001 7 xmldata 460 C STRING 30 H00002 12 parse option 408 CLOB 1024 H00003 8 xmlclobl XML 4 6 2 Call Level Interface CLI CLI Applications can use the xml binary or character data types to work with XML data from a DB2 database In CLI API calls applications can use application C types of the following SQL_C_BINARY SQL_C_CHAR SQL_C_WCHAR SQL_C_DBCHAR v Yv y This means that when applications work with XML data types they can bind application variables to any of the types just mentioned The default C type is SQL_C_BINARY and using this type can avoid code page conversion issues The other C types assume the application code page encoding That is SQL_C_BINARY would output in UTF 8 SQL_C_WCHAR in platform encoding UTF 16 and SQL_C_CHAR SQL_C_DBCHAR in the application mixed and graphic code pages respectively On the database end a column of type xml has a symbolic SQL type of SQL_XML The application can use this SQL type when trying to store or retrieve XML data Let us try a simple CLI example Assuming we have initialized all the necessary data structures and are connected to the database we now want to get back the 196 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DESCRIPTION column from the PR
338. ting stored procedure To create a stored procedure 1 Start a new stored procedure project by selecting File gt New Stored Procedure This prompts you for the project name If new project creation is specified you can specify the current schema as shown in Figure 1 13 New Data Development Project Data Development Project Specify a basic definition for the new project Use the project to store a set of objects that can be deployed Figure 1 13 Data development project for a stored procedure Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 27 28 2 In the following window Figure 1 14 choose Create a new connection or Use an existing connection Once your choice is made click Finish to return to the Specify a Project window Upon choosing the newly created project name the name of the stored procedure and the language of the procedure need to be specified as shown in Figure 1 14 Name and Language Specify basic options for creating a stored procedure To preserve case use delimiters for all SQL identifiers Name PROCEDURE1 eso i re co Figure 1 14 Specifying language type for stored procedure 3 Once selections are made you are prompted for the password to connect to the target database if the connection does not already exist The wizard then steps you through the creation of the procedure Creating SQLJ Before invoking the wizard you need to create the J
339. tion about the column being returned and subsequently print fields of the SQLDA structure Chapter 4 Application development with C C 175 Example 4 26 Printing SQLDA Fields strncpy test SELECT PID FROM inventory sizeof test BRRRRRRRRER ERR REE ER ERE ARA AAA AAA AAA RE ARIA ARIA Call PREPARE INTO to prepare and describe the SQL statement The statement is equivalent to EXEC SQL PREPARE stmt INTO mysqlda FROM test EXEC SQL EXECUTE stmt USING DESCRIPTOR mysqlda ee e Ae e e KERR EKER EERE AA RAEE EER ER EERE EERE e He He e e He EERE EXEC SQL PREPARE stmt INTO mysqlda FROM test mysqlda gt sqld mysqlda gt sqln s n printf Number of columns sqld d printf Number of SQLVARs sqln d printf Column name sqlname data mysqlda gt sqlvar 0 sqlname data printf Column name length sqlname length d n mysqlda gt sqlvar 0 sqlname length printf Column datatype sqltype d n mysqlda gt sqlvar 0 sqltype printf Column length sqllen d n mysqlda gt sqlvar 0 sqllen n n Running this produces the following output Example 4 27 Sample output of values stored in the SQLDA Number of columns sqld 1 Number of SQLVARs sqln 2 Column name sqlname data PID Column name length sqlname length 3 Column datatype sqltype 448 Column length sqllen 10 The result in Example 4 27 informs us that there are two SQLVAR elements defined sqin and one col
340. tionality to create and alter roles and assign privileges to database objects The IBM designers give you the ability to clone tables and procedures The new tools give you a new way to seamlessly debug SQL procedures on Linux UNIX and Windows or zSeries servers from Server Explorer Debugging support now uses the new IBM Designer for Procedures that allows a seamless debugging experience There is a new designer to view or create script for all objects The IBM Script Designer provides The ability to change and execute scripts The ability to run single or multiple DDL DML statements and view results in single or multiple grids The ability to alter objects using scripts You can show data from tables and views with the following new enhancements You can filter columns while retrieving data You can save data as XML to import or export allowing easy table or view data migration Execute procedures and functions has the following new enhancements You have the ability to run pre and post scripts You can save input or in out parameter values across Visual Studio sessions You can commit or roll back transactions There is a new user interface to view result sets in DB2 connections on the Server Explorer It gives you The ability to view single or multiple result sets for a procedure in Server Explorer The ability to discover automatically when possible or to manual
341. tle gt lt title gt lt head gt lt body gt lt hl gt Name your favorite movie of the week lt h1 gt lt form action add movie method POST gt Suggestion lt input type text name movie_name gt lt P gt lt INPUT type submit value Submit new movie and or vote gt lt php movie_name POST_ movie_name vote POST vote echo lt table border 0 gt lt tr gt lt th gt Vote lt th gt echo lt th gt Idea lt th gt lt th colspan 2 gt Votes lt th gt echo lt tr gt n sum this escape this sum SUM foreach this gt result as row gt lt TR gt lt TD align center gt lt input type radio name vote value lt php echo row NAME gt gt lt td gt lt td gt lt php echo row NAME lt td gt lt td ALIGN right gt echo row VOTE lt td gt lt td gt if sum amp amp int row VOTE per int 100 row VOTE sum echo lt img src images logo jpg height 12 echo width per gt per lt TD gt echo lt tr gt n echo lt table gt n gt Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 115 lt input type submit value Submit idea and or vote gt lt input type reset gt lt form gt lt body gt lt htm1 gt With everything in place you can see that the presentation layer is separate from the business logic layer and adding more business logic and presentation is extremely easy The code looks clean it is flexible
342. to obtain all the names in the given XML document customer s and assistant s Example 6 8 Selecting all names Xm NodeList customername selXm Doc SelectNodes cust name nsmgr foreach XmlElement nameinfo in customername String vname nameinfo InnerXm The XPath in Example 6 9 can be specified in the SelectNodes to obtain customer s name and assistant s name respectively Example 6 9 Obtain customer s name and assistant s name respectively Customer s name Xml NodeList customername selXm Doc SelectNodes cust customerinfo cust name nsmgr foreach XmlElement nameinfo in customername String custname nameinfo InnerXm Chapter 6 Application development with NET 283 Assistant s name XmlNodeList assistantname selXm Doc SelectNodes cust customerinfo cust assistant cust name nsmgr foreach XmlElement anameinfo in assistantname String assistname anameinfo InnerXm The value of the element is extracted using XmlElement InnerXm localname XmlNamespaceManager The value of the attribute is extracted using XmlElement GetAttribute localname Xm NamespaceManager The XmINodeList implements IEnumerable interface and thus it can be accessed using IEnumberator methods The code which selects INFO XML column from the customer table is implemented in SelectCustomer method as shown in Example 6 10 Example 6 10 Selecting customer information public
343. tream gt setUnicodeStream gt setCharacterStream The CLOB value can be retrieved from the result set using the following getter methods of ResultSet object getAsciiStream getCharacterString getString getUnicodeStream vvvy DBCLOB values are handled as CLOB objects in JDBC Tip When creating the BLOB object a byte array should be passed to the createBlob method When creating the CLOB object a String value should be passed to the createCLOB method GRAPHICS and DBGRAPHICS GRAPHICS and DBGRAPHICS are treated as String values in JDBC XML XML is a new data type introduced in DB2 9 XML is different from the current data types supported in DB2 because XML is self defined and stored in an tree structure manner in the database For more details about the XML data type refer to Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 Currently JDBC does not have any XML class to support the XML data type XML data or columns can be mapped to any of the following String byte Stream com ibm db2 DB2Xml class vvvy com ibm db2 DB2Xml is a newly introduced class in JDBC universal driver This class is a native class for the universal driver for handling the XML values The following setXXX method can be used to set the value of the XML parameter in a PreparedStatement object gt setBytes gt setString gt setAsciiStream gt setBinaryStream Chapter 5 Application development with Java
344. tup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 E fault DB2 copy on this con InstallShield Figure 1 4 Setup wizard setting DB2 copy name 16 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 8 Specify the location of the DB2 Information Center Choices are IBM Web site or On intranet server We accept the default of the external IBM Web site See Figure 1 5 DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Specify the location of the DB2 Information Center Installshield Figure 1 5 Setup wizard specifying the location of DB2 Information Center 9 Next set the user information for DB2 Administrator server DAS This user ID is used to start DB2 Administration server which responds to various DB2 administration tools and Configuration Assistant CA Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 17 In this section of the wizard you can also specify the option to use the same user ID for other services See Figure 1 6 E DB2 Setup wizard DB2 Universal Database Express Edition DB2 Set user information for the DB2 Administration Server M InstallShield Figure 1 6 Setup wizard setting DAS user information 18 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 10 The Configure DB2 instance window allows creation of DB2 instances In Windows by default a DB2 instance called DB2 will be created See Fi
345. type one Zend_Db_Xml_ContentStore_DB2 object maps to one table with four columns named as ID DATA ABOUT and ATTACHMENT The table columns are defined as follows ID is a unique integer and is used as the primary key of the table DATA is defined as an XML column ABOUT is defined as an XML column ATTACHMENT is defined as a BLOB column vvvy Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 119 Using DB2 each row in the table represents one Zend_Db_Xml_XmlContent object Zend_Db_Xml_Xmllterator It is possible that a search returns one Zend_Db_Xml_Content or a set of Zend_Db_Xml_Content objects In the case where a set is returned the Zend_Db_Xml_Xmllterator class is used to iterate over the set of XML documents that meets the search criteria Zend_Db_Xml_Xmllterator implements the Iterator interface so it knows several essential things about the set of Zend_Db_Xml_Content objects over which it is iterating These include its current location in the set how to retrieve the next object in the set how to go back to the beginning of the set and when it has reached the last item in the set This allows the developer to assign behavior on the XML data at each iteration without having to worry about the details of loop control An example of XMLlterator is shown along with the example of other utility functions in the next section Zend_Db_Xml_XmlUtil Zend Db Xml XmlUtil is a utility class that provides static convenience methods for pas
346. type for host variables in languages such as C Java and COBOL XML type is also allowed for parameters and variables in SQL stored procedures user defined functions UDFs and externally stored procedures written in C and Java An application can manage XML documents in the best way suited for the application These ways include shredding XML data into relational tables or just storing them as CLOBs In DB2 pureXML XML data is stored in a parsed annotated tree form similar to but distinct from the Document Object Model DOM The XML data is formatted to data pages which are buffered The benefits of this format include faster navigation which results in faster query execution as well as simpler indexing of data Figure 2 3 shows a DB2 CREATE TABLE statement with XML data type and how relational and XML data is stored in DB2 create table movies movielD char 8 movieDetails xml DB2 Storage Figure 2 3 Creating table with XML data type Throughout this chapter we have used examples of XML data relational data XQueries SQL queries and so on These examples are based on Movie data The examples might not be entirely consistent because they were produced to illustrate specific points made in the text and they might not be always complete The actual XML data and steps to create them in your environment have been 56 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET discussed in
347. u need to generate XML from relational data or vice versa Your application can leverage XML constructor functions to build XML from relational data before applications can process it In contrast some use cases require XML data to be shredded into relation columns before the data can be accessed by an existing application gt How often will XML documents be accessed updated and manipulated Will you need to update fragments or the whole document Choosing the right query and interface model depends on whether an application is read only or both read and update XQuery can limit your application to read only so you need to carefully decide if full document update is reasonable gt Will you need to transform the XML to HTML WML or other languages and how will your application transform the XML If your application needs to be accessed by different clients XSLT may be used to transform While storing data in pureXML you can make sure the structure complies with the specific XML schema 2 2 3 DB2 hybrid query engine 54 DB2 hybrid engine processes SQL or XML and XQuery queries in an integrated manner DB2 unifies XML storage indexing and query processing with existing relational storage indexing and query processing DB2 also provides an XML schema repository XSR to register and maintain XML schemas and uses those schemas to validate XML documents The DB2 utilities such as IMPORT and EXPORT have been enhanced to support X
348. ud knock at the front door Upon answering the door a man dressed in a conservative blue suit starts to make suspicious lt synopsis gt lt credits gt inquiries about his patents and inventions lt writer gt Tim Harris lt writer gt lt director gt Joe Peterson lt director gt lt photography gt Alex Minsky lt photography gt lt actors gt lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actor lt actors gt lt credits gt special yes type lead gender M gt Michael Fox lt actor gt type lead gender F gt Terry Randy lt actor gt type lead gender M special yes gt Gerry Knight lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Nelson lt actor gt gender M gt Charles Berkeley lt actor gt gender F gt Amanda Johnson lt actor gt gender M gt Bill Hagen lt actor gt Appendix A Setup procedure and sample data 307 lt movie gt A 3 Setting up Apache HTTP server PHP and DB2 on Windows We understand that it is sometimes frustrating to set up these technologies to work together specially for the first time user Hence we decided to provide you some basic steps to install configure and run a quick test These steps have been tested on Windows XP Professional but should work on other Windows operating systems The same steps can be utilized with little modification on other operating systems such as Linux as well Install Apache HTTP Server Follow these steps to install Apache H
349. umn By default creating the user defined function does not register the user defined function on the database To register the user defined function on the database you must deploy it Creating XQuery using Visual Builder DB2 9 allows you to write XQuery expressions directly rather than requiring that you embed or wrap XQueries in SQL statements This is possible because the 32 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET DB2 9 query engine processes XQueries natively We cover more details regarding XQuery in future chapters With native XML capabilities added to DB2 9 IBM has enhanced development tools for use with DB2 9 One of the key development tools is DB2 Developer Workbench which utilizes XML Query Language XQuery to query the XML data type You can use Visual Builder to piece together queries then review the DB2 Developer Workbench generated syntax The following walkthrough demonstrates the use of Visual Builder for the XQuery in DB2 Developer Workbench which queries the name and city of the customer who has the city element defined with the data Toronto 1 First launch DB2 Developer Workbench 2 Establish a database connection In the Workspace panel enter the workspace directory The workspace is the Eclipse platform component that holds the development environment Select the Database Explorer tab in the workspace view Figure 1 19 on page 34 Expand the Connections folder T
350. umn in the resultset returned sqld The name of the column sqlname data is PID which is of length sqiname length 10 and of type sqltype SQL_VARCHAR 448 Although we defined two SQLVAR elements we only really needed one SQLVAR element because there is only one column returned by the SQL statement In the PREPARE of a SELECT statement ideally the number of SQLVAR elements defined should be equal to the number of columns expected from the result set If more SQLVARs are defined than is needed more memory 176 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET would be unnecessarily used If fewer SQLVARs are defined there will not be enough SQLVAR elements to describe all the columns being returned 4 4 Building a C C application using CLI In this section we show you the fundamentals of building a C C application using CLI We discuss first some basic concepts and the environment setup We then guide you step by step to build an application starting from a simple code template 4 4 1 CLI handles A Call Level Interface CLI application needs to initially set up data structures and variables to manage work such as connecting to the database running SQL statements and disconnecting from the database Luckily data objects called handles exist to make things easier Handles can be allocated used for processing and then freed The possible CLI handles are Environment SQL_HANDLE_ENV This objec
351. unction can be used only inside the XMLELEMENT function to create the attribute This function takes input the name of the attribute and the value any relational column XMLNAMESPACE XMLNAMESPACE is used to declare a namespace for an XML value XMLCOMMENT XMLCOMMENT function is used to create the comment node for the XML value As a comment node can occur anywhere in the XML document this function can be used anywhere to create the comment node XMLDOCUMENT XMLDOCUMENT function creates a document node for an XML value Each XML value stored in the XML column must have a document node A document node is associated with the XML value with a single root node It is a logical way of making sure that the XML value has a single root node and not a sequence of XML nodes XMLPI XMLPI function creates a processing instruction node for the XML value Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 purexXML 77 gt XMLTEXT XMLTEXT function can be used to create a text node in an XML value The input to this function is the value of the text node Functions to concatenate or aggregate more than one node include gt XMLCONCAT XMLCONCAT function concatenates the multiple XML nodes and returns the sequence of the nodes as a result XMLCONCAT is a scalar function and only returns one XML value per row of the input expression It takes only the existing XML value or column as input gt XMLFOREST XMLFOREST function creates a new list
352. update a CLI keyword for a particular database we can run the following command substituting for the actual database name CLI keyword and value db2 update cli cfg for section lt database name gt using lt CLI keyword gt lt value gt If a section for a database does not already exist and we use the UPDATE CLI CFG command a section will be automatically added to the configuration file An example of adding a CLI keyword to the db2cli ini file on the CLP for the SAMPLE database is db2 update cli cfg for section sample using autocommit 0 Refer to the DB2 UDB Call Level Interface Guide amp Reference SC10 4224 for a list of all supported CLI keywords 4 4 4 Setting up the CLI Environment In addition to setting up the C C development environment as outlined in 4 1 1 C C development environment setup on page 148 programs written using CLI need to ensure that the necessary CLI packages exist on the database server The CLI driver will communicate with the application and the database to process SQL statements Precompile and bind steps are not required for CLI applications This means that no application packages are created in the database However for an SQL statement to be executed there still needs to be a package with available sections in the database for access plans This is where CLI bind files come in CLI bind files are supplied by DB2 and only have to be bound against the database once Once bound CLI dyna
353. update statement INSERT UPDATE or DELETE The getUpdateCount method can be used to get the number of rows updated in the database by the SQL statement The getXXX method of the ResultSet object can be used to fetch the individual rows For CallableStatement each of these methods has a slightly different meaning The executeQuery method is used when the stored procedure returns a ResultSet where execute is used when the stored procedure returns multiple ResultSets DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 5 8 Introduction to javax sql package The javax sql package defines extension to the JDBC 2 0 API to support connection pooling data source distributed transaction and so on DB2 universal database implements all of these interfaces DataSource implementation is explained below 5 8 1 DataSource Using DriverManager to get the database connection makes the application dependent on the vendor specific URL and driver classes A DataSource object can be used to get the connection which is portable among the different data sources hence not dependent on the specific URL format and driver classes This portability is gained by registering the different data sources with the JNDI service javax naming service and getting the information about any data sources by providing the logical name of the datasource in the application A DataSource object is either created in the application itself or by
354. upported development environments 2 1 1 2 DB2 supported interfaces ee 3 1 2 DB2 Express C wo iud a iii aio ae 11 1 3 DB2 Developer Workbench i 24 Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 49 2 1 Web application XML is the answer 50 2 2 puteXML in DB2 iii RETE e nie 52 2 2 1 When to use DB2 pureXML_ 2 ee 52 2 2 2 Designing pureXML based applications 53 2 2 3 DB2 hybrid query engine 54 2 2 4 pureXML storage overvieW 2 0 es 55 2 2 5 SQL support for XML data INSERT SELECT 58 2 2 6 Schema support i 62 2 2 7 Annotated XML schema decomposition 000 65 2 2 8 XML query support LL 68 2 2 9 Constructor function publishing functions 77 2 210 XML INGOXING esse Beg Medes VA de ead ae Vel dea 79 2 2 11 Application support interfaces ee eee 83 2 2 12 Utilities and XML support 86 2 2 13 XML type support in stored procedures 90 Chapter 3 Application development with PHP 93 3 1 Application environment 95 3 1 1 Zend Framework overview LL 97 3 1 2 Setting up Zend Framework 99 Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved ili 3 2 DB2 Interface with PHP 105 3 3 Setting up Eclipse with PHP 106 3 4 Sample Web application 108 3 4 1 Integrating with databases Zend_Db_Adapter
355. urce E Properties 23 _Tasks Problems Error Log Data Output Bookmarks Properties are not available i Figure 1 27 XQuery Visual Builder XQM tab 11 The Sample_XML_Query xqm view has a navigation node tree with Constructors Expressions Functions and Variables syntax We further explain this syntax in Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML on page 49 Now drag the name node from the navigation tree over to the XQuery designer grid right side of the XQM section This node now serves as a representative node which means that the query is performed for all XML data that has the name element See Figure 1 28 on page 41 40 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Data Sample_XML_Query xqm Eclipse Platform File Edit Navigate Search Project Run XQuery Window Help ri 5 Data Project Explorer 23 N Sla AaSYy E G XML Queries 5 Sample_XML_Query xqm Ga SQL Scripts a Stored Procedures GI XML Schema Documents Ga User Defined Functions S i Project SAMPLE jdbc db2 SAMPLE 4 Database Explorer A AS a a ld amp Connections i SAMPLE DB2 UDB V9 1 Et sample_XML_Query xqm_ X Documents CHUNI_CUSTOMER_INFO xml x Drag the resources from the left and drop them into the grid to build the query Ee document 2 customerinfo M Cid 1000 gt Constructors
356. use XQuery does not support static cursors in SQL stored procedures it is not possible to declare the cursor for the XQuery statement using the DECLARE CURSOR statement which means the following command gives an error DECLARE curl CURSOR for XQUERY To create a cursor for an XQuery statement in an SQL stored procedure do this DECLARE stmt_text VARCHAR 1024 DECLARE stmt STATEMENT DECLARE curl CURSOR FOR stmt SET stmt_text lt xquery statement gt PREPARE stmt FROM stmt_text XML type in external routine You can use the XML data type in externally stored procedures and user defined functions You declare the parameters in the same manner that you declare the host variable for the programming language used for the external routine For details about how to declare the host variables in different programming languages refer to 2 2 11 Application support interfaces on page 83 Example 2 28 gives the command which registers a stored procedure written in C language Example 2 28 Registering a stored procedure CREATE PROCEDURE proc2 IN review XML AS CLOB 2M IN id int IN reviewid int LANGUAGE C FENCED PARAMETER STYLE SQL PARAMETER CCSID UNICODE EXTERNAL NAME proclib procl In external routines you should serialize XML values before sending the value to the user s code To avoid the code page conversion XML values should be passed in unicode format To specify that routines with the XML ty
357. variables in an SQL statement Example 4 7 shows the permissible usage of host variables within an SQL statement Example 4 7 SQL Statement with both input and output host variables SELECT quantity location into quantity location from inventory where PID PID The input host variable for the above statement is PID and a value for it will be supplied to the database by the application The output host variables are QUANTITY and LOCATION and its data values will be returned from the database to the application In both cases a colon must precede the host variable name 156 DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 4 3 5 Using db2bfd to display host variable declarations If a bind file is created during precompile time we can use a DB2 bind file description tool named db2bfd to look at the contents of the bind file This may be useful for debugging and can display information such as SQL statements or host variables declared Table 4 3 lists the db2bfd command options Table 4 3 db2bfd command options Host variables declared For example let us precompile the source file and add the option to create a bind file by running the command db2 prep inventory sqc bindfile This will produce a bind file named inventory bnd Running the command db2bfd v inventory bnd provides CLP output as shown in Example 4 8 Example 4 8 db2bfd sample output inventory bnd Host Variables 3 Type SQL D
358. vie gt according to xmlschema id review XMLVALIDATE takes a well formed XML value as an input If a value of character type is passed to this function the value is implicitly parsed before validation XMLSERIALIZE When selecting an XML column from the database table it should be serialized to CHAR VARCHAR CLOB or BLOB data types so that the value can be used by the application Use the XMLSERIALIZE function for this same purpose It serializes an XML value to its textual representation XMLSERIALIZE takes an XML value or XML column name as input in an SQL statement When serializing the XML value the code page associated with the serialized data depends on the target data type used For character data types the encoding is application code page For binary data types the encoding associated with the serialized data is UTF 8 Example 2 5 gives an example of how to use the XMLSERIALIZE function when selecting an XML column Chapter 2 Application development with DB2 pureXML 61 Example 2 5 Using XMLSERIALIZE function select xmlserialize review as varchar 500 from moviereview If the SERIALIZE function is not used when selecting an XML column the XML value is serialized to BLOB value implicitly 2 2 6 Schema support 62 XML schema defines the structure of the XML document including the element definition attribute definition namespaces code pages and so on These schemas can be used to validate the XML value bef
359. w XML data for these five movies Finally we describe the simple steps to insert this XML data into the tables The data files movie xml and moviereview xml and the DB2 script to set up the database are also available to download from the following IBM Redbooks Web site ftp www redbooks ibm com redbooks SG247301 For the download details refer to Appendix C Additional material on page 319 gt The procedure to set up Apache HTTP server PHP and DB2 on Windows Apache HTTP server PHP and DB2 are used in the scenario in Chapter 3 Application development with PHP on page 93 Copyright IBM Corp August 2006 All rights reserved 295 A 1 Example data Example A 1 shows the movie XML data with a total of five movies in the XML Example A 1 Movie xml lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt movie id 123 gt lt heading gt lt title gt Peterson s New Life lt title gt lt rating gt lt rating gt lt heading gt lt movie details gt lt genres gt Drama Romance and Remake lt genres gt lt MPAArating gt PG13 lt MPAArating gt lt country gt US lt country gt lt year gt 2006 lt year gt lt running time gt 1 hr 49 minutes lt running time gt lt production gt lt studio gt JJ Studio lt studio gt lt production gt lt movie details gt lt synopsis gt After losing their 12 year old son Steve and Maggie Peterson moved to a small town The unexpected visiting of the granddaug
360. will check if the customer with the id exists in the customer table or not The function returns the name of the customer if the customer exists otherwise it returns null public String isCustomer int id String query select xmlquery declare default element namespace http posample org id customerinfo name passing by ref customer info as id from customer where cid try PreparedStatement stmt con prepareStatement query stmt setInt 1 id ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery cid id if rs next return null else return rs getString 1 catch SQLException e System out printIn e getMessage System out printIn e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return null isCustomer getProduct returns all the product names public String getProducts Chapter 5 Application development with Java 203 String products new String 10 int i 0 String query select name from product Statement stmt try stmt con createStatement ResultSet rs stmt executeQuery query while rs next products i rs getString 1 i return products catch SQLException e System out println e getMessage System out printIn e getErrorCode e printStackTrace return null getProducts getDescription method returns the description of the product public Object getDescription String name try PreparedStatement stmt con prepareStatement select d
361. xmlschema document to lt relation id of main schema gt add lt document URI gt from lt location URI gt with lt property URI gt DB2 Express C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET 3 Complete the registration using complete xmlschema lt relational id of main schema gt with lt property URI gt enable decomposition The complete XMLschema command throws an error in the case where all the schema documents referenced in the primary or secondary schema documents are not added to the main schema For the include tag the namespace of the primary schema and the included schema should be the same For the import tag it is different and should be mentioned in the add xmlschema command All the three steps can be combined in one command register xmlschema by adding the add and complete clause Example 2 6 gives the schema example for the REVIEW column in the MOVIEREVIEW table Example 2 6 Schema for review column lt xml version 1 0 gt lt xs schema targetNamespace http movies org xmlns xd http movies org xmlns xs http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema elementFormDefault qualified gt lt xs complexType name userreview gt lt xs simpleContent gt lt xs extension base xs string gt lt xs attribute name name type xs string gt lt xs extension gt lt xs simpleContent gt lt xs complexType gt lt xs complexType name userreviewtype gt lt xs sequence gt lt xs element name u
362. xpress C The Developer Handbook for XML PHP C C Java and NET Example 5 22 Setting islolation level Connection con null Class forName com ibm db2 jcc DB2Driver newInstance con DriverManager getConnection jdbc db2 sample Set the isolation level to RR con setTransactionIsolation TRANSACTION SERIALIZABLE Table 5 1 show the JDBC equivalent variable for the different isolation levels Table 5 1 Equivalent JDBC and DB2 isolation levels JDBC integer constant value DB2 isolation level Equivalent integer value TRANSACTION_SERIALIZABLE Repeatable read fe o TRANSACTION_REPEATABLE_READ Read stability Reni TRANSACTION_READ_COMMITTED Cursor stability cui TRANSACTION_READ_UNCOMMITTED 5 10 3 Savepoints A savepoint defines a particular state of the database during a unit of work or transaction A savepoint is required if we want to roll back the transaction to a particular state instead of rolling back to the start of the transaction DB2 Universal driver provides the method set Savepoint of the Connection object to set a savepoint during the transaction A savepoint can be release by calling the method releaseSavePoint method of the Connection object Releasing a savepoint will release all the savepoints created after the released savepoint After releasing the savepoint the transaction cannot be rolled back to the released savepoint or any of the savepoints created subsequently A transaction can be rol
363. xt ec ctxl getExecutionContext ec setBatching true sql ctx1 insert into product pid price values 100 201 03 10 sql ctx1 update purchaseorder set status shipped where poid 5000 sql1 ctx1 Delete from purchaseorder where poid 5010 ec executeBatch System out printIn Batch executed ec setBatching false When an error occurs while executing any of the batch statements the remaining statements are executed and a BatchUpdateException is thrown after all of the statements have executed Chapter 5 Application development with Java 243 5 12 5 Savepoints A savepoint can be created in an SQLj program using universal driver A savepoint in an SQLj program can be created using the SAVEPOINT statement Example 5 33 shows how to create a savepoint in an SQLj program Example 5 33 Creating a savepoint in SQLj con setAutoCommit false ctx ctxl new ctx con sql ctxl create table order id int description varchar 100 sql ctx1 insert into order values 1 first order of the day sql ctx1 SAVEPOINT SVPT1 ON ROLLBACK RETAIN CURSORS sql ctxl insert into order values 2 second order sql ctx1 SAVEPOINT SVPT2 ON ROLLBACK RETAIN CURSORS sql ctxl insert into order values 3 third order sql ctx1 ROLLBACK TO SAVEPOINT SVPT2 sql ctx1 RELEASE SAVEPOINT SVPT1 sql ctx1 commit 5 12 6 XQuery and SQL XML support An XQuery can only be run dynam
364. y script Values XMLQUERY declare boundary space strip declare namespace def0 http posample org for name0 in db2 fn xmlcolumn CUSTOMER INFO def0 customerinfo def0 name where matches name0 def0 addr def0 city Toronto i return name0 name0 def0 addr def0 city RETURNING SEQUENCE Example 1 2 is the syntax for the XMLQuery We can modify the source for XQuery as shown in Example 1 3 Example 1 3 Modified source xquery declare default element namespace http posample org for name0 in db2 fn xm column CUSTOMER INFO customerinfo name where matches name0 addr city Toronto i return Chapter 1 DB2 application development overview 45 46 name0 name0 addr city Save the source in Example 1 3 on page 45 in a file in this case xquery db2 then issue the following command db2 td vf xquery db2 15 Now execute XQuery using XQuery Run Figure 1 33 shows the successful execution of XQuery see Data Output tab Et sample_XML_Query xqm_X For Logic FLWOR Le CHUNJ_CUSTOMER_INFO xml E e document E customerinfo Cid 1000 xmins http posample org name Kathy Smith E E addr country Canada E street 5 Rosewood E city Toronto prov state Ontario E pcode zip M6W 1E6 Ei e phone

DB2 Express-C: The Developer Handbook for XML

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents